Physiology. Hrd.
Physiology. Hrd.
Options
BP regulation
Growth hormone release
Thrombus formation
ACTH release
Options
LH surge
Entry of calcium into sarcoplasmic reticulum
Gastric secretion
Thrombus formation
On changing position from lying down to standing position there is a drop in I 0 mm of Hg.
Immediately he recovered by 8 mm Hg leaving behind 2 mm Hg. The gain for baroreceptor
system for the control of BP is
Options
2
4
8
10
Options
40% of body weight
20% of body weight
10% of body weight
60% of bodyweight
Options
0.2 x body weight
0.4 x body weight
0.6 x body wei.gb.t
0.8 x body wei.gb.t
Options
One-third
Half
Two-third
None
ICF is
Options
14 L
20% of body weight
28 L
33% of body weight
Options
5L
10L
15L
20L
IO g mannitol was injected out of which 10% is excreted. After equilibrium, plasma cone. of
mannitol is 50 mg/ml. Calculate ECF volume
Options
10L
18L
42L
52L
Options
ICF is 2/3'd ofTBW
In new born TBW is 60% body weight
Premature newborns have more TBW
In adults, TBW is 60% of body weight
Options
Radioactive iodine and radiolabeled water
Radioactive water and radiolabeled albumin
Radioactive sodium and radiolabeled water
Radioactive sodium and radiolabeled albumin
Options
Inulin
Evans blue
Mannitol
D2O
Most accurate measurement of extracellular fluid volume (ECF) can be done by using
Options
Sucrose
Mannitol
Inulin
Aminopyrine
Options
CrSI
H3
D2O
I135
Options
Na+
Ci
Mg++
HC0 3
Options
Na
K
Ca
Mg
Options
K+
Na+
Ca2+
Mg2
Options
Responsible for Donnan effect
Responsible for resting membrane potential
Responsible for depolarization
Dose not help other ions in transport
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (30/30)
Options
Porins
Ionophore
Lipopolysaccharides
Diffusion
Explanation
Which of the following increases particle diffusion across the cell membrane
Options
Increasing size of particle
Decreasing lipid solubility of substance
Increasing lipid solubility of substance
Decreasing size of opening in cell membrane
Explanation
• Smaller size, lipid soluble, non-polar substances diffuse the membrane easily
Options
It is a form of active transport
It is a passive process
It requires expenditure of energy by cell
Requires creatine phosphate
Explanation
• If Diffusion happens without energy but with the help of carrier protein, it's called
facilitated diffusion
• One good example of a substance that use facilitated diffusion carrier protein is GLUCOSE
transport using Glucose Transporters (GLUT)
Options
Osmosis
Facilitated diffusion
Active transport
Simple diffusion
Explanation
• Active transport processes utilize energy by hydrolysis of ATP (Universal energy currency
of the cell)
Options
G - Protein
Na+ - K+ ATPase
Carrier protein
Channel protein
Explanation
• Active transport can be primary active transport and secondary active transport
• Both of these processes requires carrier protein
Options
CI
Na+ with glucose antiport
Na+with glucose symport
K+ with glucose symport
Explanation
• Sodium Glucose Cotransporter(SGLT) is an example for a secondary active transport
process
• Locations - SGLT I-intestine, SGLT 2-Proximal convoluted tubule of kidney
• Inhibitors of SGLT-2 are synthetic analogs of phlorizin namely canagliflozin, dapagliflozin,
and empagliflozin
• These drugs are used in treatment of diabetes mellitus
Options
Facilitated diffusion
Na+ - Ca2+ exchanger
Simple diffusion
Na+ coupled active transport
Explanation
• Transport processes which use carrier proteins namely facilitated diffusion and active
transport reaches a plateau called as saturation kinetics because the availability of carrier
protein is limited. Such process can't continue indefinitely
• In contrast, simple diffusion process continues indefinitely
Options
Secondary active transport
Primary active transport
Facilitated diffusion
Simple diffusion
Explanation
Options
Active diffusion along concentration gradient
Passive diffusion along concentration gradient
Both of these
None of the above
Explanation
Options
Diffusion
Active transport
Osmosis
Pinocytosis
Explanation
• In simple terms, osmosis means DIFFUSION OF WATER. Water from area of its high
concentration (losolute content) to area of its loconcentration (High solute content)
Options
Major contribution is proteins
Major contribution is Na+
ECT osmolarity is 250 mOsm/L
Measured by dilution method
Explanation
Ineffective osmole is
Options
Na+
K+
Urea
ALL
Explanation
• To exert an osmotic pressure across a membrane, a solute must not permeate that membrane
• Red blood cell membrane is impermeable to sucrose, it exerts an osmotic pressure equal and
opposite to the osmotic pressure generated by the contents of the red blood cell. So, sucrose is
considered to be an effective osmole
• Urea - easily cross the red blood cell membrane. It cannot exert an osmotic pressure to
balance that generated by the intracellular solutes of the red blood cell. It is an ineffective
osmole
Options
Increased ICF only
Increased ECF only
Increased in both ICF and ECF
Increased ICF and decreased ECF
Explanation
Options
280- 300
250- 270
300- 320
210- 230
Explanation
In health, plasma osmolality ranges from 280 mOsm/kg of H20 to 295 mOsm/kg of H20
Options
ATPase
GTpase
Acetyl CoA
NADPH
Explanation
• In primary active transport, the energy is derived directly from breakdown of ATP
• One of these ATPases is sodium-potassium adenosine triphosphatase (Na, K ATPase),
which is also known as the Na, Kpump
Options
1:1
2:03
3:2
1:04
Explanation
• Na K pump uses the energy to move 3 sodium ions from inside to outside of the cell and
moves 2 potassium ions from outside to inside
• The coupling ratio is 3 : 2
Na+ - K+ ATPase
Options
3 Na out/ 2K in
3Na in I 2K out
2 Na out I 3K out
2 Na in I 3K out
Options
Heterodimer - homogenous
Heterodimer - heterogeneous
Homodimer - heterogeneous
Homodimer - homogenous
Explanation
• It has 2 subunits and both the subunits are different. That is why it is called as a heterodimer
and heterogeneous
Options
Active transport
Passive transport
Facilitated diffusion
Osmosis
Explanation
Options
Cell division
Endocytosis
Exocytosis
Virus replication
Explanation
• Endocytosis is the process of taking contents inside the cell. It involves fusion of two cell
membranes
• Exocytosis is release of contents from inside of the cell to outside. It involves fusion of
vesicles inside the cell to its cell membrane
Exocytosis
Options
Extrusion of cell bound vesicles
Intrusion ofliquid particles
Intrusion of solid particles
All of the above
Clathrin is used in
Options
Receptor mediated endocytosis
Exocytosis
Cell to cell adhesion
Plasma membrane
Explanation
Options
Clathrin
Porine
Cytocine
Vimentin
Options
Ca
Mg
Na
K
Explanation
• Exocytosis is a calcium dependent process where in the cellular contents are moved out of
the cell in the form of vesicles (Cell Vomiting)
Options
Along concentration gradient
Against concentration gradient
May be along or against concentration gradient
Have no relation with concentration gradient
Explanation
Options
Epithelial cells of intestine
Neuroglia
Neuron
Axolemma
Explanation
Options
Constitutive excocytosis
Receptor mediated endocytosis
Constitutive endocytosis
Non constitutive excocytosis
Explanation
Sodium channel is
Options
Trimeric
Pentameric
Heterotrimeric
Pseudoterameic
Explanation
• Na K pump has 2 subunits and both the subunits are different. That's why it is called as a
heterodimer
• It can contain one alpha, one beta and one gamma subunit also - so, heterotrimeric
Osmolarity is defined as
Options
Number of osmole per liter
Number of osmole per kg
Weight of solute per liter
Weight of solvent per liter
Explanation
Prev
Mark
Skip
\
Question (2/19)
Options
Denonvillier
Colle
Waldeyer
Scarpa
Options
Superior rectal artery
Inferior rectal artery
Median sacral artery
Middle rectal artery
Options
Cholesterol
Carbohydrate
Phospholipid
Protein
Options
Carbohydrates
Triglycerides
Lecithin
Cholesterol
Options
Potassium
Sodium
Calcium
Phosphorus
Options
A stretch of hydrophilic amino acids
A stretch of hydrophobic amino acids
A disulphide loop
Alternating hydrophilic and hydrophobic amino acids
Options
GM2 Gangliosides
Triacylglycerol
Sphingomyelin
Cholesterol
Options
Asymmetrical arrangement of cell membrane component
Lateral diffusion of ions
Symmetrical arrangement of cell membrane component
Not made up of amphipathic lipids
Options
Lipids are regularly arranged
Lipids are symmetrical
Protein displaced laterally
None
Options
Stearic acid
Palrnitic acid
Cholesterol
Linoleic acid
Options
Helps in transport of ions
Helps in exocytosis
Maintains fluidity
Helps in synthesis of bile acids
Options
Cholesterol
Saturated fatty acids
Hydrocarbons
Unsaturated fatty acids
Options
Inner mitochondrial membr~e
Outer mitochondrial membrane
Sarcoplasmic reticulum
Myelin sheath membrane
Which of the following membrane has the highest protein content per gram tissue?
Options
lnner mitochondrial membrane
Outer mitochondrial membrane
Plasma membrane
Myelin sheath
On weight basis, the membrane contains protein and lipid in the ratio of:
Options
1:2
1:01
2:01
4:1
Options
Pump
Channel
Adhesion molecules
Enzyme receptors
Options
Oxygen
Na
Cl
Water
Options
Na+
K+
C1-
None
A cell membrane is damaged by insertion of microneed.le, repair shall occur by which of the
following processes
Options
Lateral movement of proteins
Resealing by lipid bilayer
Enzymatic reaction
Hydrophobic interaction
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/25)
Options
Rough endoplasmic reticulum
Ribosomes
Golgi apparatus
Mitochondria
Options
Nucleus
RER
Smooth ER
Mitochondria
Options
Smooth ER
Golgi bodies
Rough ER
Lysosomes
Options
Protein
Lipid
Carbohydrate
Vitamin D
Options
Cis is receiving end
Trans is secretory end
Nonpolarized structure
Situated near nucleus
Options
ER - Trans - Cis - Lysosomes
ER - Cis - Trans - Cell membrane
ER- Lysosomes - Trans - Cis
Cis - ER - Trans - Cell membrane
Options
ER
Golgi apparatus
Ribosome
Nucleus
Options
Peroxisomes
Mitochondria
Endoplasmic reticulum
Lysosomes
Options
ATP synthase
5 - nucleotidase
Glutamate dehydrogenase
Creatine kinase
Options
Galactosyltransferase
Acetyl CoA synthetase
Pyruvate kinase
Malonyl CoA
Options
Arylsulfatases
Ribonucleases
Glycosidases
Lipase
Options
Mitochondria
Nucleus
Golgi apparatus
Lysosomes
Options
Golgi complex
ER
Lysosome
Mitochondria
Options
Protein synthesis
Transcription
Glycosylation
Cholesterol synthesis
Options
Keratin
Desmin
Tubulin
Lamin
Options
Tubulin
Actin
Desmin
Vimentin
Options
Ubiquitin
Tubulin
Laminin
Keratin
Options
Microfilaments
Microtubules
Golgi apparatus
Mitochondria
Options
Motilin
Tubulin
Laminin
Tactilin
Options
Nucleus
Microtubules
Ribosomes
Mitochondria
Options
Myosin and myoglobin
Dynein and kinesi
Calmodulin and G protein
Troponin
Function of ubiquitin:
Options
Binding
Transport
Degradation
Assembly
Options
Memory
Metabolism
Vision
Olfaction
Options
GH
Prolactin
Parathormone
Insulin
Options
Parathormone
FSH
Growth hormone
Norepinephrine
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/21)
Options
Na+
K+
CI
Mg+
Options
Na+
CI
K+
Mg+
Options
Na+
CI-
K+
Mg+
Options
-70mV
+70mV
-90mV
+90mV
Options
ls equal to the potential of ventricular muscle fiber
Can be measured by surface electrodes
Increases as extracellular K+ Increases
Depends upon K+ equilibrium
Options
Na+
K+
PO4
CI
Options
Na+
K+
Ca
Ci-
Which of the following technique is used to study current flow across a single ion channel
Options
Patch clamp
Voltage clamp
Lontophoresis
Galvanometry
Which of the following equation is correct regarding equilibrium potential for diffusion?
Options
EMF = 25 log Ca/Cb
EMF = 41 log Ca/Cb
EMF = 61 log Ca/Cb
EMF = 80 log Ca/Cb
Options
- 60 mV
- 10 mV
60mV
LOmV
Options
Gibbs - Donnan equation
Nernst equation
Goldman equation
None of the above
Electric potential of resting membrane for a given electrolyte is given by which equation
Options
Nernst equation
Goldman
Donnan equation
None
Options
+90 mV
-90 mV
+70 mV
70 mV
Options
Na+
K
CI
None
Equilibrium potential of CI
Options
+60 mV
+90 mV
-90 mV
-70 mV
Options
Cardiac muscle
Renal tubules
Intestine
Choroid plexus
The cell junction allowing exchange of cytoplasmic molecules between the two cells are
called
Options
Gap junction
Tight junction
Focal junction
Desmosomes
Options
Transmit electric signals
Allow ions to pass
Intercellular space 1000 nm
Seen in cardiac muscle
Gap junction
Options
Are absent in cardiac muscle
Are absent in smooth muscle
Are present in cardiac muscles to transmit impulse from one to another myocyte
Are present in cardiac muscles but no role
Options
Caveolins
Local signals
lmportins
Rat proteins
X, Y, Z are the three ions permeable. X = -50 and Y = -30. H at RMP, when there is no net
electro genie transfer, what is the value of Z?
Options
20
-20
80
-80
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
pQuestion (1/12)
Options
Na+
HCO-
K+
Cl
Options
K+
Na+
Ea
HCO
Options
Opening of sodium channels
Opening of chloride channels
Opening of potassium channels
Opening of calcium channels
Action potential is
Options
Decremental Phenomenon
Doesn't obey all of none Phenomenon
K+ goes from ECF to ICF
Threshold stimulus is required
Options
All of none Phenomenon
Conduction independent of amplitude
Propagated action potential is generated in dendrites
Faster in urunyelinated fibers
Options
Not graded
Magnitude increased in direct proportion to strength of stimulus
All or none Phenomenon
Propagated
Options
Graded
All or None
Propagated
No summation
After application of one stimulus, the time period in which the second stronger stimuli can from
an impulse is called
Options
Absolute refractory period
Relative refraction period
Latent refractory period
Local response
A travelling never impulse dose not depolarize the area immediately behind it, because
Options
It is hyperpolarized
It is refractory
It is not self-propagating
The condition is always orthodrornic
Increase In threshold level on applying subthreshold, slowly rising stimulus iJ known as
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Refractoriness
Electrotonus
The increase In threshold of a receptor when a series of stimuli of subthreshold intensity are
applied in succession is called
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Initiation
Resistance
Options
All or none Phenomenon
Two or more positive peaks
Refractory period
Recorded on surface
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
pQuestion (1/12)
Options
Na+
HCO-
K+
Cl
Options
K+
Na+
Ea
HCO
Options
Opening of sodium channels
Opening of chloride channels
Opening of potassium channels
Opening of calcium channels
Action potential is
Options
Decremental Phenomenon
Doesn't obey all of none Phenomenon
K+ goes from ECF to ICF
Threshold stimulus is required
Options
All of none Phenomenon
Conduction independent of amplitude
Propagated action potential is generated in dendrites
Faster in urunyelinated fibers
Options
Not graded
Magnitude increased in direct proportion to strength of stimulus
All or none Phenomenon
Propagated
Options
Graded
All or None
Propagated
No summation
After application of one stimulus, the time period in which the second stronger stimuli can from
an impulse is called
Options
Absolute refractory period
Relative refraction period
Latent refractory period
Local response
A travelling never impulse dose not depolarize the area immediately behind it, because
Options
It is hyperpolarized
It is refractory
It is not self-propagating
The condition is always orthodrornic
Increase In threshold level on applying subthreshold, slowly rising stimulus iJ known as
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Refractoriness
Electrotonus
The increase In threshold of a receptor when a series of stimuli of subthreshold intensity are
applied in succession is called
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Initiation
Resistance
Options
All or none Phenomenon
Two or more positive peaks
Refractory period
Recorded on surface
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
pQuestion (1/12)
Options
Na+
HCO-
K+
Cl
Options
K+
Na+
Ea
HCO
Options
Opening of sodium channels
Opening of chloride channels
Opening of potassium channels
Opening of calcium channels
Action potential is
Options
Decremental Phenomenon
Doesn't obey all of none Phenomenon
K+ goes from ECF to ICF
Threshold stimulus is required
Options
All of none Phenomenon
Conduction independent of amplitude
Propagated action potential is generated in dendrites
Faster in urunyelinated fibers
Options
Not graded
Magnitude increased in direct proportion to strength of stimulus
All or none Phenomenon
Propagated
Options
Graded
All or None
Propagated
No summation
After application of one stimulus, the time period in which the second stronger stimuli can from
an impulse is called
Options
Absolute refractory period
Relative refraction period
Latent refractory period
Local response
A travelling never impulse dose not depolarize the area immediately behind it, because
Options
It is hyperpolarized
It is refractory
It is not self-propagating
The condition is always orthodrornic
Increase In threshold level on applying subthreshold, slowly rising stimulus iJ known as
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Refractoriness
Electrotonus
The increase In threshold of a receptor when a series of stimuli of subthreshold intensity are
applied in succession is called
Options
Adaptation
Accommodation
Initiation
Resistance
Options
All or none Phenomenon
Two or more positive peaks
Refractory period
Recorded on surface
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/34)
Options
Kinin
Desmin
Titin
Actin
Options
Tropomyosin
Troponin
Actinin
Titin
Options
A band and I band
Two Z line
Two I band
None
Options
A bond remains unchanged
H zone disappears
I band becomes wider
Two Z line come closer
The site where myosin heads bind to actin in skeletal muscles are covered by
Options
Tropomyosin
Troponin
Calcium
None of the above
Options
Myosin
Tropomyosin
Troponin
Desmin
Options
Actin
Troponin
Myosin
Tropomyosin
Options
Dystrophin
Calmodulin
Actin
Calcineurin
Options
Transverse tubule
Longitudinal part
Terminal cistern
Sarcolemma
Options
SERCA
Sodium pump
Ryanodine receptor
None
Options
Ions move out of cytoplasm
Ach is absorbed from the NMJ
Closer and indrawing of receptor
Decreased calcium outside reticulum
Options
Ca binding tropomyosin
Ca binding troponin C
ATP breakdown
Ca binding troponin I
All of the following are true about excitation contraction coupling except
Options
Acetylcholine in released at nerve terminal
Calcium is pumped back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum during relaxation
Calcium is released from sarcoplasmic reticulum during contraction
Calcium binds to tropomyosin to initiate muscle contraction
Options
0.16 nm
1.6 micron
16 nm
1.6 mm
Options
Actin
Myosin
Troponin
None
Options
T type
L type
R type
N type
Options
Absolute refractive period
Relative refractive period
Both
None of the two
Options
Myoclonic - jerk
Fasciculation
Tremor
Chorea
Options
Fasciculation
Fibrillation
Tics
Spasm
The force of muscle contraction can be increased by all of the following except
Options
Increasing the frequency of activation of motor units
Increasing the numbers of motor units activated
Increasing the amplitude of action potentials in the motor neurons
Recruiting larger motor units
Options
Number of muscle fibers
Number of motor units recruited
Aerobic capacity of muscle
Length of muscle fiber
Options
Na
Ca2+
K+
CI
Options
Hyperpolarization of muscle fibers
Rapid K+ efflux
Increased availability of ca++
Rapid Na+ influx
Options
Equilibrium length
Optimum length
Initial length
None
Options
Calf muscle
Extraocular muscle
Back muscle
Hip muscle
Options
Red fibers
Type I fibers
White muscle fibers
Slow fibers
Options
More mitochondria
Glycolytic metabolism
More myoglobin
More oxidative capacity
Options
Red
Anaerobic
Large
Glycolytic
How many muscle fibers are there in one motor unit . in eye
Options
15
30
5
50
Options
First
Last
During relaxation
None
Options
Sarcoglycan
Dystrophin
Dystroglycan
Perlecan
Options
Miniature end - plate potential
Action potential
Post - tetanic potential
Resting membrane potential
Options
All or none law
Depolarization
Hyperpolarization
Propagation
Latent period of muscle twitch is 10 ms, contraction period is 40 ms and relaxation time is 50
ms. What is the tetanizing frequency for the muscle
Options
25 Hz
50 Hz
100 Hz
75 Hz
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/4)
Options
Alpha heavy chain of myosin
Beta heavy chain of myosin
Both Alpha and Beta heavy chain of myosin
None of the above
Options
Act as syncytium
Has multiple nuclei
Has gap junction
Has branching
Options
Spindle shaped
Large central nucleus
No gap junction
Arranged in sheets
Function of phospholamban is
Options
Regulation Na k pump
Transport calcium out of the mitochondria
Binds actin with myosin
Regulates calcium entry into the sarcoplasmic reticulum
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/12)
Options
Sarcoplasm
Sarcolemma
Sarcomere
Sarcoplasmic reticulum
Options
Troponin
Tropomyosin
Myosin
Actin
Which one of the following ads to increase the rdease of ea2+ from endoplasmic reticulum
Options
Inositol triphosphate
Parathyroid hormone
1,25 - dihydroxy choleciferol
Diacyglycerol
Increase in cytosolic calcium from intracellular sto.rage, during smooth muscle contraction is
I are due to
Options
cAMP
CGMP
Adenosine
IP3 -DAG
Calmodulin activates
Options
Muscle phosphorylase
Protein kinase
2,3 DPG
Glucokinase
Calmoduin acts by
Options
Opening of Na+ channels
Phosphorylation of myosin by protein kinase
Activation of Na+ - K+ pump
Dephosphorylation by protein kinase
Function of CAM
Options
Ion exchange
Activation of protein kinase
Activation of Ryanodine receptors
Release of acetylcholine
Options
Presence of troponin is essential
Sustained contraction occurs with high calcium concentration
Phosphorylation of actin is required for contraction
Presence of cellular calcium is essential to cause muscle contraction
Options
K + requires for contraction
Ca2+ requires for contraction
Troponin is absent
Myosin is required for contraction
Options
Cause opening of the calcium channel which leads to increase in Ca+2 contraction
Cause both plasma membrane and T - tubules to undergo depolarisation
Inhibits Na+ entry in sarcomere
Is initiated by binding of acetylcholine to receptors in sarcoplasmic reticulum
Which of the following is the constituent of the marked area in the electron microscopic
picture of muscle
Options
Alpha actin
Nebulin
Titin
Tropomodulin
Identify the tetanising frequency of the below demonstration of the gastrocnemius muscle of
the frog
Options
10-lSHz
15-20 Hz
25-20 Hz
30-35 Hz
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/22)
Options
Signal transduction
Light sensitive
Wavelength
Acuity
Options
Bipolar cells
Ganglionic Cells
Cells oflateral geniculate body
Rods and cones
Options
ON (optic nerve
Rods and cones
LGB
Bipolar cells
Options
1"
2nd
3rd
4th
Options
Amacrine cells
Rods and cones
Bipolar cells
Horizontal cells
Options
Condensation of opsin with vitamin A aldehyde
Photoisomerization and hydrolysis of visual purple
NADP
NAD
The rod receptor potential differs from other sensory receptors in that it shows
Options
Depolarization
Decreased negative
Increased conductance of sodium
Hyperpolarization
During the dark phase of visual cycle, Which form of vitamin A combines with opsin to make
Rhodopsi
Options
All trans - Retinaldehyde
All trans - Retinol
11 - cis - Retinaldehyde
11 - cis - Retinol
Options
Smell
Hearing
Taste
Vision
Relative color and luminosity of photoreceptive input under changing light conditions are
regulated and maintained by
Options
Muller cells
Amacrine Cells
Ganglion cells
Retinal astrocytes
The fibers from the contralateral nasal hemiretina project . to the following layers of the lateral
geniculate nucleus
Options
Layers 2,3, and 5
Layers 1, 2 and 6
Layers 1, 4 and 6
Layers 4,5 and 6
Most afferent fibers from the lateral geniculate nucleus terminate in the primary visual cortex,
carries
Options
Layers 1
Layers 2 and 3
Layers 4
Layers 5 and 6
The parvocellular pathway, from the lateral geniculate nucleus to the visual cortex, carries
signals for the detection of
Options
Color contrast
Luminance contrast
Temporal frequency
Saccadic eye movements
The parvocellular pathway from lateral geniculate nucleus to visual cortex is most sensitive for
the stimulus of
Options
Color contrast
Luminance contrast
Temporal frequency
Saccadic eye movements
Options
Ocular dominance
Orientation
Color processing
Saccadic eye movements
Options
Acetylcholine
Glutamate
Adrenaline
Noradrenaline
Options
Acetylcholine
Glutamate
Adrenaline
Epinephrine
Options
Roads and cones
Bipolar cells
Amacrine cells
Ganglion cells
Options
370 - 740 nm
740 - 1140 nm
200 - 370 nm
200 - 370 nm
Options
Independent of wavelength oflight
Depends on intensity discrimination
Involves opponent color cells
Minimum at fixation point
Options
Red
Blue
Green
Black
Any spectral color can be matched by a mixture of three monochromatic light (red, green, blue)
in different proportion. If a person needs more of one of the color for matching than a normal
person, then he has a color anomaly. More red color is needed in the case of
Options
Deuteranomaly
Tritanomaly
Protanomaly
Tritanomaly
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/11)
Options
Facilitates ACTH secretion
Prevents sleep induction
Regulates the circadian day night rhythm
Release of TSH
A short duration high frequency stimulation with 5Hz of perforating pathway in hippocampus
leads to
Options
Long term potentiation
Post tetanic potentiation
Long term depression
Habituation
Options
Synaptic network
Electric conduction network
Conductivity circuit
Conductivity network
Options
Prefrontal cortex
Hippocampus
Neocortex
Amygdala
Options
Frontal
Parietal
Temporal
Hippocampus
Options
Recent memory
Remote memory
Working memory
Delayed memory
Associative learning
Options
Associated with consciousness
Includes skills and habits
Relation of one stimulus to another
Facilitation of recognition of words
Options
Procedural memory
Short term memory
Long term memory
Explicit memory
Options
Conditioning
Procedural memory
Explicit memory
None
Salivation by dog seen when food is given along with ringing of bell is
Options
Conditioned reflex
Reinforcement
Habituation
Innate reflex
Options
Conditional response
Unconditional response
Procedural memory
Familiarity
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/17)
Options
Basal ganglia
Medulla
Hypothalamus
Cerebellum
Options
Delta
Theta
Beta
Alpha
Beta waves in electroencephalogram designate which of the following states of the patient
Options
Deep anesthesia
Surgical anesthesia
Light anesthesia, eyes closed, relaxed
Awake/alert state
Options
Deep sleep
REM sleep
Awake state
Stage I NREM sleep
Options
REM
Stage 1 NREM
Stage 2 NREM
Stage 3 NREM
Options
Stage 1 sleep
Stage 2 sleep
Stage 3 sleep
Stage 4 sleep
EEG rhythm recorded from the surface of scalp during REM sleep-
Options
Alpha
Beta
Delta
Theta
Nightmare is seen in
Options
REM sleep
Stage II NREM sleep
Stage IV NREM sleep
Stage I NREM sleep
Which one of the following phenomena is closely associated with slow wave sleep
Options
Dreaming
Atonia
Sleep walking
Irregular heart rate
Options
Hypothalamus
Thalamus
Putamen
Limbic cortex
Options
Dorsal raphe nucleus
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Basal forebrain
Berger waves (alpha waves) of ECG have the rhythm per sec of
Options
0- 4
4- 7
Aug-13
13-30
Options
2-4Hz
4-8Hz
8- 13 Hz
12- 16 Hz
Options
Involved in arousal
Polysynaptic pathway
Receives collateral from all sensory pathway
Produces alpha - block on ECG
Melatonin is secreted by
Options
Hypothalamus
Adrenal cortex
Pineal gland
Melanocytes
Options
Glial cells
Pinealocytes
Oncocytes
Zymogen cells
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/5)
Options
Visuo - Spatial defect
Anosognosia
Dyscalculia
Dysgraphia
The representation hemisphere (cerebral) is better than the categorical hemisphere at?
Options
Language functions
Recognition of objects by their form
Understanding of printed words
Mathematical calculation
Options
Appreciation
Spatial orientation
Visual stimuli processing
Using written and spoken language
Options
Mathematical ability
Language
Writing ability
Music ability
Options
Parietal lobe
Temporal lobe
Occipital lobe
Frontal lobe
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/22)
Options
VPM
VPL
Anterior
Posterior
Options
Lateral dorsal
Pulvinar
Ventral anterior
Intralaminar
Options
Pulvinar
Intralaminar
Anterior
All
Options
Pulvinar
Intralaminar
VPL nucleus
Anterior nucleus of thalamus
Options
Hippocampus
Cingulate gyrus
Caudate nucleus
Thalamic nuclei
Options
Hypothalamus
Amygdala
Hippocampus
Thalamus
Options
Cerebellum
Amygdala
Hippocampus
Hypothalamus
Reward center is
Options
Insula
Putamen
Medial forebrain bundle
Aqueduct of sylvius
Options
Control of emotions, food habits
Sexual behavior
Autonomic function
All of the above
Kluver bucy syndrome is due to the lesion in which of the following structure
Options
Amygdala
Hippocampus
Hypothalamus
Temporal lobe
Osmoreceptor is located in
Options
Supraoptic nuclei
Paraventricular nuclei
Anterior hypothalamus
Lateral hypothalamus
Options
Ventromedial nucleus of hypothalamus
Dorsomedial nucleus of hypothalamus
Peritrigonal area
Lateral nuclei
Options
Supraoptic nucleus
Paraventricular nucleus
Suprachiasmatic nucleus
Premammillary nucleus
Options
Thalamus and pons
Thyroid and eyes
Cerebellum and medulla
Hypothalamus
Options
Unchanged
Continues with cycle length of> 24 hours
Continues with cycle length of< 24 hours
Continues with cycle length of> 12 hours
Options
Suprachiasmatic nucleus
Supraoptic nucleus
Ventrolateral nucleus
Thalamus
Shivering is controlled by
Options
Medulla
Hypothalamus
Thalamus
Basal ganglia
Options
Anterior
Supraoptic
Preoptic
Paraventricular
Options
Temperature regulation
Thirst
GI stimulation
Satiety center
Options
Hyperphagia
Hyperdipsia
Hyperthermia
Hyperglycemia
Options
Preoptic area
Supraoptic area
Lateral Hypothalamus
Hyperglycemia
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/22)
Options
Purkinje
Bipolar
Granule
Golgi
Options
Dentate nuclei
Emboliform nuclei
Fastigial nuclei
Caudate nuclei
Cerebellar connection to other parts of the brain is projected through which cell
Options
Golgi cells
Basket cells
Purkinje cells
Oligodendrocytes
Options
Granule cells
Golgi cells
Purkinje cells
Basket cells
Options
Purkinje
Basket
Golgi
Granule cells
Options
Basket Cell
Stellate Cell
Deep cerebellum nuclei
All of the above
Options
Deep cerebellum nuclei
Climbing fiber
Basket Cell
Spinocerebellar tract
Options
Inhibitory
Excitatory
Both
None
Options
Olivocerebellar fibers
Spinocerebellar fibers
Pontocerebellar fibers
Vestibulocerebellar fibers
Options
Red nucleus
Inferior olivary nucleus
Vestibular nucleus
Dentate nucleus
Options
Archicerebellum
Flocculonodular lobe
Neocerebellum
Occipital lobe
Options
Maintenance of equilibrium
Servo-correction of voluntary movement
Planning and programming of voluntary movement
Maintenance of muscle tone
Options
Equilibrium
Smoothens and coordinates movements
Learning induced by change in vestibulocular reflex
Planning and Programming
Which one of the following clearly states the role of cerebellum in motor performance
Options
Planning and programming of movement
Convert abstract thought into voluntary action
Initiation of skilled voluntary action
Smoothens and coordinates ongoing movements
Options
Olivocerebellar tract
Tectocerebellar tract
Spinocerebellar tract
Cuneocerebellar tract
Options
Basal ganglia
Cerebellum
Pons
Midbrain
Options
Dysmetria
Hypertonia
Ataxia
Past - Pointing
Options
Incoordination
. Intention tremor
Resting tremor
Ataxia
Options
Past pointing
Dysdiadochokinesia
Dysmetria
None
Options
Basal ganglia
Hypothalamus
Cerebellum
Amygdala
Options
Nystagmus
Ataxia
Resting tremor
Past pointing
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/10)
Options
Dentate
Thalamus
Caudate
Red nucleus
Options
Pons
Basal ganglia
Thalamus
Cerebellum
Options
Striatum
Globus pallidus
Striatum nigra
Subthalamic nuclei
The Efferent fibers bundle of the substantia nigra transmits dopamine to one of the following
areas
Options
Thalamus
Corpus striatum
Tegmentum of pons
Tectum of midbrain
Options
Globus pallidus interna
Globus pallidus externa
Subthalamic nucleus
Putamen
Options
Putamen
Caudate nucleus
Striatum
Subthalamic nucleus
Options
Serotonin
Dopamine
Cholinergic
Adrenergic
Options
Temperature regulation
Planning and programming of movements
Gross motor activity
Equilibrium
Options
Chorea
Ballismus
Athetosis
Akinesia
Disease of Basal ganglia dysfunction are all except
Options
Alzheimer's disease
Parkinsonism
Chorea
Athetosis
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/19)
Options
4 and 6
1,2,3
5 and 7
16 and 18
Options
Vision
Olfaction
Auditory
Voluntary movement
Options
Cerebral cortex (motor cortex
Basal ganglia
Cortical association
Cerebellum
Options
Premotor cortex
Motor cortex
Frontal
Supplementary
UMN includes
Options
Pyramidal cells
Peripheral nerves
Anterior horn cells
Glial cells
Options
Crossed
Uncrossed
Stops in midthoracic region
Crossed at midspinal level
Options
Arcuate nucleus
Vestibular nuclei
Interstitial cells of cajal
Lateral corticospinal tract
Options
Reticulospinal tract
Rubrospinal tract
Tectospinal tract
Vestibulospinal tract
Options
Tectospinal tract
Vestibulospinal tract
Reticulospinal tract
Croticospinal tract
Options
Anterior corticospinal tract
Corticospinal tract
Spinothalamic tract
Spinocerebellar tract
Options
Reticulospinal tract
Rubrospinal tract
Corticospinal tract
Tectospinal tract
Options
Spasticity
Extensor plantar response
Cogwheel rigidity
Resting tremors
Options
Cog-wheel rigidity
Spasticity
Planter extensor response
Exaggerated deep tendon reflex
Options
Positive Babinski sign
Loss of superficial reflex
Loss of proprioception of opposite limb
Paralysis
Options
Rigidity occurs all muscle of the body
Increased in the rate of discharge of the" y" efferent neuron
Increased excitability o the motor neuron pool
Decerebration produces no phenomenon akin to spinal shock
Options
No effect on rigidity
Increased flexed muscle tone
Increased rigidity via alpha motor neurons
Decrease in rigidity
Options
Removal of cerebral cortex and basal ganglia
Flexion of lower limbs and extension of upper limbs
Rigidity is less pronounced than decerebrate rigidity
None of the above
Options
Decerebrate rigidity
Decorticate rigidity
Increased muscle tone
Decreased muscle tone
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/28)
Options
Medulla
Olfactory bulb
Primary visual cortex
Geniculate body
Options
Golgi tendon organ
Renshaw cells
Muscle spindle
None of the above
Options
Group Ia fiber contain sensory afferent
Nuclear bag and nuclear chain fibers present in intrafusal muscle fiber
Motor supply by Aa fiber
Motor supply by y fiber
The principle that is the spinal cord dorsal roost are sensory and the ventral roots are motor is
known as
Options
Laplace's law
Bell-Magendie Law
Frank-Starling Law
Weber-Fechner Law
Options
Thinner
Flower spray endings
Plate endings
Trail endings
Options
Ia
II
Y-neuron
None
Options
Golgi tendon
Ia fibers
IIb fibers
Muscle spindles
Options
Ia
lb
B
C
Options
Sense dynamic length of muscle
Sense static length of muscle
Alpha motor neuron stimulation
Sense muscle tension
Nuclear bag fibers are related to
Options
Tone
Force
Length
Length and velocity
Options
Tension
Length
Proprioception
Stretch
Options
Change in muscle length
Change in muscle tension
Pain in muscle
Cessation of blood supply
Options
Passive stretch
Active stretch
Both
None
Options
Ia
lb
Aa
A~
Which of the following is true regarding alpha and gamma motor neurons during initiation of
voluntary movements?
Options
Alpha motor neuron is activated first followed by gamma motor neuron
Gamma motor neuron is activated first followed by alpha motor neuron c
Both are activated together
Only alpha motor neuron is activated
You are testing knee jerk in a patient. The afferents in deep tendon are carried by
Options
Dynamic intrafusal fibers
Golgi tendon organ
Nuclear bag and static chain fibers
Both Golgi tendon and muscle spindle
Options
Muscle spindle
Tendon
Periosteum
Joint
Options
Muscle spindle
Extrafusal fibers
Intrafusal fibers .
Golgi tendon organ
Options
Static muscle length
Dynamic muscle length
Muscle tension
Muscle action
In a voluntary movement, Golgi tendon organ provides the central nervous system information
about
Options
Moment to moment length of muscle
Velocity of shortening of muscle
Tension developed in the muscle
Change in joint angle produced by the muscle
Options
Pons
Spinal Cord
Cortex
Midbrain
Options
Spinal cord
Medulla
Midbrain
Cerebral cortex
Righting reflex is a
Options
Cochlear reflex
Spinal reflex
Vestibular reflex
None of the above
Options
Hopping and placing reflex
Tonic neck reflex
Tonic labyrinthine reflex
Stretch reflex
Options
Righting reflex
Tonic labyrinthine reflex
Righting reflex
Crossed extensor reflex
The first reflex response to appear as spinal shock wears off in humans is
Options
Tympanic reflex
Withdrawal reflex
Neck righting reflex
Labyrinthine reflex
Options
Integrity of reflex arc
Muscle power
Type of muscle fibers
Joint movements in physiological range
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
ppQuestion (1/23)
Options
Cell body
Dendrites
Axons
Terminal boutons
Action potential is initiated at the Axon Hillock Initial segment of the neuron because
Options
Threshold for Excitation is lowest
Neurotransmitter is released at this site
It is an unmyelinated segment
Has lowest concentration of voltage gated sodium channels
Options
Soma- dendritic zone
Initial segment
Axon
Nerve ending
Options
Axon
Axon hillock + initial segment
Cell body
Dendritic tree
Options
Astrocytes
Oligodendrocytes
Ependymal cells
Schwann cells
Options
Part of central nervous system
Present only in myelinated nerve fibers
Form myelin sheath
Derived from surface ectoderm
Orthodromic conduction is
Options
An axon can conduct impulse in one direction only
An axon can conduct impulse in both direction
The jumping of depolarization from node to node
The print at which a runaway spike potential
Options
Dendrites cannot be depolarized
Once repolarized, an area cannot be depolarized
The strength of antidromic impulse is less
Chemical mediator is localized only in the presynaptic terminal
Options
Travels in one direction along axon
If current is increased too slow nerve respond fast
Travels in one direction at synapse
Travels with the speed of electric current
Pseudounipolar cells
Options
Sympathetic ganglia
Parasynipathetic
Cranial nerve ganglion
Dorsal Root Ganglion
Options
Unipolar
Bipolar
Pseudounipolar
Multipolar
Options
Golgi apparatus
Endoplasmic reticulum
Mitochondria
Lysosome
Options
Perikaryon of neuron
. Smooth muscle
Skeletal muscle
Cardiac muscle
Axonal transport is
Options
Antegrade
Retrograde
Antegrade and Retrograded
None
Options
Dynein
Kinesin
Neurofilaments
Microtubules
The neurons may get irreversibly damaged if exposed to significant hypoxia for
Options
5 min
2 min
30 Sec
15 Sec
Options
Increased speed of conduction
Decreased speed of conduction
Increased absolute refractory period
Unmyelination
Options
Astrocytes
Microglia
Oligodendrocytes
Troposomes
Options
Protoplasmic astrocytes are found in grey matter
Oligodendrocytes are derived from ectoderm
Microglia are mesodermal in origin
Central neuroglial cells are derived from Schwann
Options
Astrocytes
Schwann cells
Microglia
Oligocytes
Options
Phagocytosis
Myelin synthesis
Fibrosis
Blood brain barrier
Options
Oligodendrocytes
Astrocytes
Ependymal cells
Microglia
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/5)
Options
Duration of action potention (AP)
Frequency of AP
Amplitude of AP
All of the above
Weber Fechnerlaw is
Options
Magnitude of stimulus strength perceived is approximately proportional to the log of the
intensity of stimulus strength
Magnitude of stimulus strength perceived is directly proportional to the intensity of stimulus
strength
Threshold of receptor is directly proportional to stimulus strength
Threshold of receptor is inversely proportional to stimulus strength
Options
Amplitude
Surface area
Number of sensory fiber involvement
Stimulus discrimination
Options
Weber Fechner law
Powerlaw
Bell-Magendielaw
Law of projection
Options
1,2,3
4,6
. 44,45
41,42
Options
1,2,3
4,6
. 44,45
41,42
Options
4 and 6
5 and7
5 and 7
16 and 18
Options
Horizontal
Vertical
Tongue
Trunk
Which of the following has small representation in somatosensory area of cerebral cortex
Options
Lips
Thumb I fingers
Tongue
Trunk
Options
Arm
leg
Back
Head
Options
Tractus solitaries
Tractus cuneatus
Lateral spinothalamic tract
Cerebral Cortex
Options
Nucleus gracilis
Nucleus cuneatus
Cerebral cortex
Spinothalamic tract
Appreciation of shape and size of an object placed in the hand is lost in the lesion of
Options
Tractus gracilis
Tractus cuneatus
Lateral spinathalamic tract
Spino - reticular tract
The inability to perceive the texture and shape an object occurs in lesion of
Options
Lateral spino - thalamic tract
Nucleus gracilis
Spinoreticular tract
Nucleus cuneattis
Options
Proprioception
Temperature
Itch
Crude touch
Options
Total loss of pain sensation
Total loss of touch sensation
Loss of tactile localization but not of two point discrimination
Loss of tactile localization and two point discrimination
Options
Pain
Temperature
Localization
Vibration
A man loses his right hand in a farm accident, four year later; he has episodes of severe pain in
the missing hand (phantom limb pain). A detailed PET Scan study of his cerebral cortex might
be expected to show
Options
Expansion of the right hand area in his right somatic sensory area I (SI)
Expansion of the right hand area in his left SI
Projection of fiber from neighboring sensory areas into the right hand area of his right SI
Projection of fiber from neighboring sensory areas into the right hand area of his left SI
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/8)
Options
Lateral spinothalamic tract
Anterior spinothalamic tract
Spinocerebellar tract
Dorsal column
Options
Anterior spinothalamic tract
Lateral spinothalamic tract
Dorsal column
Corticospinal tract
Which of the following sensation are transmitted by the dorsal tract I Posterior column
Options
Fine touch
Pain
Temperature
All of the above
Options
Anterior spinothalamic tract
Lateral spinothalamic tract
Dorsal column
None
A lesion of ventrolateral part of spinal cord will lead to loss (below the level oflesion) of
Options
Pain sensation on the ipsilateral side
Proprioception on the contralateral side
Pain sensation on the contralateral side
Proprioception on the ipsilateral side
An Anterolateral Cordotomy Relieving Pain in Right Leg is Effective Because it Interrupt the
Options
Left dorsal column
Left ventral spinothalamic tract
Left lateral spinothalamic tract
Right lateral spinothalamic tract
Ventrolateral cordotomy for relief of pain in right lower limp due to cutting
Options
Left ventral spinothalamic tract
Left lateral spinothalamic tract
Right ventral spinothalamic tract
Right lateral spinothalamic tract
Options
Proprioception
Pain and temperature
Tactile sensation
Pressure
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/16)
Options
Meissners corpuscle
Pacinian corpuscle
Free never ending
Merkel disc
Options
First Pain
Slow Pain
Fast Pain
Epicritic Pain
Options
Pain
Vibration
Touch
Pressure
Options
CMR - 1
VR 1
VRL - 1
VR2
Options
Hyperalgesia
Allodynia
Hyperpathia
Causalgia
Options
Hypersensitization
Decreased reflex time
Increased in threshold of pain
Decreased receptor area
Options
It is poorly localized
Resembles "fast pain" produced by noxious stimulation of the skin
Mediated by B fibers in the dorsal root of the spinal nerve
Shows relatively rapid adaptation
Massage and the application of liniments to painful area in the body relieves pain due to (
Options
Stimulation of endogenous analgesic system
Release of endorphins by the first order neurons in the brain stem
Release of glutamate and substance P in the spinal cord
Inhibition by large myelinated afferent fibers
Options
Allodynia
Referred pain
Central Pain
Gate control theory of pain
The raphe nuclei located in lower pons and medulla secrete the following neurotransmitter
Options
Norepinephrine
Dopamine
Serotonin
Acetylcholine
Options
Substantia gelatinosa
Dorsal root ganglion
Both
None
Options
Piamater
Pial vessels
Duramater
Brain matter
Options
Dopamine
Substance P
PAF
None
Options
Acetylcholine
Substance
Serotonin
Histamine
Options
Endogenous opioids
Kinins
Substance P
PGs
Free nerve ending carrying nociceptive fibers are seen in which of the following
Options
Intestine
Mesentery
Spleen
Liver
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/11)
Options
Merkel disc
Meissner's corpuscles
Ruffini ending
Pacinian corpuscles
Options
Merkel's disc
Ruffini's end organ
Pacinian corpuscle
Meissner's corpuscle
Options
A type of pain receptors
Slowly adapting touch receptors
Rapidly adapting touch receptors
Located in the joints
Phasic receptors is
Options
Merkel's disc
Ruffini's end organ
Pacinian corpuscle
Pain receptors
Options
Merkel disc
Ruffinis nerve ending
Pacinian corpuscle
Nerve ending
Options
Touch
Temperature
Pressure
Proprioception
Options
Pressure
Cold
Vibration
Proprioception
Options
Slow adapting
Fast adapting
Non adapting
Different to slow and fast adapting
A single spinal nerve is cut, the area of tactile loss is always greater than the area of loss of
painful sensation, because
Options
Tactile information is carried by myelinated fast conduction fiber
Tactile receptors adapt quickly
Degree of overlap of fibers carrying tactile sensation is much less
In the primary sensory cortex tactile sensation is represented on a larger area
The distance by which two touch stimuli must be separated to be perceived as two separate
stimuli is greatest at
Options
The lips
The palm of the hand
The back of scapula
The dorsum of the hand
Options
No loss of sensation
Loss of all sensations
Joint sensation lost in stable position
Decrease in sensation
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/23)
Options
55 ml/100 gm/min
400 ml/100 gm/min
100 ml/100 gm/min
200 ml/100 gm/min
Options
1500 mL/min
2000 mL/min
750 mL/min
250 mL/min
Options
Blood pressure
Arterial PC023
Potassium ions
Cerebral metabolic rate
Which of the following is not permeable through the Blood Brain Barrier
Options
Water
Lipophilic drugs
Gas
Proteins
Options
Habenular nucleus
Subfornical organ
Cerebellum
Pontine nucleus
Circumventricular organ is
Options
Anterior pituitary
Posterior pituitary
Pineal gland
None
Options
Area postrema
Anterior pituitary
Choroid plexus
Cerebellum
Options
Blood
Urine
Tear
CSF
CSF is formed by
Options
Arachnoid villi
Venous plexus
Choroid plexus
Subfornical nucleus
Options
50 mL
100 mL
150mL
275 mL
Options
0.30-0.35 ml/min
0.5 ml/min
2 ml/min
1 ml/min
Options
50-100 ml
100-200ml
300-400ml
500-600ml
Options
1-2 mmHg
6-12mm Hg
15-30mmHg
730mm Hg
Options
70 - 180 mm CSF
. 50 - 100 mm CSF
> 200 mm CSF
150 - 200 mm CSF
Options
Rate of CSF formation
Rate of CSF absorption
Cerebral blood flow
Venous pressure
Options
Specific gravity is 1.003 - 1.008
Specific gravity is 1.0003 - 1.0008
Total volume of CSF is 150 ml
Daily production is 550ml/ day
Options
Ca++
HC03
Glucose
Cl
Options
0.2-0.4
0.6-0.8
1.2-1.6
1.6-2.2
Options
60 mm CSF
68 mm CSF
80 mm CSF
50 mm CSF
Options
Removal of CSF during dural tap causes intense intra cranial headache
Normally contain no neutrophils
Formed by arachnoid villi within the ventricles
pH less than that of plasma
Low CSF protein may be seen in all of the following conditions, except
Options
Recurrent lumbar puncture
Hypothyroidism
Pseudotumor cerebri
Infants
Options
Head
Abdomen
Chest
Leg
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Question (1/8)
Options
NMDA
Kainate
mGluR
AMPA
Options
Enkephalin
Substance P
Endorphin
Serotonin
Options
Mast cells
Endothelium
Plasma
Nerve terminals
Options
Vasoconstriction
Pain transmission
Axon reflex
Peristalsis
Options
Acetykholine
Glycine
GABA
Glutamate
Options
Glycine
Acetykholine
Aspartate
Glutamate
Options
Glutamate
Aspartate
Gamma-amino butyric acid
Taurine
The hyperkinetic features of the Huntington's disease are due to the loss of
Options
Nigrostriatal dopaminergic system
Intrastriatal cholinergic system
GABAergic and cholinergic system
Intrastriatal GABA-ergic and cholinergic system
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
1.
Question (1/10)
Options
Preventing depolarization of nerve terminal
Inhibition of conduction of nerve impulse
Prevention of Ca2+ influx
Prevention of Na+ influx
Options
Are self-propagating
Show all or none response
Are proportional to the amount of transmitter released by the presynaptic neuron
Are inhibitory at presynaptic terminal
ESPS is due to
Options
K influx
Na+ efflux
Na+ influx
Ca++ influx
IPSP is due to
Options
Cl- influx
K+ influx
Na+ influx
Ca++ influx
Options
Fast EPSP
Slow ESPS
Fast IPSP
Slow IPSP
Options
Renshaw cell inhibition
Presynaptic inhibition
Direct inhibition
Indirect inhibition
Options
Feedback facilitation
Feed forward inhibition
Direct inhibition
Feedback inhibition
Options
Prolonged opening of calcium channels
Prolonged opening of chloride channels
Prolonged opening of potassium channels
Prolonged opening of sodium channels
Options
Medulla
Cerebellum
Basal ganglia
Hypothalamus
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
Question (21/21)
Options
Modified nerve fibers
Modified smooth muscle
Modified cardiac muscle
Fibrous tissue
Explanation
Purkinje fibers are the modified cardiac muscle fibers concerned with conduction of impulse
Options
AV node
. SA node
Bundle of His
Purkinje fibers
Explanation
SA node is the dominant pacemaker because it intrinsic firing rate is the highest ( 100 to 110
depolarizations per minute)
Which of the following is the function of Hyperpolarizing Cyclic nucleotide (HCN) channel
Prev
Options
Mark
SkipConduction of impulse
Generation of sinus rhythm
To maintain the cytoplasmic hyperpolarisation
To maintain mitochondrial membrane potential
Explanation
HCN channels are also called funny current channels • They are involved in generation of sinus
rhythm
Options
AV node
SA node
Bundle of His
Purkinje system
Explanation
Options
AV node
Purkinje fibers
Bundle of His
Ventricular myocardial fibers
AV nodal delay is
Options
0.2 sec
0.13 sec
0.01 sec
0.3 sec
Explanation
Options
Decrease in amplitude of firing
Resistance offered by myocytes
Decrease in number of gap junctions
Lack of tight junctions
Explanation
AV node conducts impulses at the slowest rate because it has got very fegap junctions
Options
SA node
AV node
Purkinje fibers
Bundle of His
Explanation
AV node conduction is slow. There is a delay of about O.l s in spread of impulse
Options
-50mV
-70mV
+ 70mV
-90mV
Explanation
Options
Opening of K+ channels
Opening of Ca++ Channels
Opening of Na+ Channels
Closing of Na+ Channels
Explanation
Phase 1 - Initial repolarization • Mainly due to efflux of potassium ions through transient outward
K+ channels • Also due to inactivation of fast Na+ channels
Options
Na+ Channels
K+ channels
Ca- Na channels
Closure of K+ channels
Explanation
Plateau phase • Mainly due to the efflux of potassium ions balanced by influx of calcium ions
through calcium channels called as Ca- Na channels
Options
Plateau phase
Action potentiaL
Repolarization
No Change
Explanation
To be more precise, influx of sodium ions causes depolarization of ventricular action potential. It
is usually seen in the form of a rapid upstroke (spike
Options
There is spike in action potential
There is plateau in action potential
There is repolarization
There is hyperpolarization
Options
Ventricles
Papillary muscle
Purkinje fibers
Chordae tendini
Explanation
Prepotentials are characteristics of pacemaker tissues in heart • Purkinje fibers is one of the latent
pacemakers of heart
Options
Fast Na+ Channel
Decrease in K+ permeability
Slow Ca++ Channel
Rapid repolarization
Explanation
Options
Superior temporal gyrus
Precentral gyrus
Postcentral gyrus
Inferior frontal gyrus
Options
. Inferior frontal gyrus
Superior temporal gyrus
Inferior frontal gyrus
Cingulate gyrus
Options
Word formation
Comprehension
Repetition
Reading
Options
Peripheral speech apparatus
Verbal expression
Auditory comprehension
Verbal comprehension
Options
Post parietal region
Occipital
Frontal lobe
Temporal lobe
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
Question (16/16)
Options
+30 to 110°
030 to 110°
+ 110°
- 110°
Explanation
Axis more negative than -30° is called left axis deviation 215
Einthoven's law
Options
I+ III= II
I - III = II
I+II+III=O
I + III = avL
Explanation
Einthoven's
Prev la- states that the sum of the potentials in leads I and III equals the potential in lead II.
Lead
Mark
I + III = Lead II
Skip
Einthoven's triangle, what is the value of lead III when lead I = 2 m V and Lead II = 1 m V
Options
1
2
3
4
Explanation
Options
P-wave
QRS complex
T- wave
ST segment
Explanation
Options
Isovolumetric contraction of ventricle
Insovolumetric relaxation of heart
Atrial contraction
None
Explanation
PR interval • From the onset of P wave to the beginning of QRS complex • Duration - 0.12 to 0.20
sec • Denotes atrial contraction and Atrioventricular (AV) conduction time
Options
Atrial repolarization
Atrial depolarization
Ventricular repolarization
Ventricular depolarization
Normal QT interval is
Options
0.12 - 0.20
0.40 - 0.45
0.08 - 0.10
None
Explanation
QT interval
Options
0.12 - 0.2 sec
0.2 - 0.3 sec
0.3 - 0.4 sec
0.4 - 0.5 sec
P wave is absent
Options
Atrial fibrillation
CCF
Atrial flutter
PSVT
Explanation
Options
Posterobasal part of ventricle
Left side of interventricular septum
Uppermost portion of interventricular septum
Basal portion of ventricle
Explanation
• Last parts of the heart to be depolarized are posterobasal portion of the left ventricle, the
pulmonary con us, and the uppermost portion of the septum. These are the areas which
repolarize first
Which of the following is the order of activation after stimulation of Purkinji fibers is
Options
Septum --+ Endocardium --+ Epicardium
Endocardium --+ Septum --+ Epicardium
Epicardium --+ Septum --+ Endocardium
Septum --+ Epicardium --+ Endocardium
Repolarization in isolated muscle piece fiber proceeds from
Options
Epicardium to Endocardium
Endocardium to Epicardium
Left to right
Right to left
Explanation
In isolated cardiac ventricular muscle cell, the direction of depolarization and repolarization are
the same from endocardium to epicardium • In whole heart, repolarization proceeds from
epicardium to endocardium (opposite in direction to depolarization
Options
Two limbs
One limb and two other limbs
One limb and neutral (Zero)
Two limbs and two other limbs
Explanation
Augmented limb leads are devised by connecting the positive end to one limb and negative end by
combing two other limbs
Options
Tall T wave
Prolonged QRS interval
Depressed ST segment
Prominent U waves
Explanation
ECG changes in hypokalemia are • Prominent U waves • T wave inversion • ST segment depression
• QT interval is prolonged
Options
Prolonged PR interval
Depressed ST segment
Inverted T Wave
WideQRS
Explanation
ECG changes in hyperkalemia are, • Tall T waves - earliest, most consistent, and most
characteristic ECG abnormality • QT interval is short • Loamplitude P wave • Prolonged AV
conduction
AH interval on ECG is for conduction
Options
Through His - Purkinje system
From AV node to bundle of His
From Purkinje system to ventricular fibers
Through ventricular fibers
Explanation
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
Question (23/23)
Options
There is greater decrease in atrial systole than atrial diastole
There is greater decrease in ventricular systole than ventricular diastole
There is greater decrease in ventricular diastole than ventricular systole
None of the above
Explanation
Prev
Mark
Skip
Options
Total duration is 0.4 seconds
Atrial systole is longer than atrial diastole
Duration of cardiac cycle is approximately fixed
Duration of diastolic is affected more than systole in tachycardia
During the cardiac cycle the opening of the aortic valve takes place at the
Options
Beginning of systole
End of isovolumetric contraction
End of diastole
End of diastasis
Explanation
Isovolumetric contraction
• To eject blood into aorta and pulmonary artery, ventricles must open aortic and pulmonary
valve
• The ventricle contracts against the closed valves (both AV valves and semilunar valves are
closed)
• This means that ventricular blood volume won't change (isovolumetric) but the pressure
generated by the ventricle tremendously rises.
• Once the pressure rises above 80 mm Hg, aortic valve opens. Similar changes also happen in
right ventricle which opens the pulmonary valve
Options
Atrioventricular valves open
Atrioventricular valves close
Corresponds to peak of"C" wave in JVP
Corresponds to T wave in ECG
Explanation
Options
AV opening and aortic and pulmonary valve closure
AV Close and aortic and pulmonary valve opening
. Both valves are closed
Both Valves are open
Options
Peak of "C" waves
Opening of A.V. valve
Closure of semilunar valve
Beginning of "T" wave
Isometric relaxation is defined as
Options
Relaxation of both atria
Relaxation of both atria with all valves open
Relaxation ofLV with mital and aortic valve closed
Relaxation ofLV with mital and aortic valve open
Explanation
lsovolumetric relaxation • At the end of systole both the AV valves and semilunar valves are
closed , pressure inside the ventricles falls even more without any change in
volume(isovolumetric
Preload leads to
Options
Isovolumetric relaxation
Isovolumetric contraction
Peripheral resistance
Parasympathetic nervous system activation
Explanation
Stroke volume is always determined by the extent of ventricular filling during diastole (preload) •
Stroke volume is directly proportional to preload (End diastolic volume) • Ventricular
isovolumetric contraction begins to eject this preload
Options
Isovolumetric contraction
Ventricular ejection
Protodiastole
Rapid Ventricular filling
Explanation
Maximum ventricular pressure around 140 mm Hg is achieved during rapid ejection phase
Options
0.80 seconds
0.57 seconds
0.11 seconds
0.44 seconds
Explanation
Electromechanical systole is the time interval between
Options
Q wave and T wave
S wave and T wave
R wave and first heart sound
Q wave second heart sound
Explanation
A cardiologist asks for measurement of electromechanical systole (QS2) and left ventricular
ejection time(LVET), and pre - ejection period (PEP). The cardiologist is informed by the technician
that the carotid transducer is not functioning. Which of the following readings could not be
obtained
Options
QS
Qs and LVET
QS2, and PEP
LVET and PEP
Explanation
Options
Closure of AV valves
Closure of aortic valves
Inthrushing of blood
Atrial contraction
Options
0.15 sec
0.12 sec
0.08 sec
0.1 sec
S3 is due to
Options
Rapid gush of blood in ventricle
Atrial contraction
AV valve closure
Semilunar valve closure
Options
Can be heard by the unaided ear
Frequency is greater than 20 Hz
Heard during ventricular filling phase
Heard during ventricular ejection phase
Options
Closure of the aortic and pulmonary valves
Vibrations in the ventricular wall during systole
Ventricular filling
Closure of the mitral and tricuspid valves
Options
Closure of AV valves
Closure of semilunar valves
Rapid ventricular filling
Atrial contraction
Options
Viscosity of blood
Velocity of blood
Arterial wall expansion
Cross sectional area of artery
Explanation
The pressure wave generated by ventricles expands the arterial walls as it travels
• This wave travels at the rate of 4 mis in the aorta, 8 mis in the large arteries, and 16 ml s in small
arteries in adults
Options
Closure of mitral valve
Opening of mitral valve
Closure of aortic valve
Opening of aortic valve
Explanation
Closure of aortic and pulmonary valve causes a characteristic notch called dicrotic notch or
incisura in pulse wave tracing
Options
Right atrial contraction
Left atrial contraction
Right atrial relaxation
Closure of tricuspid valve
Explanation
Which one of the following is the correct statement regarding coronary food flow?
Options
Coronary blood flow is directly related to perfusion pressure and inversely related to
resistance
Coronary blood flow is inversely related to perfusion pressure and inversely related to
resistance
Coronary blood flow is directly related to perfusion pressure and inversely related to
resistance
Coronary blood flow is inversely related to both pressure and resistance
Explanation
Options
Preload
Afterload
Intramyocardial tension
Blood Hb concentration
Explanation
Prev
Mark
Primary
Skip
determinants of myocardial oxygen consumption are, • intramyocardial tension •
contractile state of the myocardium • heart rate • Ventricular work (preload and afterload) +
Ventricular work is the product of stroke and mean arterial pressur
Options
Directly proportional to mean arterial pressure
Inversely proportional to heart rate
Inversely proportional to cardiac work
Has a constant relation to the external work done by the heart
Explanation
Options
Correlates with beats rate
Is directly proportional to external cardiac work
Is negligible when heart is at rest
Depends upon duration of systole
Explanation
Myocardial oxygen consumption is directly proportional to the systolic BP and duration of
systole
Options
Inversely related to heart rate
Has constant relation to external cardiac work
Directly proportional to duration of systole
Is negligible at rate
Explanation
Myocardial oxygen consumption is directly proportional to the systolic BP and duration of systole
• Myocardial 0 2 demand has not constant relationship with external work done. Pressure
overload (after load ) consumes more oxygen than Volume overload (preload)
Options
Autonomic
Autoregulatory
Hormonal
Sympathetic
Explanation
Autoregulation • It is the capacity of the tissue to regulate their blood flointrinsic basal myogenic
tone • Local Metabolism is the primary controller of coronary flo- 02 demand is a major factor •
This mechanism works well even when the nerves are removed
Options
Sympathetic adrenergic system
Sympathetic cholinergic system
Local muscle action and reflexes
Parasympathetic system
Explanation
Sympathetic and parasympathetic innervation of heart do influence coronary blood flobut most
important is always Local Metabolism • Local Metabolism is the primary controller of coronary
flow
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
Question (23/23)
Options
Cardiac efficiency
Mean stroke volume
Cardiac index
Mean arterial pressure
Explanation
Cardiac output is the product of heart rate (HR) and stroke volume (SV) • So, Cardiac output/heart
rate = stroke volume
Which of the following statement is/are true regarding Fick principle of measurement of cardiac
output:
Options
Cardiac output is calculated by amount of oxygen consumed by whole body per unit mass
divided by A-V Oxygen difference across the lung
Oxygen concentration in artery is measured by passing catheter to Pulmonary artery
Mixed venous blood is measured by inserting catheter into pulmonary artery
Rate of oxygen absorption by the lungs is measured by spirometry
Options
PrevRatio of organ to total peripheral resistance
Mark
Mean stroke volume
Skip
Mean BP
Contractility of heart
Ejection fraction is
Options
SV I EDV
EDV/SV
EVS/EDV
SV/ESV
Explanation
Ejection fraction means the percentage of end diastolic volume that is ejected as stroke volume •
Ejection fraction = Stroke volume/End diastolic volume X 100 • Ejection fraction normally is about
55 -65% • Ejection fraction is an useful indicator of ventricular systolic function
Options
20%
30%
SO%
65%
Options
7 .5 liter
5 liter
12 liter
10 liter
Explanation
Normal cardiac output values • Men - 5.6 L/min • Women - 4.9 L/min
Options
Stroke Volume M2/BSA
COP per unit body surface area
Syst press/ M2/BSA
End diastolic volume
Explanation
Cardiac index: • Cardiac index is expressing cardiac output per square meter of body surface area
• Normal cardiac index for adults is 3.2 L/min/m2 of body surface area
In a patient with cardiac output 5 liters/minute and body surface area 1.7 m2 what will be the
cardiac index
Options
3 liter/min/m2
4 liter/min/m2
5 liter/min/m2
2.5 liter/min/m2
Explanation
Options
3.2
2.8
2.4
4.4
Options
Increased end - diastolic and end - systolic volumes
Decreased end - diastolic and end - systolic volumes
Increased end - diastolic volumes and Decreased endsystolic volumes
Decreased end - diastolic volumes and increased endsystolic volumes
Explanation
Stroke volume = End diastolic volume - End systolic volume • It can be increased by Increased end
- diastolic volume and Decreased end- systolic volume • Normal stroke volume is around 70 ml
Options
Fick's principle
V/Q ratio
Echocardiography
Thermodilution
Explanation
Methods of Measuring cardiac output are, • Direct Fick's method • Indicator (Dye) Dilution
Method • Thermodilution method
Which scientific principle is the basis of thermodilution method used in measurement of cardiac
output
Options
Hagen - Poiseuille principle
Bernoulli's principle
Stewart - Hamilton principle
Universal gas equation
Explanation
Indicator and thermodilution methods are based on Stewart Hamilton principle which states that
" amount of indicator substance injected is equal to the concentration times volume in which the
indicator is distributed" • In simple terms, Amount = (concentration * circulation time) *Volume •
Here, Volume is equated with cardiac output
Options
0 2 content of arterial blood
0 2 content of venous blood
0 2 consumption per unit time
All of the above
Explanation
Fick's principle which states that "the amount of a substance taken up by an organ per unit of time
is equal to the arterial level of the substance minus the venous level (A-V difference) times the
blood flow" 0 2 consumed in mL/min Cardiac output=.----------~-___/ Arteriovenous oxygen
difference
What will be cardiac output if 400 mg of dye is given intravenously and the concentration in blood
is 2 mg/L after lst passage time of 40 seconds
Options
1.5 L
3L
5L
6L
Explanation
All of the following factors normally increase the length of the ventricular cardiac muscle fibers
except
Options
Increased Venous tone
Increased total blood volume
Increased negative intrathoracic pressure
Lying - to - standing change in posture
Explanation
Lying - to - standing change in posture leads to decrease in stroke volume because of venous
pooling and decreased venous return
Options
End diastolic volume of ventricles
End systolic volume
Volume of blood in aorta
Ventricular ejection volume
Explanation
Options
Increase in intrapericardial pressure
Decrease in ventricular compliance
Decrease in total blood volume
Increase in negative intrathoracic pressure
Explanation
Increase in negative intrathoracic pressure sucks blood from great veins leading to increase in
End diastolic volume of ventricles (preload)
Options
Moderate increase in environmental temperature
Anxiety and excitement
Eating
Standing from lying down position
Explanation
Cardiac output changes No change: • Sleep Increases during: • Anxiety and excitement (50-100%) •
Eating (30%) • Exercise (up to 700%) • High environmental temperature • Pregnancy • Epinephrine
Decreases during: • Standing from lying • Heart diseases
Options
Exercise
Pregnancy
Hot atmosphere
Standing from lying down
Options
Sleep
From supine to standing position
Exercise
Arrhythmias
Preload is increased by
Options
Increased blood volume
Increased total peripheral resistance
Standing
Sitting
Options
Increased VR ~ increased CO
Increased discharge ~ increased CO
Increased HR~ increased CO
Increased BP ~ increased CO
Explanation
Stroke volume is always determined by the extent of ventricular filling during diastole (preload) •
This concept is based on Frank-Starling lawhich states that "the force of contraction of heart is
directly proportional
to the initial length of muscle fibers, before the onset of contraction'' • Stroke volume is directly
proportional to preload (End diastolic volume) • Preload depends on the venous return
Options
50-100%
100-200%
200- 250%
300-400%
Explanation
Cardiac reserve - "means the ability of the heart to pump 300 to 400 percent more blood per
minute than the body requires during rest" • Normal cardiac reserve is 300 to 400 percent
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
Question (19/19)
Options
Systolic pressure x pulse
Diastolic pressure x pulse rate
Pulse pressure x pulse rate
Cardiac output x peripheral resistance
Explanation
Blood pressure is the product of cardiac output times total peripheral resistance
Options
(SBP + 2DBP)/3
(DBP + 2SBP)/3
(SBP + 3DBP)/2
(DBP + 3SBP)/2
Explanation
•Prev
Is the average pressure in the arteries
Mark
• Since the diastole of cardiac cycle is longer (0.53s) than the systole (0.27 s), mean is not the exact
Skip
average of SBP and DBP
Options
Systolic + (Diastolic BP)/2
Systolic + l/3rd pulse pressure
Diastolic+ (Systolic BP)/2
Diastolic + l/3rd pulse pressure
Options
Cardiac output
Cardiac output and peripheral resistance
Arterial compliance
Peripheral resistance
Options
Diastolic BP
Systolic BP
Mean BP
Pulse pressure
Explanation
Options
Torr
Mm Hg
kPa
Barr
BP is measured in
Options
Axillary artery
Carotid artery
Brachial artery
Radial artery
Explanation
The most common place to measure a person's blood pressureis is the brachia! artery of the
upper arm
Options
Elastic recoil of aorta
Musculature of arterial
Constriction of capillaries
Contraction ofleft ventricle
Explanation
Because of its elastic recoil nature, blood flois continuous and the diastolic pressure stays at 80
mm Hg. This elastic recoil effect is called "Wind.kessel effect"
Options
Is lower than the intraarterial pressure
Is higher than the intraarterial pressure
Is same as the intraarterial pressure
Is the same with different cuff sizes
Explanation
• BP measured by sphygmomanometer is higher than the intraarterial pressure because the cuff
pressure gets dissipated between the cuff and the artery by the interspersed tissue
Options
Auscultatory gap
Small cuff
Thick calcified vessels
Obesity
Explanation
Option B - Small cuff doesn't occlude the vessel completely. So, greater pressure is always needed
for occluding the vessel • Option C - Thick calcified vessel - more pressure will be needed to
occlude this vessel • Option D - Obesity - the cuff pressure gets dissipated between the cuff and the
artery by the interspersed tissue. Such interspersed tissue is more in obesity • Auscultatory gap is
not associated with spuriously high BP. It is the silence caused by disappearance ofkorotkoff
sounds after the first appearance of true systolic pressure and the reappearance of pressure 10 to
20 mm Hg lower
Options
The bladder of the blood pressure cuff should cover more than 80% of the arm circumference
The blood pressure cuff should be at a higher level than the heart
Patient should be in resting position
Cuff should be tied over upper arm
Explanation
Options
Cuff width should be 40% of arm circumference
Diastolic blood pressure is indicated by fourth korotkoff sound
Small cuff measures spuriously elevated diastolic blood pressure
Monckenberg sclerosis causes pseudohyper tension
Explanation
Options
Aortic valve closure
Production of heart sound
Arterial turbulence
Arterial valve expansion
Explanation
When the cuff is deflated slowly, distinct sounds can be heard with the help of stethoscope which
are called Korotkoff sounds. These sounds are heard because blood passing through narroorifice
always causes turbulent flow
Options
Serotonin
Angiotensin - II
Dopamine
Prostaglandin
Explanation
Options
ADH
ANP
Epinephrine
Aldosterone
Explanation
ADH promotes water resorption from the collecting duct of kidney • It is released from the
posterior pituitary. Being a nervous reflex, it acts as a short-term regulation of BP • The hormones
in option b, c, d are endocrine which takes time to release
Options
25 mm Hg
80 mm Hg
95 mm Hg
120 mm Hg
Explanation
Options
0-2 mm Hg
5-10 mm Hg
15- 20 mm Hg
20 -30 mm Hg
Explanation
Options
120/80 mm Hg
25/0 mm Hg
25/8 mm Hg
120/0 mm Hg
Options
2mmHg
25 mmHg
80mmHg
120mmHg
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
Question (17/17)
Options
Flat bones
Long bones
Liver
Yolk sac
Explanation
Options
Liver
Spleen
Bone marrow
None
Options
60-90 days
90-120 days
120-150 days
150-200 days
Explanation
Life span of fetal RB Cs - 60 to 90 days
Options
Same as adult RBC
1/4 of adult RBC
1/2 of adult RBC
2/3 of adult RBC
Explanation
Life span of fetal RBCs is 60 to 90 days. It is about 2/3'd of adult RBCs life span
Options
Reticulocyte
Intermediate normoblast
Early normoblast
Erythroblast
Explanation
Intermediate erythroblast
In erythropoiesis-
Options
Size of the cells increases in subsequent stages
Hemoglobin appears at early normoblast stages
Mitosis occurs in late normoblast at the fastest
Folic acid is useful as a maturation factor
Explanation
Factors responsible for maturation of RBCs are vitamin B12 and folic acid
Options
RBC
Platelets
Neutrophils
Macrophages
Chemical structure of hemoglobin is
Options
Has 2 polypeptide chains with 4 heme
Has 4 polypeptide chains with 2 heme
Has 4 polypeptide chains with 4 heme
None of the above
Explanation
Options
1
2
3
4
The type of hemoglobin that has least affinity for 2, 3Diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG) or (2,3 BPG) is
Options
HbAl
HbF
HbA2
None
Explanation
Among the hemoglobin subtypes, fetal hemoglobin has the lowest affinity for 2, 3 - DPG
2nd MC Hb in adult is
Options
A2~2
A2y2
A2o2
~2 y2
Explanation
Types of Hemoglobin
Fetal hemoglobin contains
Options
a 2, ~2
a 2, o2
a 2, y2
None
Options
Increased glucoronyl transferase activity
Inhibit heme oxygenase
Decreased RBC lysis
Increase Y and Z receptors
Explanation
Options
Ferritin
Hemopexin
Transferrin
Hemosiderin
Explanation
Options
Haptoglobin
Hemopexin
Albumin
All of the above
Hemogiobin can bind with oxygen, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
Question (22/22)
Factor Xis
Options
Hageman factor
Stuart - Prower factor
Christmas factor
Tissue factor
Explanation
Proaccelerin is
Options
Factor II
Factor V
Factor VII
Factor X
Explanation
• Proaccelerin
• labile factor
Prev
• Mark
accelerator globulin
Skipwillebrand factor is synthesized by all except
Von
Options
Endothelial Cells
Megakaryocytes
Hepatocytes
None
Explanation
Endothelial cells and platelets store vWF in their secretory granules
Options
Factor II
Factor X
Factor I
Protein C
Explanation
• Factor II
• Factor VII
• Factor IX
• Factor X
Options
Factor II
Protein C
Factor X
Factor IX
Explanation
Dicumarol is a drug that impairs the utilization of vitamin K by the liver. Dicumarol therapy,
therefore, would decrease the plasma concentration of which of the following procoagulants
Options
Prothrombin
Fibrinogen
Antihemopilic factor (factor VIII)
Ac - globulin (factor V)
Explanation
Extrinsic pathway
• Initiated by exposure to tissue thromboplastin (factor III) which activates factor VII
Options
Factor XI
Factor X
Factor IX
Factor VII
Options
XII
X
VII
v
Options
Prothrombin
Factor XIII
Thrombin
Kallikrein
Explanation
Which of the following helps in bridging the fibrin in a clot and stabilizes the clot?
Options
Factor XIII
Factor V
Factor VIII
Factor III
Explanation
Options
2- 4 hours
8 - 12 hours
6 minutes
60 days
Explanation
Options
Hepatic circulation
Cutaneous circulation
Cerebral microcirculation
Renal circulation
Explanation
Options
Vitamin k antagonists are present in plasma
Thrombin has a positive feedback on plasminogen
Sodium citrate in plasma chelates calcium ions
Vascular endothelium is smooth and coated with glycocalyx
Explanation
Options
Chymotrypsin
Heparin cofactor II
Alpha 2 antitrypsin
Alpha 2 macroglobulin
Explanation
• Heparin cofactor II
• a1 antitrypsin
Options
Thromboxane A2
Serotonin
Prostacyclin (PGI2
Thrombin
Explanation
Options
Ca++
Va, Ca++
V , X, Ca+
X, V, XII, & Ca+
Explanation
Options
Promotion of clothing
Inactivation of factor II
Activation of factor X
Inactivation of factor V
Explanation
Options
Fibrinogen
Factor VII
Factor V
Factor II
Explanation
Thrombosthenin is a/an
Options
Thrombosis preventing protein
Contractile protein
Coagulation protein
Protein for regulating platelets production
Explanation
The contraction of platelets during clot retraction is mediated by a protein called thrombosthenin
Options
Liver
Platelets
Endothelial cells
Spleen
Explanation
vWF is produced by endothelial cells (mainly) and platelets
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
Question (23/23)
Fibrin is degraded by
Options
Thrombin
Fibrin
Plasmin
None
Explanation
Options
Large elastic vessels
Capacitance vessels
Thoroughfare channels
Capillaries
Explanation
Aorta
• This elastic nature is responsible for distensibility and elastic recoiling in aorta
Prev
• Mark
Because of its elastic recoil nature, blood flois continuous' and the diastolic pressure stays at 80
mm Hg. This elastic recoil effect is called "Windkessel effect"
Skip
• The elastic nature of aorta is due to the protein "Elastin"
Options
More elastic tissue and less muscle
Less elastic tissue and more muscle
More elastic tissue and more muscle
Less elastic tissue and less muscle
Explanation
Veins have the capacity to store large amount of blood "Capacitance vessels"
• They have less elastic tissue and less smooth muscle in their walls
Options
Large veins
Small veins
Venules
Capillaries
Explanation
Options
Artery
Veins
Capillaries
Venules
Explanation
Vessel with,
Options
Arteriole
Veins
Capillaries
Venules
Options
Vena cava >Aorta> Vein > Artery > Venule > Arteriole
Aorta > Vena cave> Artery > Vein > Arteriole > Venule
Aorta > Artery > Vena cave > Vein > Arteriole > Venule
Vena cave > Vein > Aorta > Artery > Venule > Arteriole
Options
Arteries
Arterioles
Capillaries
Venules
Explanation
Arterioles by its vasoconstriction and vasodilation controls distribution of blood floto different
parts of the body
Microcirculation consists of
Options
Capillaries
Capillaries, Venules and arterioles
Aorta
Arteries and veins
Explanation
Microcirculation - circulation of the blood in the small blood vessels namely arterioles, capillaries
and venules
Options
Greatest cross sectional area
Contain 25% of blood
Contains less blood than veins
Have single layer of cells bounding the lumen
Explanation
Options
Local metabolites
Circulating catecholamines
Sympathetic activity
Fall in capillary pressure
Explanation
Blood floto the capillaries mainly depends on the metabolic state of the tissue. Over tissues -
accumulation of local metabolites - relaxation of pre capillary sphincters - more blood flow
Which of the following favors filtration at the arteriolar end of the capillary bed
Options
Decrease in hydrostatic pressure of capillaries
Increase in hydrostatic pressure of capillaries
Increase in oncotic pressure of capillaries
Decrease in oncotic pressure of interstitium
Explanation
Pressures in the capillaries are the major forces that govern fluid movement in them. Such forces
are commonly called Starling forces • Two major starling forces acts to govern such exchanges.
They are, • Hydrostatic pressure - Favors filtration • Hydrostatic capillary pressure (Pc) •
Hydrostatic interstitial pressure (Pi)
Options
20
21
23
27
Explanation
Options
Aorta
Artery/ Arterioles
Venules/Veins
Capillaries
Explanation
Veins have the capacity to store large amount of blood "Capacitance vessels"
Options
Large vein
Aorta
Heart
Capillaries
Arteriole is
Options
Conducting vessel
Resistance vessel
Exchange vessels
Capacitance vessel
Options
Arteriole
Capillary
Vein
Venules
Options
Arteries
Veins
Aorta
Capillaries
Options
Artery
Capillary
Vein
Venules
Venous return to heart during quiet standing is facilitated by all of the following factors, except
Options
Calf muscle contraction during standing
Values in perforators
Sleeves of deep fascia
Gravitational increase in arterial pressure
Explanation
Options
Increased vascular permeability
Decreased capillary osmotic pressure
Increase in interstitial fluid
Decreased interstitial osmotic pressure
Explanation
Reduced Plasma Osmotic Pressure and Decreased interstitial osmotic pressure increases lymph
flow
Options
Arterial pressure minus venous pressure
Capillary pressure minus venous pressure
Pressure below which in capillaries close
None of the above
Explanation
In small blood vessels like arterioles and capillaries, if the pressure is reduced, a point is reached
at which no blood flooccurs, even though the pressure is not zero. That pressure is called Critical
closing pressure (CCP) • Critical closing pressure is usually around 20 mm Hg
Options
Mean circulatory filling pressure
Critical closing pressure
Perfusion pressure
Pulse pressure
Explanation
Mean Circulatory Filling Pressure • If the heart is stopped, blood floto the body stops and the
pressures everywhere in the circulation become equal • Such equilibrated pressure level is called
the mean circulatory filling pressure • Normal value of mean Circulatory Filling Pressure is 7 mm
Hg. Sympathetic stimulation increases it and sympathetic inhibition decreases it • Mean Systemic
Filling Pressure • It is the pressure measured everywhere in the systemic circulation after blood
flohas been stopped. • The word "Systemic" in Mean Systemic Filling Pressure denotes systemic
circulation to differentiate it from pulmonary circulation • Mean Circulatory Filling Pressure and
Mean Systemic Filling Pressure are always nearly equal
10. 10
11. 11
Question (11/11)
Options
Sum of kinetic energy of flow and pressure energy is constant
Low tones producing maximal stimulation at apex of cochlea
Magnitude of the sensation felt is proportionate to the intensity of stimulus
Force of contraction is proportional to the stretch of cardiac muscle
Explanation
Velocity of blood flo(kinetic energy) and the pressure (potential energy) are interrelated by the
Bernoulli's principle
• Bernoulli's principle
• States that "The sum of the kinetic energy of floand the potential energy-is constant"
• According to the principle, the greater the velocity of floin a vessel, the lower the
• lateral pressure distending its walls to keep the total energy of the system constant
Options
P = T/r
P = 2T/r
T = Pr I w
Prev
P = WP/r
Mark
Explanation
Skip
Laplace lastates that tension in the wall of a cylinder (T) is equal to the product of the transmural
pressure (P) and the radius (r) divided by the wall thickness (w) • T=Pr/w
Options
Airflow resistance
Rate of blood flow
Measurement of BP
None of the above
Explanation
Options
Resistance
Viscosity
Pressure difference
Length of vessel
Explanation
Pressure difference and blood floare directly related according to Poiseuille-Hagen formula
Relation between current, electromotive forces and resistance in a circuit by Ohm's law is stated
as
Options
I = E/R
. i = R/E
I = RE
All of the above
Explanation
Ohm's Lawhich deals with relationship between potential difference, current and resistance V = I
* R • In vascular physiology, current flois equated with the blood flo(F) and the voltage difference
is equated with the pressure difference (P) across the vessel wall. So, the modified Ohm's Lais, P =
F * R
Blood is flowing through a circuit with an inflow pressure of 100 mm Hg and outflow pressure of
lOmm Hg. Each of the parallel circuits {RI, R2, R3, R4 and R5) has a resistance of 5 mm Hg/ ml/
min. What is the blood flow across this circuit
Options
3.6 ml /min
45 ml/min
90 ml/min
135 ml/min
Explanation
Options
Blood flow increases four fold
Blood flow decreases four fold
Blood flow increased sixteen - fold
Blood flow decreased sixteen - fold
Explanation
Resistance and blood floare always inversely related. The relationship between them is called
"Fourth power law" which is, R = 8 qL/(PA - PB)* n r4 • This means that if the radius of the vessel
wall decreases to 2 cm from 4 cm, the resistance increases by 16 times and blood flodecreases by
16 times
H the diameter of lumen of a vessels is decreased to half, the velocity of blood will be
Options
Increased by 2 times
Increased by 4 times
Decreased by 2 times
Decreased by 4 times
Explanation
Velocity is inversely proportional to the square of radius • V al/r2 • So, if the diameter is reduced to
half, velocity increases by four times
Options
Critical velocity
Viscosity
Constant velocity
Critical closing pressure
Explanation
Blood floinside the vessel can be, • Laminar floor streamlined flo(without noise) • Turbulent
flo(with noise) • Whether the blood flois laminar or turbulent is determined by Reynolds number
Reynolds number= pDV/ 11 Where, • p -density of the fluid • D -diameter of the tube • V -velocity •
ri -Viscosity
Options
Reynolds number less than 2000
Decreases in velocity of blood
Decreases in density of blood
Increases in diameter of blood vessel
Explanation
Reynolds number = pDV I ri • Reynolds number increases whenever there is increase in density of
fluid, increase in diameter of vessel, increase in velocity and decrease in viscosity of fluid • If Re
>2000 - flois turbulent
179
Options
Reynolds number is > 2000
Total cross-sectional area of small
Diameter of smaller vessels is less
Effective velocity in small vessels is less
Explanation
Blood flovelocity (V) and cross-sectional area (A) are inversely related • Val/A • In aorta, cross
sectional area is less and Blood flovelocity is more • In capillaries, cross sectional area is more and
Blood flovelocity is less
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26 (29/29)
Question
27. 27
All28.
are28effects of sympathetic stimulation except
29. 29
Options
Ncreased conduction velocity
Increased heart rate
Increased refractory period
Increased contractility of heart
Explanation
Options
Prev
Decreased heart rate
Mark
Decreased Conduction
Skip
Increased automaticity
Increased refractive period
Explanation
Options
Decreased in action potential spike
Decreased in slope of prepotential
Increased automaticity
Decreased conduction
Explanation
• Opens potassium channels leading to increase in potassium efflux which decreases the slope of
prepotential
Options
Increased heart rate
Increased R - R interval in ECG
Increased force of heart contraction
Increased cardiac output
Explanation
Options
Increased heart rate
Increased in blood pressure
Increase in total peripheral resistance
Increase in venous capacitance
Explanation
Options
Conduction of impulse from endocardium to inwards
During exercise duration of systole is reduced more than diastole c
HR increases with parasympathetic denervation
Vagal stimulation decreased force of contraction
Options
Increased Na+ increased slope
Decreased Na+ decreased slope
Increased Na+ decreased slope
Decreased Na+ increased slope
Baroreceptor are
Options
Carotid body
Carotid sinus
Aortic body
None
Explanation
Baro reflex is mediated by sensors which are the stretch receptors known as Baroreceptors. They
are,
In healthy person, arterial baroreceptor activity is seen at what stage of cardiac cycle
Options
Systole
Diastole
Both
None
Explanation
Even at normal blood pressure levels (about 100 mm Hg mean pressure), there is baroreceptor
firing during systole and very minimal firing during diastole
Options
Hyperapnea
Reflex bradycardia
Tachycardia
Dyspnea
Explanation
Options
Caudal ventrolateral medulla
Rostral ventrolateral medulla
Nucleus of tractus solitarius
Nucleus ambiguous
Explanation
In simple terms, "increased baroreceptor discharge inhibits the tonic discharge of sympathetic
nerves and excites the vagal innervation of the heart"
Options
Sympathetic stimulation
Inhibition ofVMC
Disinhibition ofVMC
Stimulation of vagal pressure
Explanation
Vasomotor center is the major sympathetic center of medulla. It is inhibited whenever there is
increase in BP
Options
Mean blood pressure
Diastolic blood pressure
Systolic blood pressure
Pulse pressure
Explanation
Two students, Vineet and Kamlesh were asked to demonstrate in dogs the role of sinus nerve in
hypovolemic shock. Vineet severed the sinus nerve when the mean blood pressure (MBP) was 85
mm Hg and Kamlesh cut the sinus nerve when the mean blood pressure was 60 mm Hg. On
cutting the sinus nerve
Options
Vineet recorded the increase in MBP but Kamlesh recorded a decrease in MBP
Vineet recorded a decrease in MBP but Kamlesh recorded an increase in MBP
Both recorded an increase in MBP
Both recorded a decrease in MBP
Explanation
• Afferent impulses from both carotid sinus (baroreceptor) and carotid body ( chemoreceptor)
travel through the same sinus nerve (Bering's nerve)
• Now, coming to the question, Vineet severed the sinus nerve at MBP 85 mm Hg. At this pressure
of 85 mm Hg, normally baroreceptors send their discharge through sinus nerve to inhibit
sympathetic activity in medulla
• If the sinus nerve is cut at 85 mm Hg, baroreceptors can no longer inhibit sympathetic activity in
medulla
• So, sympathetic activity in medulla increases - there is increase in BP. Vineet recorded the
increase in MBP
• Kamlesh severed the sinus nerve at MBP 60 mm Hg. We knothat belo60 mm Hg chemoreceptors
fire and the impulse is carried through the same sinus nerve to medulla to increase sympathetic
activity
• Kamlesh severed the sinus nerve at MBP 60 mm Hg - recorded a decrease in MBP
(chemoreceptor activity is not conveyed to medulla - no sympathetic activity - decrease inMBP
Options
Increase in HR and BP
Increase in BP and decrease in HR
Decrease in HR and BP
No effect on BP and HR
Explanation
Occlusion of common carotid arteries on both sides reduces pressure in baroreceptors. Their
firing is reduced leading to increase in BP and heart rate
Options
Increase in blood pressure and increase in heart rate
Increase in blood pressure and decrease in heart rate
Decrease in blood pressure and increase in heart rate
Decrease in blood pressure and decrease in heart rate
Explanation
Clamping of common carotid arteries above carotid sinus - pressure build up in carotid sinus
leading to baroreceptor activation. So, there is baroreflex which causes decreas'e in BP and reflex
bradycardia
• Also understand this scenario - Clamping of common carotid arteries belocarotid sinus - reduced
pressure in carotid sinus leading to baroreceptor inhibition. So, there is no baroreflex - Increase
in BP and tachycardia
Clamping of the carotid arteries below the carotid sinus is likely to produce
Options
Increase in discharge of carotid sinus afferent nerves
Decreased heart rate and blood pressure
Increase in vasomotor center activity
Baroreceptor adaptation
Explanation
Increase in vasomotor center activity means increase in sympathetic activity. This is possible only
if there is no baroreceptor firing
Options
Decrease heart rate
Decrease respiratory rate
Increase heart rate
Decreased BP
Explanation
When a person changes position from standing to lying down. Following change is seen
Options
Heart rate increase
Venous return to heart increases immediately
Cerebral blood flow increase
Blood flow at apices of lung decreases
Explanation
• On immediate standing, there is venous pooling leading to decrease in venous return to heart
A shift posture from supine to upright posture is associated with cardiovascular adjustment.
Which of the following is NOT true in this context
Options
Rise in central venous pressure
Rise in heart rate
Decrease in cardiac output
Decrease in stroke volume
Explanation
• Initial fall in BP which is quickly maintained back to normal - This is because fall in BP leads to
baroreflex inhibition and medullary sympathetic activation which maintains BP
• We knothat sympathetic activation causes increase in heart rate. So, on immediate standing
there is tachycardia
• BP is the product of cardiac output and total peripheral resistance. In spite of fall in cardiac
output, BP is maintained because of increase in total peripheral resistance
• Increase in small vein pressure (veins of upper limb and lower limb)
• Central blood pool is the blood stored in heart and lungs (around 400 ml). On immediate
standing, heart and lungs gives out this reservoir blood ( 400 ml) to maintain cardiac output
Options
Independent of corticohypothalamic inputs
Influenced by baroreceptor signals but not by chemoreceptors
Acts along with the cardiovagal center (CVC) to maintain blood pressure
Essentially silent in sleep
Explanation
Options
From aortic and carotid body
Causes arterial vasoconstriction when BP falls
Causes decrease in HR when BP increases
Causes increase in HR when BP increases
Options
. Stimulated when BP decreases
Afferents are through sino - aortic nerves
Stimulation causes increased vagal discharge
Stimulate nucleus ambiguous
Explanation
Baroreceptors are stretch receptors. They are stimulated by increase in blood pressure
Options
Affected by total cardiovascular output
Stimulated by atrial systole and diastole
Stimulated by left ventricular contraction
Stimulated by aortic pressure
Explanation
Options
Tachycardia
Bradycardia
Hypertension
None
Explanation
Bezold-Jarisch reflex
• Afferents for this reflex travel through unmyelinated vagal C fiber endings
• Hypotension
• Bradycardia
Options
Chemoreceptor reflex
Baroreceptor reflex
CNS ischemic reflex
None of the above
Explanation
Options
50 -80 mm Hg
70 - 150 mm Hg
100 - 200 mm Hg
At all BP levels
Explanation
Options
Baroreceptors
Carotid body(chemoreceptor)
CNS ischemia
All are same
Options
Serotoxin
Glutamate
Glycine
Norepinephrine
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
Question (14/14)
EDRF is
Options
N02
NO
Np
. so2
Explanation
Options
CGMP
cAMP
. Ca++
Tyrosine
Explanation
NO is synthesized by
Options
PrevUracil
MarkAspartate
SkipGuanosine
Arginine
Explanation
Nitric oxide is synthesized from argmme. The enzyme responsible for its synthesis is nitric oxide
synthase (NOS)
Options
Vasodilatation
Vasoconstriction
Gastrointestinal smooth muscle relaxation
Gastrointestinal slow smooth muscle contraction
Explanation
• vascular remodeling
• Penile erection
• Glutamate release in hippocampus - Has got a role in synaptic plasticity (learning and memory)
• Relaxation of lower esophageal sphincter (LES) defective release of nitric oxide in lower end of
esophagus leads to Achalasia cardia
Options
Acts through cAMP
Helps to regulate vascular tone
Important role in penile erection
Present in low concentration in cigarette smokers
Explanation
Nitric oxide acts by increasing the levels of second messenger cGMP (not cAMP)
Options
Bronchodilation
Vasoconstriction
Decreased GFR
Has inotropic effect
Explanation
• Vasoconstriction
• Migration of myentric plexus ganglion cells towards cola - Mutations in endothelin-1 gene leads
to Hirschsprur disease characterized by congenital absence of ganglia cells in colon (congenital
aganglionosis)
Which of the following causes decreases in BP
Options
Thromboxane A2
Vasopressin
NO
PDF2
Explanation
Below is the picture of phonocardiogram and chest lead ECG, which of the following marked areas
point to the second heart sound
Options
A
B
C
D
Explanation
Sl
$2
$3
$4
T
0.4 Seconds
Peak of R wave
End ofT wave
Rapid filling phase
End of P wave
Options
Atrial contraction
Ventricular contraction
Atrial relaxation
Ventricular relaxation
Options
Bezold-Jarisch reflex
Bainbridge reflex
Cushing reflex
J reflex
Explanation
• The receptors for this reflex are located in both right and left atria
• Afferent of this reflex travel through vagus nerve and the efferent mainly travel through
sympathetic nerves that increase heart rate(Tachycardia) and strength of cardiac contraction
Options
Zonula occludens
Fascia adherens
Gap junctions
Macula adherens
Explanation
• Gap junctions
• Macula adherens "Zonula ocdudens is the other name for tight junction. It is absent in cardiac
muscle"
A 60-year-old patient, known case of Hypertension for the past 25-year underwent renal artery
doppler which showed narrowing and turbulence in right renal artery. If the diameter oflumen is
reduced by 50%, how much blood flow will be reduced?
Options
l/4th
l/8th
L/16th
L/32nd
Explanation
• So, if the radius is halved, then blood flodecreases by 2 to the power 4 times which is 16 times
Options
Chemoreceptor
Present in early part of internal carotid artery
Has glomus cells
Barorecptor
Explanation
Carotid sinus is the baroreceptor and carotid bodies are the chemoreceptors
• Carotid bodies have glomus cells
Options
Serotonin
Histamine
Prostaglandin
Angiotensin
Explanation
Bezold-Jarisch reflex
• Intracardiac injections of chemicals like serotonin, veratridine, capsaicin, phenylbiguanide
activates this reflex
• Afferents for this reflex travel through unmyelinated vagal C fiber endings
• Hypotension
• Bradycardia
• This reflex is responsible for sinus bradycardia seen during myocardial infarction
• This reflex is one of the cause for profound bradycardia and circulatory collapse after spinal
anesthesia
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26 (82/82)
Question
27. 27
28.segment
The 28 of the systemic circulation in which each blood vessel has the smallest diameter is:
29. 29
Options
30. 30
31.Aorta
31
32.Arterioles
32
33. 33
Capillaries
34. 34
35.Venules
35
36. 36
The
37.segment
37 of the systemic circulation in which blood flow velocity is highest is:
38. 38
Options
39. 39
40.Aorta
40
41.Arterioles
41
42.Capillaries
42
43.Venules
43
44. 44
45. 45 Law states that:
LaPlace’s
46. 46
Options
47. 47
48.P=T×r
48
49.R=P×T
49
50. 50
51.T=P×r
51
52.T=1/r4
52
Prev
53. 53
In a particular
54.
Mark 54 blood vessel, decreasing radius by one-half does what to the resistance to flow
through
55. 55 this vessel?
Skip
56. 56
Options
57. 57
58.Increase
58 by a factor of 16
59.Increase
59 by a factor of 4
60.Cannot
60 be calculated from this information
61.Decrease
61 by a factor of 4
62. 62
If 63.
right63atrial pressure is held constant at 0 mm Hg and arterial blood pressure is increased from
9064.
mm 64Hg to 108 mm Hg, and if total peripheral (systemic circulation) resistance is held constant,
one65.could
65 calculate that the cardiac output has done what?
66. 66
Options
67. 67
68.Increased
68 by 80%
69.Increased
69 by 60%
70. 70
Increased by 40%
71. 71
72.Increased
72 by 20%
Explanation
73. 73
74. 74
From Ohm’s Law, we knothat ΔP=F×R. In this case, ΔP has increased by 20%, but resistance has not
75. 75
changed. Therefore, the cardiac output (F) must have increased by 20%.
76. 76
77. 77
78. 78
79. 79
Vasoconstriction in the arterioles of the legs would be expected to
80. 80
81. 81
Options
82.Increase
82 blood pressure
Decrease blood pressure
Decrease blood flow in the legs
Answers “a” and “c” are correct
When measuring blood pressure, you measure two pressures. Which is the higher of the two
pressures?
Options
Systolic pressure
Mean pressure
Diastolic pressure
Pulse pressure
Options
Increased pressure increases velocity
Increased velocity decreases pressure
Decreased pressure decreases velocity
Decreased velocity decreases pressure
Options
Turbulent flow is noisy
Laminar flow is not turbulent
Turbulent flow is less efficient than laminar flow
Most of the flow in the cardiovascular system is turbulent
Increases in which of the following variables tend to decrease resistance to blood flow?
Options
Radius of the blood vessel
Viscosity of the blood
Length of the blood vessel
Blood hematocrit
Increases in which of the following variables would be expected decrease venous return?
Options
Cardiac output
Sympathetic nervous system tone
Blood volume
Venous resistance
Options
Blood volume
Heart rate
Venous return
Cardiac output
Explanation
Options
Blood in the arteries of the toes flows backwards to the heart
Blood in the arteries of the toes has a higher pressure than in the aorta
Blood in the veins of the toes has a higher pressure than blood in the arteries of the toes
Blood tends to pool in the veins of the head and neck
Options
Anything that increases vascular constriction
Anything that increases blood volume
Anything that increases hematocrit
An agent that increases cardiac contractility
Transfusion:
Options
Increases cardiac output
Increases venous return
Increases mean circulatory filling pressure
All of the above
The name of the shunt that allows blood to flow from pulmonary artery to aorta is called the:
Options
Ductus venosus
Umbilical vein
Foramen ovale
Ductus arteriosus
Among the stated fetal blood vessels, the partial pressure of oxygen is highest in:
Options
Femoral (leg) artery
Carotid (head) artery
Umbilical artery
Umbilical vein
Options
First breath of life
Second breath of life
Third breath of life
Adult life
Options
Pump equal amounts of blood per unit time
Together pump the “combined ventricular output”
Create different pressures in pulmonary artery and aorta
Are actually one cardiac chamber until after birth, when the interventricular septum forms
A red blood cell in the umbilical vein will first encounter which of the following shunts?
Options
Ductus arteriosus
Ductus venosus
Foramen ovale
Adult life
Options
I Band
A Band
Z Disk or Z line
H Zone
Explanation
During muscle contraction the length of the filaments do not change length, only the amount of
overlap between them changes. During a maximal contraction the I band decreases in size and
the H Zone disappears.
Myosin is released from actin during the cross-bridge cycle by the:
Options
Release of Pi
Release of ADP
Acidosis
Binding of ATP
Explanation
It is the binding of ATP that results in movement from the rigor state due to the release of myosin
from actin
Options
Cause depolarization of the sarcolemma
Remove the inhibition of the reaction between actin and myosin
Provide energy necessary for contraction
Cause muscle relaxation
Explanation
Under resting conditions skeletal muscle contraction is tonically inhibited by preventing myosin
binding to actin, this inhibition is removed following Ca binding to TnC
Options
Have characteristically high myoglobin levels
Lack the enzymes necessary for anaerobic metabolism
Are well supplied with capillaries
Fatigue relatively quickly
Explanation
White muscle fibers are characterized by the absence of mitochondria and myoglobin and hence
are white in appearance. The lomitochondrial content renders this type of muscle fiber vulnerable
to fatigue due to the inability to support the oxidative supply of ATP
Options
Shortest length
Longest length
Exposed to B-type natriuretic peptid
Unloaded
Explanation
A muscle is capable of maximal rate of shortening (velocity) under unloaded conditions in which
there is zero resistance
Options
Size
T-tuble-SR connections
Mitochondrial content
Possess sarcomeres
Explanation
Both skeletal and cardiac muscles are striated and possess sarcomeres
The latch property of smooth muscle refers to the ability of the smooth muscle to maintain
Options
Entirely relaxed state independent of free Ca++ levels
Maintaining force production while decreasing the rate of energy utilization
The rate of ATP production after stimulation
Force in the absence of myosin light-chain phosphorylation
Explanation
The “latch” state is an unique property of smooth muscle is which muscle tone can be maintained
while ATP utilization is decreasing
Options
Young Girls
Postmenopausal women
Boys
In active males
Explanation
Options
Increased arterial pressure
Reduced activity of cardiac sympathetic nerves
Increased ventricular filling pressure
Low extracellular Ca2+
Explanation
Increased ventricular filling results in greater stretch of the ventricular muscle and greater force
development (Frank-Starling relationship) and thus a greater stroke volume. All of the other
answers would lead to a reduction of stroke volume by 1) increasing afterload, 2) reducing
contractility, or 3) reducing preload
During the cardiac cycle, which of the following occurs when left ventricular pressure rises above
aortic pressure?
Options
The mitral valve closes
The aortic valve closes
The mitral valve opens
The aortic valve opens
Explanation
The aortic valve remains closed until left ventricular pressure exceeds aortic pressure, forcing the
one-way valve open. When left ventricular pressure falls beloaortic pressure, the one-way aortic
valve closes. The mitral valve is positioned between the left atrium and left ventricle, and its
opening and closing is regulated by the pressures in the left atrium and the left ventricle. The
pulmonary valve is positioned between the right ventricle and the pulmonary artery
What lead primarily measures forces moving from the head to the feet?
Options
Lead I
AVF
V1
V6
Options
Heart rate is 48 bpm
Heart rate is 60 bpm
Heart rate is 75 bpm
Heart rate is 80 bpm
Explanation
If QRS complexes are 0.8 seconds apart, then each heartbeat lasts 0.8 seconds. There are 60
seconds in a minute, so (1bt/0.80 sec)(60sec/min) = 75 bpm
If a depolarizing electrical stimulus was applied to a ventricular myocyte, which of the following
would be most likely to occur if extracellular calcium was low (below normal)?
Options
The magnitude of Phase 0 of the action potential would increase
Phase 0 of the action potential would be eliminated
The duration of the plateau phase (Phase 2) of the action potential would increase
The duration of the plateau phase (Phase 2) of the action potential would decrease
Explanation
A and B are not correct because Phase 0 (the upstroke) results from an increase in Na+
permeability, not calcium permeability. C is not correct because membrane repolarization results
from changes in potassium permeability. Loextracellular calcium would reduce (E) rather than
increase the duration of the plateau
Which of the following would be most likely to occur if the AV node was damaged by ischemia?
Options
The ability to intrinsically increase heart rate during stress (such as exercise) would be
impaired
Conduction of the depolarizing electrical signal from the atria to the ventricles would be
delayed or blocked
Spreading of the depolarizing electrical signal from the septum to the ventr
Cardiac contractility would be impaired
Explanation
The AV node conducts the electrical signal from the SA node and the atria to the septum of the
ventricle. If it is damaged, atrioventricular transmission is blocked or delayed. The ability to
increase heart rate would remain intact, and cardiac contractility would not be affected by AV
node damage
Which of the following relations or laws fundamentally explains why aneurysms burst?
Options
Ohm’s Law
Starling’s Law of the Heart
Pouiseille’s Relation
LaPlace’s Law
Explanation
La Places’s Law, that states that T=Pxr (wall tension is equal to the product of the radius and the
transmural pressure)
Three tubes are arranged in parallel, as shown in the following illustration: The resistance to flow
in tube 1 is 100 mm Hg/(L/min), the resistance to flow in tube 2 is 50 mm Hg/(L/min), and the
resistance to flow in tube 3 is 25 mm Hg/(L/min). The total resistance of these three tubes arranged
in parallel is closest to which of the following choices?
Options
.006 mm Hg/(L/min)
14.3 mm Hg/(L/min)
26.7 mm Hg/(L/min)
58.3 mm Hg/(L/min)
Which of the following, in the absence of changes in other variables, will tend to decrease venous
return?
Options
Increased right atrial pressure
Decreased venous compliance
Increased blood volume
Decreased venous resistance
Explanation
Increasing right atrial pressure increases the pressure to which the blood is flowing (into the
heart at the end of the veins). An increase in pressure at this site decreases the driving pressure
for blood returning to the heart (delta P), so in accordance with Ohm’s Ladecreases the floback to
the heart
Of the following sites within the fetal circulation, which has the highest oxygen saturation?
Options
Umbilical artery
Umbilical vein
Descending aorta
Carotid artery
Explanation
Oxygen enters the fetal circulation through the placenta, so the blood vessel draining blood from
the placental circulation (the umbilical vein) will have the highest oxygen content of all the fetal
blood vessels
Options
Venous return
Pulmonary vascular resistance
Pulmonary arterial pressure
Systemic arterial pressure
Explanation
The answer is B. Recruitment and distension cause pulmonary vascular resistance to fall with
increases in cardiac output. Pulmonary arterial pressure, venous return, systemic arterial
pressure and the size of zone 3 would all increase
Which of the following would be the most likely to cause pulmonary edema?
Options
Hemorrhage
Increased oncotic pressure
Reduced capillary permeability
Left heart failure
Explanation
The answer is E. Left heart failure will increase left atrial and therefore pulmonary venous
pressure, which will promote the formation of pulmonary edema. All the other choices would
decrease the likelihood of pulmonary edema
Mean arterial pressure readings over 3 months are between 90 and 100 mmHg for patient X and
between 150 and 160 for patient Y. A rapid decrease in carotid sinus pressure would:
Options
Decrease both sympathetic and parasympathetic nerve activity only in patient X
Increase sympathetic and decrease parasympathetic nerve activity only in patient X
Decrease parasympathetic nerve activity about equally in both patients
Stimulate the chemoreceptor reflex in both patients
Explanation
The answer is C. The arterial baroreceptor reflex resets so it can buffer minute-to-minute changes
in both patients, so A, B and E are incorrect. D is incorrect because an increase in blood pressure
would not stimulate the chemoreflex
Reduced firing of the atrial “B” receptors will:
Options
Inhibit renin secretion
Increase activity in the Nucleus of the Solitary Tract
Increase heart rate
Increase vasopressin (AVP) secretion
Explanation
The answer is D. Reduced blood volume will decrease firing in atrial B receptors. The reflex effects
to increase vasopressin and renin secretion will help to restore blood volume. Decreased atrial B
receptor activity will decrease activity in the Nucleus of the Solitary Tract, but will have little
effect on heart rate
Options
The arterial baroreceptor afferents are not functioning
Vasopressin secretion falls to zero
Parasympathetic nerve activity to the heart is eliminated
Sympathetic nerve activity to the vasculature and heart is eliminated
Explanation
The answer is D. Total spinal anesthesia eliminates communication between the RVLM and the
preganglionic sympathetic neurons in the spinal cord. Since these preganglionic neurons have no
spontaneous activity they are silent without input from the brain. The baroreceptors are still
functioning and the activity in the afferents would increase in response to the fall in pressure
Nitric oxide:
Options
Is generated by endothelial cells
Is freely permeable to cell membranes
Activates cyclic GMP in vascular smooth muscle cells
All of the above
Explanation
The answer is E. Nitric oxide is formed by metabolism of arginine in the endothelium of blood
vessels. It diffuses freely to the underlying vascular smooth muscle, where it stimulates cyclic
GMP, causing activation of mechanisms that lead to smooth muscle relaxation and vasodilation
Options
Stimulate only vasodilation because their action is confined to the endothelium
Stimulate both vasodilation and vasoconstriction depending upon receptor distribution within
vascular cells
Have little effect because they only act only on peripheral tissue, not on vascular cells
Stimulate the same vasoactive response in all organs
Explanation
The answer is B. Many agents, such as endothelin, angiotensin, serotonin, can stimulate
vasodilation through endothelial receptors and release of vasodilatory substances like nitric
oxide. These agents can also stimulate vasoconstriction by activating receptors on the vascular
smooth muscle that increase calcium influx into the cell
Large lipid-insoluble drugs cross the continuous capillary endothelium in the brain by:
Options
Transcytosis
Bulk flow
Diffusion
Intercellular clefts
Options
Net filtration of fluid from the capillaries will increase
Net absorption of fluid in the capillaries will increase
Net absoprtion of fluid in the capillaries will not change
Capillary diameter will decrease
Options
Begins when the aortic valve opens and ends when the aortic valve closes
Begins when mitral valve closes and ends when the aortic valve opens
Requires less time (is shorter) than isovolumetric contraction of the right ventricle
Is not influenced by changes in aortic pressure
Options
Results in greater shortening of the ventricular muscle
Increases stroke volume
Is proportional to the increase in the initial length of myocardial fibers in the left ventricle
All of the above
Options
Velocity of shortening in the ventricular muscle will increase
Pressure development during isovolumetric contraction will increase
Stroke volume will increase
The pressure at which the aortic valve opens will be lower
If both left ventricular end-diastolic volume and left ventricular end-diastolic pressure increase in
a patient with a failing heart, then left atrial pressure will:
Options
Increase
Decrease
Not change
All of the above
Options
Decreasing If ( funny) current
Reducing Ca2+ current
Reducing K+ current causing resting membrane potential to move towards threshold
Both A and B
Options
Activation of L-type calcium channels
Influx of K+
Efflux of K+
Influx of Na+
Which of the following components of the ECG would be most likely to be altered by an area of
cardiac ischemia that is interfering with ventricular repolarization?
Options
The P-wave
The PR interval
The RR interval
The T wave
If the ECG tracing shows that the QRS is isoelectric in Lead I and the net deflection of the QRS in
aVF is positive, e.g. +2, then the mean electrical axis of the heart must be approximately:
Options
90 degrees
60 degrees
0 degrees
110 degrees
In the tracings below, if the QRS in Lead III is considered to be isoelectric, what is the mean
electrical axis of the heart?
Options
90 degrees
120 degrees
30 degrees
60 degrees
Options
Ca++ influx through voltage-gated Ca++ channels to trigger a rise in cytosolic [Ca++]
Ca++ influx through voltage-gated Ca++ channels, which is sufficient to support contraction
Activation of MLCK
Phosphorylation of myosin heavy chain
Options
Myosin light-chain dephosphorylation
Activation of the ryanodine receptor
Ca++ uptake by the SR (sarcoplasmic reticulum)
Phosphorylation of phospholamban
When a pregnant uterus presses on the abdominal vena cava, which of the following occurs?
Make comparisons relative to conditions before the maneuver
Options
Right atrial pressure increases and arterial pressure increases
Right atrial pressure increases and arterial pressure decreases
Right atrial pressure decreases and arterial pressure increases
Right atrial pressure decreases and arterial pressure decreases
An increase in systemic blood pressure from 100 to 120 mm Hg would be expected to have what
effect on the renal circulation of a normal individual?
Options
Increased vascular resistance and little change in blood flow
Increased vascular resistance and modestly decreased blood flow
Decreased vascular resistance and modestly increased blood flow
Decreased vascular resistance and modestly decreased blood flow
In a given patient, mean aortic pressure is 105 mm Hg, right atrial pressure is 5 mm Hg, heart rate
is 75 beats per minute, and stroke volume is 80 ml. The total peripheral resistance in this
individual is closest to:
Options
2 mm Hg per (L/min)
17 mm Hg per (L/min)
6 mm Hg per (L/min)
60 (ml/min) per mm Hg
One resistance vessel in the microvasculature decreases in diameter from 100 to 70. What
happens to the resistance through this vessel?
Options
Decreases by a factor of 4.16
Decreases by a factor of 2.25
Increases by a factor of 0.06
Increases by a factor of 4.16
In a normal individual:
Options
Total blood flow (liters/min) is lower in the capillaries than in the aorta
Blood flow velocity (m/sec) is lower in the capillaries than in the aorta
Blood pressure (mm Hg) is higher in the capillaries than in the aorta
Colloid oncotic pressure (mm Hg) is higher in the capillaries than in the aorta
What are the only two changes which can increase mean circulatory filling pressure?
Options
Increased venous compliance and increased blood volume
Increased venous compliance and decreased blood volume
Decreased venous compliance and increased blood volume
Decreased venous compliance and decreased blood volume
When I lay supine in a warm tub of water, which of the following is true?
Options
Arterial pressure in my toes is higher than arterial pressure in my aorta
Venous pressure in my toes is higher than arterial pressure in my toes
Venous pressure near the right atrium is lower than venous pressure in my toes
Arterial pressure in my brain is higher than arterial pressure in my aorta
Options
21 mm Hg per (L/min)
20 mm Hg per (L/min)
19 mm Hg per (L/min)
.0526 (L/min) per mm Hg
Which tissue in the table has the highest resistance to blood flow?
Options
Liver
Kidneys
Brain
Adrenal Glands
Options
At total lung capacity
During pulmonary vasodilation
At functional residual capacity
While breathing air at high altitude
Select the order of components involved in the arterial baroreflex response to an increase in
blood pressure:
Options
Baroreceptor afferents, CVLM, NTS, RVLM, parasympathetic efferents to the vasculature
Baroreceptor efferents, RVLM, NTS, CVLM, sympathetic afferents to the vasculature
Baroreceptor afferents, NTS, CVLM, RVLM, sympathetic efferents to the vasculature
Baroreceptor efferents, NTS, CVLM, RVLM, sympathetic afferents to the vasculature
Why is the relationship between blood pressure and heart rate a sigmoid function (select all that
apply)?
Options
Individual baroreceptor afferents have different threshold pressures
Heart rate is controlled by both the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems
There is a maximum total firing rate for all baroreceptor afferents
The caudal ventral lateral medulla has inhibitory neurons
When blood pressure is increased, stimulation of the baroreceptor reflex rapidly (within a
minute) reduces blood pressure because:
Options
Vasopressin secretion is inhibited
Venous capacitance is reduced
Vasopressin secretion is increased
The caudal ventral lateral medulla has inhibitory neurons
Options
Lacks sympathetic innervation
Maintains relatively constant blood flow over a range of perfusion pressures
Does not demonstrate metabolic vasodilation
Has minimal metabolic demands
A decrease in vessel radius from 10 cm to 5 cm increases the resistance to blood flow through that
vessel by:
Options
4 times
2 times
8 times
16 times
If transmural pressure in a blood vessel rises from 4x104 dyn/cm2 to 5x104 dyn/cm2, and the
vessel constricts reducing radius from 100 m to 80 m, wall stress will:
Options
Double
Remain constant
Decrease by half
Decrease by ten-fold
Options
Stimulate only vasodilation because their action is confined to the endothelium
Stimulate both vasodilation and vasoconstriction depending upon receptor distribution within
vascular cells
Have little effect because they only act only on peripheral tissue, not on vascular cells
Stimulate the same vasoactive response in all organs
In most vascular beds, sympathetic nerves elicit vasoconstriction of blood vessels by:
Options
Lowering blood pressure
Release of norepinephrine from post-ganglionic fibers and binding to α-adrenergic receptors
Activation of endothelin binding to ET-B receptors
Activating pain receptors which stimulates release of tissue metabolites
Options
Increasing influx of extracellular calcium
Reducing influx of extracellular calcium
Increasing influx of extracellular sodium
Blocking phosphorylation of myosin light chain kinase
Options
No movement occurs
Net filtration
Net absorption
Movement of fluid occurs only through vesicular transport
Which of the following blood vessels is not surrounded by smooth muscle cells?
Options
Veins
Arteries
Terminal arterioles
Capillaries
During a bout of vigorous exercise, nearly all of the capillaries in contracting skeletal muscle
become perfused with blood. This causes:
Options
An increase in the permeability of oxygen
An increase in the surface area available for exchange of oxygen
An increase in oxygen extraction
Both b and c
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
Question (22/22)
Options
P/T =constant
PV = constant
PV= nRT
V/T= constant
Explanation
An important law, that governs air movement in lung is Boyle's Law
• Boyle's Law
• States that "at constant temperature, pressure(P) of a gas is inversely related to its volume(V)
Which is correcta
Options
PV=nRT
P =VnRT
V=PnRT
PT= nRV
Explanation
• P - pressure of gas, V - volume of gas, n = number of moles of gas, R = ideal gas constant, T =
Prev
temperature
Mark
What
Skip is charle's law-
Options
PV = constant
PIT = constant
PV = nRT
None
Explanation
Charles's lastates that at constant pressure, volume is proportional to the absolute temperature
Intrapleural pressure is
Options
Transpulmonary pressure + Alveolar pressure
Transpulmonary pressure - Alveolar pressure
Transmural pressure + Alveolar pressure
Alveolar pressure - Transpulmonary pressure
Explanation
Options
Zero
More negative
Positive
Less negative
Explanation
lntrapleural Pressure
• Normal Intrapleural pressure is negative (sub atmospheric) around -2.5 mm Hg at the start of
inspiration
The intrapleural pressure is negative both during inspiration and expiration because
Options
Intrapulmonary pressure is always negative
Thoracic cage and lung are elastic structure
Transpulmonary pressure determines the negativity
Surfactant prevents the lungs to collapse
Explanation
Thoracic cage and lung are elastic structure. They tend to recoil is opposite direction pulling
parietal and visceral pleura apart. This creates a vacuum in between parietal and visceral pleura -
so, the intrapleural pressure is negative
Options
Chest wall and lungs recoil in opposite directions to each other
Transplumonary pressure is negative
intraplumonary pressure is negative
Pulmonary collapse is prevented by surfactants
Options
Uniform distribution of surfactant over alveoli
Negative intra-alveolar pressure
Absorption by lymphatics
Presence of cartilage in the uppr airway
Explanation
Pumping of fluid from the pleural space by the lymphatics is an important causes for negative
Intrapleural pressure
Options
End of inspiration
End of expiration
End of forced expiration
Start or beginning of inspiration
Explanation
Options
7.5
-5.0
-2
-0.5
Explanation
Options
At the end of normal expiration air in lung is ERV
Chest wall has a tendency to move outward which is balanced by inward recoil of alveoli
In expiration pleural pressure is equal to alveolar pressure
Muscles that elevate the chest cage are classified as muscles of expiration
Options
- 1 cm water
-1 cm Hg
+ 1 cm Water
None
Explanation
Options
Small sized bronchioles without cartilage in nondependent portion oflung
Small Sized bronchioles without cartilage in dependent portion oflung
Medium sized bronchioles without cartilage in nondependent portion oflung
Medium sized bronchioles without cartilage in dependent portion oflung
Explanation
Closing capacity oflung is related to small Sized bronchioles without cartilage in dependent
portion oflung
• Closing volume - It is the volume of air at which lowermost alveolar airways begins to close
during expiration
Options
True about breathing are all except
Compliance depends only on surfactant
Elastic forces
.distensibility
Explanation
There are two major forces that oppose lung distensibility (Compliance). They are,
Options
Rapid and deep
Rapid and shallow
Slow and deep
Slow and shallow
Explanation
Obstructive lung diseases - characterized by increase in airway resistance. Taking sloand deep
breaths are effective
• Restrictive lung diseases - Taking rapid and shallow breaths are effective
Options
Respiration muscle fatigue
Collapse of alveoli
Dynamic compression of airway
Breaking effect of inspiratory muscle
Explanation
Options
Volume at the end of forceful expiration
Volume at the end of forceful inspiration
Volume remaining after Functional Residual capacity is measured
Close to Residual Volume
Options
Reynold's number> 2000
Very small diameter
Extremely low velocity
Low cross sectional area
Explanation
Small airways have laminar air flobecause of Extremely lovelocity of airfloin them
When gases flow through an orifice which factor is least likely to affect turbulence
Options
Density of gas
Viscosity of gas
Pressure of gas
Diameter of orifice
Explanation
• V -Velocity of gas
• 11 -Viscosity of gas
• Pressure of gas is not in the formula for Reynolds number
Compliance of lungs is
Options
200 ml/cm water
500 ml/cm water
800 ml/cm water
1000 ml/cm water
Explanation
Options
Pulmonary Congestion
COPD
Decreased surfactant
Pulmonary fibrosis
Explanation
• Emphysema (COPD)
• Flail chest
• Sternotomy
Options
Elasticity
Amount of air
Blood flow
Presence if fluid
Explanation
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
Question (21/21)
Volume of air taken in and given out during normal respiration is referred to as
Options
IRV
TV
ERV
Vc
Explanation
Tidal volume is the volume of air inspired or expired with each breath during normal quiet
breathing. It is 500 - 750 ml
Options
Inspiratory capacity minus the inspiratory reserve volume
Total lung capacity minus the inspiratory reserve volume
Functional residual capacity minus residual volume
Vital capacity minus expiratory reserve volume
Explanation
Options
PrevInspiratory reserve volume, Tidal volume and Expiratory reserve volume
MarkTidal volume, Inspiratory reserve volume and Residual volume
SkipExpiratory reserve volume, Inspiratory reserve volume and Residual volume
Residual volume, Inspiratory reserve volume and Expiratory volume
Explanation
Vital capacity (VC) = Inspiratory reserve volume + Tidal volume + Expiratory reserve volume
Functional residual capacity is the amount of air remaining in the lungs after a normal tidal
expiration
• FRC is also called as "Equilibrium volume" or "relaxation volume" because inward elastic recoil
oflung balances with outward recoil of chest wall at Functional residual capacity
Options
Residual volume
Functional residual capacity
Expiratory reserve volume
Inspiratory reserve volume
Options
Functional residual capacity
Residual volume
Vital capacity
Closing volume
Options
Maximal inspiration
Maximal expiration
Normal inspiration
Normal expiration
Explanation
Residual volume (RV) is the volume of air left in lungs after forced expiration
Options
Volume expired after normal expiration
Volume remaining after forced expiration
ERV+ RV
Tidal volume + volume inspired forcefully
Normal vital capacity in an adult is
Options
1200 ml
2500 ml
3000 ml
4700 ml
Explanation
Options
1200 ml
2400 ml
3000 ml
5900 ml
Explanation
Options
Residual volume
FRC
TLC
Tidal volume
Explanation
• Body plethysmography
Options
Tidal volume
Residual volume
Vital capacity
Inspiratory reserve capacity
Options
Dead space volume
Function residual capacity
Tidal volume
Diffusion capacity
Options
Vidal capacity
FEVI
Max. mid respiratory flow rates
Closing volume
Explanation
Maximal mid-expiratory flo(MMEF 25_75) • It is the average floduring the middle half of the FVC •
It is effort independent • It is a sensitive marker for detecting early airway obstruction
A man connected to a body plethysmograph for estimation of FRC inspires against a closed glottis.
Which of the following statements is true -
Options
The pressure in both the lung and the box increase
The pressure in both the lung and the box decrease
The pressure in the lung decrease, but that in the box increase
The pressure in the lung increase, but that in the box decrease
Explanation
• Body plethysmography is based on the principle of Boyle's Lawhich states that volume of a gas is
inversely
proportional to the pressure of that gas at constant temperature
Options
Decreased partial pressure of 0 2 in alveoli
Decreased partial pressure of C02 in alveoli
Decreased C02 diffusion from blood to alveoli
Decreased 0 2 diffusion from alveoli to blood
Explanation
Increase in alveolar ventilation washes out C02 - So, there is decreased partial pressure of co2 in
alveoli
Pulmonary function abnormalities in interstitial lung diseases include all of the following except
Options
Reduced vital Capacity
Reduced FEVl/FVC ratio
Reduced diffusion capacity
Reduced total lung capacity
Explanation
In upper airway obstruction all of the following changes are seen except
Options
Decreased maximum breathing capacity
RV decreased
Decreased FEV
Decreased Vital capacity
Explanation
Increase in residual volume denotes "air trapping" which is classically seen in obstructive lung
diseases
Options
Total lung volume increases in emphysema
Compliance decreases in interstitial lung disease
Compliance is total lung distensibility
FEVl is forced expiratory rate at one minute
Explanation
FEVl is forced expiratory rate in 1st second
Options
Size of airway
Closing volume
Lung compliance
Residual volume
Explanation
Lungs are elastic structures. Its ability to expand (stretchability) is quantified in terms of
compliance. So, Total lung capacity depends on the stretchability oflung
Options
FRC is smaller than closing volume
FRC is greater than closing volume
FRC is equal to closing volume
FRC is independent to closing volume
Explanation
Loss of functional residual capacity (FRC) occurs in hyaline membrane disease for the following
reasons,
• Deficiency of surfactant
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
Question (12/12)
Options
Pulmonary vasodilation in hypoxia
Pulmonary Vasoconstriction in hypoxia
Decreased blood volume during systole
Increased basal vasoconstrictor tone
Explanation
Most important regulatory factor for pulmonary circulation is hypoxia (reduced Po2)
Options
LS
3.5
4.2
5
Explanation
• Alveolar ventilation = respiratory rate * (tidal volume dead space) = 12 (500 - 150) = 4.2L/min
Calculate the Alveolar ventilation per minute of a patient with respiratory rate 14/min, tidal
vol.500ml with a vital capacity 7000ml
Prev
Mark
Options
Skip4900 ml
2000 ml
7700 ml
7000 ml
Explanation
Alveolar ventilation = respiratory rate * (tidal volume dead space) = 14 (500 - 150) = 4900ml/min
Options
25 LI min
50 LI min
100 LI min
150 LI min
Explanation
Options
6L
4L
500 mL
125 L
Explanation
Minute Ventilation
• Also called as pulmonary ventilation
• Minute ventilation = TV x RR
Options
Anatomical dead space-end inspiration phase
Anatomical dead space-end expiration phase
Alveoli-end inspiration phase
Alveoli-end expiration phase
Explanation
Anatomical dead space containing atmospheric air at the end of inspiration will have the least
amount of co2 because atmospheric air has negligible co2
• Anatomical dead space-end expiration phase: Here alveolar gas rich in C02 occupies the
Anatomical dead space dead space area • Alveolar air contains a mixture of 0 2 from the inspired
air and co2 which is continuously added to it to exhale out
Options
16%
20%
22%
24
Explanation
Mouth-to-mouth respiration provides an oxygen concentration of 16%
Options
40mm Hg
37mm Hg
45mm Hg
. 60mm Hg
Explanation
Options
20ml/min
50 ml/min
75ml/min
100 ml/min
Explanation
Options
Anatomical dead space > Physiological Dead space
Anatomical dead space = Physiological Dead space
Anatomical dead space < Physiological Dead space
Anatomical dead space is not related to Physiological Dead space
Explanation
In healthy individuals, Physiologic dead space roughly equals anatomic dead space
Options
Boyle's law
Dalton's law
Bohr equation
Charles's law
Explanation
Physiologic dead space is measured with the help of an equation termed Bohr's equation
Bohr's Equation
V0 =VTxPAco2 -PEco2/PAco2
How will you calculate that how much inspired air actually ventilates the alveoli
Options
Single breath N2 method
Dalton's law
Bohr equation
Boyle's law
Explanation
The technique useful for measuring anatomic dead space is single-breath Nitrogen method
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
Question (8/8)
Options
Hypoxia
Thromboxane A2
Histamine
Angiotensin - II
Explanation
• So, all the options are causes of pulmonary vasoconstriction. The single best answer if hypoxia
During heavy exercise the cardiac output (CO) increases up to five fold while pulmonary arterial
pressure
Prev rises very little. This physiological ability of the pulmonary circulation is best explained
by
Mark
Skip
Options
Increase in the number of open capillaries
Sympathetically mediated greater distensibility of pulmonary vessels
Large amount of smooth muscle in pulmonary arterioles
Smaller surface area of pulmonary circulation
Explanation
All of the following statements about bronchial circulation are true, Except
Options
Contribute 2% of systemic circulation
Contribute to gaseous exchange
Cause venous admixing of blood
Provide nutritive function oflung
Explanation
Bronchial circulation supplies oxygenated blood to the lungs through bronchial arteries
Options
Blood flow is high
Ventilation is high
V/Q is high
V/Q is low
Explanation
Ventilation and perfusion are more in the base of lung than at the apex oflung
• But the fall in perfusion is more at the apex than ventilation at the apex oflung
Options
Apex
Base
Both
None
Explanation
Both in apical and basal regions of lung, there is mismatch in ventilation and perfusion
Options
Pa02 is maximum at the apex
V /Q is maximum at the base
Ventilation per unit lung volume is maximum at the apex
Blood circulation is minimum at base
Explanation
• High P02 of the apical regions of lung favors the growth of mycobacterium tuberculosis (Puhl's
Lesion)
Options
Apex oflung
Base oflung
Posterior lobe oflung
Middle of the lung
Pa01 is maximum
Options
Base of lung
Posterior lobe
Apex of lung
Middle lobe
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
Question (7/7)
Transport of carbon monoxide (CO) is diffusion limited because
Options
High affinity of CO for hemoglobin
Alveolar membrane is less permeable CO
CO crosses epithelial barrier slowly
ON exposure to air there is sudden increase in partial pressure
Explanation
The affinity of carbon monoxide for hemoglobin is about 210 times more than that of oxygen for
hemoglobin
Options
Diffusion
Receptor mediated
Active transport
Osmosis
Explanation
C02 diffuses more easily through the respiratory membrane than 02 because it
Options
Prev
Less dense
Mark
More soluble in plasma
Skip
Less molecular weight
Less PC02 in the alveoli
Explanation
The diffusion coefficient of C02 is about 20 times that of Or So, C02 diffuses much faster and easily
than 02
Options
CO
NO
C02
Nitrogen
Explanation
In clinical practice, carbon monoxide is the gas of choice for measuring diffusion capacity because
it is the diffusion limited gas
• The procedure is called diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide or DLCO
Normal diffusion of C02 at resta
Options
20-25ml/min/mm Hg
50-lOOml/min/ mm Hg
100-200ml/min/ mm Hg
300-400ml/min/ mm Hg
Explanation
Options
Pulmonary vascular disease
Emphysema
ILD
Polycythemia
Explanation
Options
Hb level
Amount of CC2 in blood
Acidosis
Plasma concentration
Explanation
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26
27. 27
28. 28
29. 29
Question (36/36)
30. 30
31.intern
One 31 calculated the concentration of 02 in blood as 0.0025ml/ml blood. Considering
32. 32
atmospheric pressure of 760 mm Hg, how much approximate oxygen tension could have been in
33. 33
the blood?
34. 34
35. 35
Options
36.4036mm Hg
60 mm Hg
80 mm Hg
100 mm Hg
Explanation
• Remember that normal arterial blood at P02 of100 mm Hg contains 0.3 ml 0/100 ml of blood
• 0.0025ml O/ml blood for 100 ml of blood will become 0.25 mlopooml
• X=0.25ml0/100ml
Options
Increased 02 delivery in lung and uptake at tissue
Increased 02 delivery at tissue and uptake at lung
Increased C02 delivery at tissue and uptake in lung
PrevNone of the above
Mark
Explanation
Hemoglobin
Skip is the oxygen carrier protein
Options
97%
3%
66%
33%
Options
Dissolved C02
Carbonic Add
Carbamino-hemoglobin
Bicarbonate
Explanation
Options
RBC high chloride
Plasma high Na
Plasma high HC03
RBChigh K
Explanation
Chloride Shift
• The channel responsible for chloride shift is called as anion exchanger 1 (AE 1). It is also called
as Band 3 protein present in RBC membrane
• HC03- leaves the RBCs in exchange for Cl- (chloride shift) and is transported to the lungs in the
plasma
• Cl- ion is an osmotically active particle that drags water along with it into the RBCs
• Since RBCs take up water, it increases in size. This is the reason why hematocrit of venous blood
is normally 3% greater than that of arterial blood
• In lungs, chloride shift happen in opposite direction leading to shrinkage of RBCs
Options
Generation ofHC03- in RBCs
Metabolism of glucose in RBCs
Formation of 0 2 -Hb complex in RBCs
Release ofK+ in RBCs
Options
Cardiac output
Type of fluid administered
Hemoglobin concentration
Affinity of hemoglobin for 02
Options
50%
60%
75%
90%
Explanation
Options
Secreased Hemoglobin level
Deceased pa02
Increased paC02
Increased HC03
Explanation
Fetal hemoglobin has more affinity for oxygen than adult hemoglobin because
Options
Decreased 2, 3 DPG concentration
Low affinity for 2, 3 DPG
Increase 2, 3 DPG concentration
Reduced pH
Explanation
Two gamma chains present in HbF has less affinity for 2, 3-DPG when compared to the beta (p)
chains ofHbA
2, 3 DPG is decreased in
Options
Anemia
Acidosis
High altitude
Exercise
Explanation
• Stored blood (acid citrated buffer used for storage inhibits glycolysis)
Options
Alkalosis
Hypoxia
Increased HbF
Hypothermia
Explanation
• Means a higher value of P02 is required for hemoglobin to bind a given amount of 02
• Shift to right commonly occurs in tissues where unloading of oxygen is very vital
• High altitude
• Exercise
• Left shift simply means that at same P02, there is more uptake of oxygen
• Decreased temperature
• Fetal hemoglobin
The factor responsible for the left shift of Hb-0 2 dissociation curve is
Options
Increase in 2,3 DPG in RBC
Fall in temperature
Fall in pH
Increase level of C02 blood
Options
Chloride ion concentration
co2 tension
Temperature
2-3 DPG levels
Options
Hypercapnea
Rise in temperature
Raised 2,3 DPG level
Metabolic alkalosis
Options
Increased hydrogen ions
Decreased C02
Increased temperature
Increased BPG
Options
Diabetic ketoacidosis
Blood transfusion
High altitude
Anemia
Explanation
• Stored blood (acid citrated buffer used for storage inhibits glycolysis)
• So, blood transfusion of stored blood causes left shift of ODC because of decreased 2,3-DPG
concentration
Options
Oxygen dissociation curve shift to left
Increased stroke volume
Increased extraction of oxygen from the blood
Increased blood flow to muscle
Options
Sigmoid curve
Combination of the first heme in the Hb molecule with 0 2 increases the affinity of the second
heme for 0 2
Increases in pH shift curve to right
Fall in temperature shift curve to left
Options
Binding of02 causes release ofH
One mole of deoxyhemoglobin binds two moles of 2, 3 DPG
pH of blood has no effect on the binding of 0 2
Binding of02 cause increased Binding of2, 3 DPG
Options
One, increase
Four, increase
One, decrease
Four, decrease
Explanation
• One mole of deoxyhemoglobin binds 1 mol of 2,3-DPG. This increases the release of oxygen
Options
Reduced energy production
Decreased production of2-3 bisphosphoglycerate
Reduced synthesis of hemoglobin
Low levels of oxygen
Options
pH
Oxygen
Temperature
Co2
Explanation
P50 - is the partial pressure of oxygen at which hemoglobin saturation with oxygen is 50%.
• If the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve is shifted to the right, the P50 increases
• Decrease in pH (acidosis) causes right shift of ODC. So, the answer is pH
In hyperventilation
Options
PSO and Hb affinity for 0 2 increases
PSO and Hb affinity for 0 2 decreases
PSO increases and 0 2 affinity decreases
PSO decreases and 0 2 affinity increases e
Explanation
If the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve is shifted to the left, the P 50 decreases
Haldane effect
Options
Effect of2, 3-BPG
Dissociation of C02 on oxygenation
Dissociation of C02 on addition of C02
Chloride shift
Explanation
Haldane effect states that "when oxygen binds with hemoglobin, carbon dioxide is released at
lungs and when oxygen is released from hemoglobin, carbon dioxide is loaded at tissues"
Options
Bohr effect
Haldane Effect
Hamburger effect
Chloride shift
Explanation
The decrease in 02 affinity of hemoglobin when pH of blood falls (PC02 rises) is called the Bohr
effect. This leads to release of oxygen at tissues
Options
Facilitates oxygen transport
Facilitates co2 transport
Facilitates Chloride transport
None
In presence of Haldane effect, C02 uptake is 2 m1J lOOml of blood in arteries, what will be co2
uptake in absence of Haldane effect in veinsa
Options
2 ml/ 100 ml of blood
4 ml/ 100 ml of blood
6 ml/ 100 ml of blood
8 ml/ 100 ml of blood
Explanation
• At Po2 100 mm Hg and Pco2 45 mm Hg, C02 content in blood changes from 48 ml/di to 50 ml/dl
• At Po2 40 mm Hg and Pco2 45 mm Hg, C02 content in blood changes from 48 ml/dl to 52 ml/dl
• The amount of Co2 taken up at tissues is doubled (Point B to Point A) due to Haldane effect
• In the absence of Haldane effect, C02 content in blood changes from 48 ml/di to 50 ml/dl
(difference is 2ml/dl)
Options
Sigmoid curve of oxygen dissociation
Positive cooperativity
Hills coefficient of one
None of above
Options
No oxygen is available for binding to Hb
No Hb molecule is available to bind with 02
All oxygen is released to tissues
None of the above
Options
Hb can bind to 2 oxygen molecules
Cooperative binding in Hb
Myoglobin has little oxygen affinity
0.2
Options
Sigmoid shaped curve
More affinity than hemoglobin
Binds 4 molecule of02 to Myoglobin
PSO is 26 mmHg
Explanation
Myoglobin is the iron-containing pigment that stores oxygen mainly present in skeletal muscle
• Each molecule of myoglobin can bind with only one molecule of oxygen
• myoglobin binds with oxygen with increased affinity leading to loading of oxygen (left shift)
Which of the following does not occur as the blood passes through systemic capillaries?
Options
Increased protein content
Shift of hemoglobin dissociation curve to left
Increased hematocrit
Decreased pH
Explanation
Blood reaching systemic capillaries delivers oxygen to the tissues - Right shift
The normal value of P50 on the oxyhaemoglobin dissociation curve in an adult is-
Options
1.8 kPa
2.7 kPa
3.6 kPa
4.5 kPa
Explanation
1 kPa = 7.5 mm Hg
Options
Pneumotaxic centre
Dorsal group of nucleus
Apneustic centre
Pre-Botzinger complex
Explanation
• This complex contains six group of neurons that functions as "central pattern generator" for
initiation of respiration
• Rhythmically drives the discharge of phrenic motor neurons that innervate diaphragm
Options
Pre-Botzinger complex
Dorsal group of neurons
Ventral VRG group of neurons
Pneumotaxic centre
Explanation
• Ventral VRG group of neurons controls expiration. So, they are inactive during normal
respiration
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
Question (14/14)
Options
Asphyxia
Hyperventilation
Rapid and shallow breathing
Apneusis
Explanation
In Mid pontine transection - pneumotaxic center separated from apneustic center
• If vagus is cut - Inspiration is markedly prolonged. This breathing pattern is called apneusis or
inspiratory spasm
Options
Deep and fast respiration
Deep and slow respiration
Shallow and fast respiration
Shallow and slow respiration
What will be the effect on respiration if a transmission is made between the pons and medulla
Options
Apnoea
PrevIrregular and gasping
MarkNo effect
SkipSlow and deep
Explanation
If a cat apneustic center is destroyed along with cutting of vagi. Which of the following statement
is correct regarding the breathing pattern seen in cat?
Options
Prolonged inspiratory spasm
Prolonged expiratory spasm
Slow and shallow respiration
Animal will die
Depth of inspiration controlled by
Options
Pneumotaxic center
Posterior medulla
Apneustic center
Pons
Explanation
Options
Hering- Breuer inflation reflex
Hering- Breuer deflation reflex
Head's paradoxical reflex
J-reflex
Explanation
• This reflex is atypical negative feedback reflex where "overinflation of lung inhibits further lung
inflation"
• This reflex is paradoxical to Hering-Breuer inflation reflex where inflation of lungs causes
further inflation
• This reflex might me the cause for lung inflation in newborn immediately after birth when the
newborn takes the first breath
Options
Pulmonary interstitium
Alveolar capillaries
Terminal bronchiole
Respiratory muscles
Explanation
• These receptors are located very close to the pulmonary capillaries (Juxtapulmonary receptors)
in pulmonary interstitium
Options
Stretch receptors
J receptors
P02
PC02
Explanation
• Pulmonary congestion
Options
Proprioception
J receptors
Lung receptors
Baro receptors
Explanation
Increase in respiratory rate occurs abruptly at the start of exercise termed as Exercise
hyperpnoea. Cause for this exercise hyperpnoea are,
• Psychic stimuli Afferent impulses from proprioceptors in muscles, tendons, and joints
Options
Hering Breuer reflex
Irritation reflex
Cushing reflex
Bainbridge reflex
Explanation
• The threshold for this reflex falls within the normal tidal volume only in Infants. So, this reflex
influences tidal volume and respiratory rate only in infants
Options
Duration of inspiration
Duration of expiration
Depth of inspiration
Depth of expiration
Explanation
• Bronchodilation
• Slight vasoconstriction
Options
Bladder
Brain
Chemoreceptors
Kidney
Explanation
• Type II cells
The primary direct stimulus for excitation of central Chemoreceptors regulating ventilation is
Options
Increased H+
Increased C02
Increased 0 2
Decreased C02
Explanation
Options
TPC02
Increase PC02
Increase H+
Increase P02
Explanation
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
Question (13/13)
Options
Decrease in P02
Decrease in pH of CSF
Hypoxia
Increase in pH of CSF
Explanation
The C0 2 level in blood regulates ventilation chiefly by its effect on the pH of the CSF
Options
Apneustic center
Chemoreceptors in wall of 4th ventricle
Type- 1 glomus cells in carotid body
Type- 2 glomus cells in carotid body
Explanation
Options
PrevDecreased to H+
Mark
Increased to H+
Skip
Increased to PC02
Increased to P02
Explanation
Options
Hypoxia
Hypocapnia
Acidosis
Low perfusion pressure
Explanation
• Hypoxia (decrease in Po2) - carotid bodies firing rises rapidly when Po2 falls belo100 mmHg
• Fall in pH (acidosis)
• Cyanide
• Dinitrophenol
Options
PC02
Na+
H+
HC03
Explanation
Options
Oxygen saturation decreases below 90%
Oxygen saturation decreases below 80%
Oxygen saturation decreases below 70%
Oxygen saturation decreases below 60
Explanation
Peripheral and central Chemoreceptors may both contribute to increased ventilation that occurs
as a result of increased
Options
Arterial BP
Arterial tension
Arterial 0 2 concentration
H+
Explanation
Options
Most potent stimulus is high PC02
Dopamine is neurotransmitter
Low blood flow
Afferent through vagus nerve
Explanation
Options
Apneustic centre
Pneumotaxic centre
Ventral surface of medulla
DPG
Explanation
• Locus ceruleus
• Hypothalamus
Options
Apnea occurs due to hypostimulation of Peripheral Chemoreceptors
Pulmonary edema
DPG
Convulsions
Options
COPD
Anemia
CO poisoning
Shock
Options
Stagnant hypoxia
Anemic hypoxia
Histotoxic hypoxia
Ischemic hypoxia
Explanation
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
Question (18/18)
Options
Cyanide poisoning
CO poisoning
COPD
Shock
Explanation
Options
Anemic hypoxia
Histotoxic hypoxia
Hypoxic hypoxia
Stagnant hypoxia
Which of the following conditions leads to tissue hypoxia without alteration of oxygen content of
blood?
Options
CO poisoning
Methemoglobinemia
Cyanide poisoning
Respiratory acidosis
Prev
In which of the following a reduction in arterial oxygen tension occurs?
Mark
Options
Skip
Anemia
CO poisoning
Moderate exercise
Hypoventilation
Explanation
Options
Hypoxic hypoxia
Anemic hypoxia
Stagnant hypoxia
Histotoxic hypoxia
Explanation
Since arterial Po2 is determined by dissolved oxygen, the value of arterial Po2 is normal in
anemic hypoxia
Options
Histotoxic
Stagnant
Hypoxic
. Anemic
Explanation
Options
Hypoxic hypoxia
Anemic hypoxia
Stagnant hypoxia
Histotoxic hypoxia
Hypoxemia independent of
Options
Fi02
Altitude
Hb
paC02
Explanation
Toxic effects of high oxygen tension include all of the following expect
Options
Pulmonary edema
Decreased cerebral blood flow
Retinal damage
CNS excitation and convulsion
Explanation
• Retinal damage
• Twitching, convulsions
Options
Anemia
ARDS
Alveolar damage
COPD
Explanation
Options
5 gm/di
2 gm/di
1.5 gm/di
12 gm/d
Explanation
Options
Methemoglobin 0.5 gm/di
0 2 saturation < 85
0 2 saturation < 95%
Hb-4gm%
Explanation
Options
Hypoxia stimulates erythropoietin production
Oxygen carrying capacity of available Hb is increased
Critical concentration of Hb required to produce Cyanosis is reduced
Oxygen hemoglobin curve shift to the right
Explanation
Cyanosis is not seen in anemic hypoxia because critical concentration ofHb required to produce
cyanosis is reduced
Options
Hypoxic hypoxia
Stagnant hypoxia
Anemic hypoxia
Histotoxic hypoxia
Options
CHF
COPD
CO poisoning
High altitude
Explanation
Options
Early sign of hypoxia
Late sign Hypoxia
Absence of cyanosis is means adequate tissue ventilation
Absence of cyanosis is means adequate tissue oxygenation
Explanation
Options
Oxygen dissociation curve shifted to right
Oxygen dissociation curve shifted to left
COHb is formed
Hyperbaric oxygen can be used
Explanation
CO poisoning causes left shift of Oxygen dissociation curve and it impairs the unloading of
oxygen to tissues
• CO poisoning is treated with hyperbaric oxygen therapy because it displaces Carbon monoxide
form hemoglobin
Options
CO has 100 times more affinity than 0 2 for Hb
Cause right side shifting of 0 2 dissociation curve
Oxygen-haemoglobin saturation curve becomes hyperbolic shape
Pulse oximetry can accurately detect level of CO
Explanation
CO has 110 times more affinity than oxygen for hemoglobin
• CO poisoning causes left shift of Oxygen dissociation curve and it impairs the unloading of
oxygen to tissues
• In CO poisoning, arterial blood gas analysis should be done to detect oxygen saturation
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
Question (8/8)
Surfactant is made up of
Options
Fibrin
Mucoprotein
Phospholipids
Fibrinogen
Explanation
Major Surfactant is
Options
Dipalmitoyl lecithine
PrevDipalmitoyl cephaline
Mark
Dipalmitoyl serine
Skip
Dipalmitoyl inositol
Options
Type I pneumocytes
Type II pneumocytes
Clara cells
Bronchial epithelial cells
Explanation
Options
Lubricated the flow of C02 diffusion
Binds oxygen
Makes the capillary surface hydrophilic
Breaks the structure of water in the alveoli
Explanation
Surfactant reduces the surface tension. This action of prevent alveolar collapse during expiration
(atelectasis) and makes alveoli more compliant
Options
Compliance of the lungs
Residual air in alveoli
Negative intrapleural pressure
Reduce surface tension by surfactant
Options
Prevent overexpansion of alveoli
Decrease the surface tension of the fluid lining the alveoli
Facilitate diffusion of oxygen
Prevent airway closure
Options
Dipalmitoyl lecithine
Dipalmitoyl cephaline
Dipalmitoyl serine
Dipalmitoyl inositol
Options
Thyroxine
Glucocorticoids
Carbamazepine
Iodine
Explanation
• Thyroid hormones
• Prolactin
Options
Cutaneous circulation
Hepato-splachnic circulation
Renal circulation
Coronary circulation
Options
Does not change
Increases
Decreases
Initially decreases then increases
Options
Increased blood flow to the muscles after half minute of minute
Increase in cerebral blood flow due to increase in systolic blood pressure
Increase in body temperature
Decreased 0 2 consumption
Options
Left shift ofHb-02 dissociation curve
Increase blood supply to muscle
Increase stroke volume
Increase 0 2 extraction
Options
Proprioception receptor in the joints
J,PC02 in arterial blood
1'C02 in arterial blood
J-receptor stimulation
Options
Raised blood pressure
Vasodilatation due to local metabolites
Increased sympathetic discharge to peripheral vessels
Increased heart rate
All are true regarding blood supply increase in muscles during exercise, except
Options
Decreased beta adrenergic stimulation
Local metabolites
Increased arterial pressure
Cholinergic stimulation
Options
Heart rate
Cardiac output
Mean arterial pressure
. Systemic vascular resistance
Options
Isotonic
Isometric
Aerobic
None
Options
Same in aerobic and anaerobic
Fatty acids used mainly
Glycogen & creatine kinase used anaerobically
All of the above
Options
Glycogen
Fatty acid
Creatine phosphate
None
Options
Respiratory acidosis
Lactic acidosis
H+ retention
HC03 excretion
Exercise is also prescribed as an adjuvant treatment of depression. Most probably it acts by: a
Options
Increasing pulse pressure
Improving hemodynamics
Raising endorphin levels
Inducing good sleep
Options
Breathing for short duration against resistance
Breathing of decreased volume of ventilation
Breathing of increased volume of ventilation for long period
Breathing of decreased volume for long period
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (25/25)
Question
18. 18
Endothelium
19. 19 Derived Relaxing Factor (EDRF) induced vasodilation is mediated by
20. 20
Options
21. 21
22.Increased
22 intracellular CGMP
Decreased
23. 23 intracellular CGMP
24.GH24
25.Estradiol
25
Prev Growthhormone
Mark Cytokinereceptors (JAK - STAT) serves as receptors for,
Prolactin
Skip
Erythropoietin
Leptin
All the following hormones have receptors on the plasma membrane of target tissues except
Options
Thyrotropin
Glucagon
Estradiol
Epinephrine
Explanation
Estradiolacts through nuclear receptor
Options
Directly binds to TSH
Directly binds to TRH
Are surface receptors
Causes nuclear transcription after binding with T4
Explanation
Options
Guanylyl cyclase
CAMP
IP3
DAG
Explanation
Options
Mg++
Er-
Ca++
POt
Options
NO
Er-
co2
POt
Options
Breakdown of GTP to GDP
Phosphorylation of proteins
NO
Increased ion channel conduction
Explanation
Protein kinases acts by Phosphorylation of proteins
Options
Ligand binding
Increasing biological half life
Increasing the affinity of receptor to DNA
Increasing the level of transcription
Explanation
Importantpoints to note in structure of nuclear receptor are,
Nuclearreceptor has N terminal (amino) and C terminal (Carboxy) ends
Ithas six domains (A-F)
DomainA/B is also called AF-1, or the modulator region, because it is involved in activating transcription
Nextdomain is the DNA-binding domain (DBD). It is present near N terminal end
DNA-bindingdomain is connected to Ligand binding domain (LBD) through a flexible region D which acts as hinge
Ligandbinding domain (LBD) where hormones bind is present near the C terminal end
domaincontains another transcription activator termed AF-2
Options
Steroid hormone
Transcription repressors
Hormone responsive element
Transcription activators
Options
G protein
All the three subunits alpha, beta and gamma should bind to each other for G protine to act
G protein act as inhibitory and excitatory because of difference in alpha subunit
G protein is bound to GTP in resting stage
Explanation
OptionA - G protein binding site is intracellular
OptionB - Once hormones bind with GPCR, alpha subunit gets separated from beta and gamma subunit
OptionD - G protein is bound to GDP in resting state
Options
Mainly on nuclear surface
Steroids act on them
Estrogen does not act on it
GH act on it
Options
Adenyl cyclase activity
Ion channels
IP & DAG
Transcription factor
Explanation
Only the hormones that act through nuclear receptors can influence transcription factors
Various cells respond differentially to a second messenger (such as increased cAMP) because they have different
Options
Breakdown of GTP to GD
Enzymatic composition
Nuclei
Membrane lipid
Explanation
Threeare three protein kinase enzymes for three second messenger systems namely,
Proteinkinase A - activated by cAMP
Proteinkinase C - activated by calcium calmodulin complex
Protein kinase G - activated by cGMP
Options
Breakdown of GTP to GDP
Conversion of GDP to GTP
C.Internalization of receptors
Binding of agonist
Explanation
Thea subunit terminates the action by hydrolyzing GTP toGDP with the help of an enzyme GTPase
Options
Single pass receptors
Four pass receptors
Seven pass receptors
Ligand gated channel
Explanation
G-proteincoupled receptors span the cell membrane seven They are also called seven-helix receptors or serpentine receptors
Options
Decreased cAMP
Increased cAMP
Increased GTPase activity
Increased cAMP
Explanation
Ga,_ activates adenylyl cyclase
Adenylylcyclase is the enzyme responsible for formation of cAMP
So,if there is G a,, there is increase in production of cAMP
Which of the following is a membrane bound enzyme that catalyzes the formation of cylic AMP from ATP?
Options
Tyrosine kinase
Polymerase
ATP synthase
Adenylate cyclase
Options
Activation of protein kinase
Polymerase
ATP synthase
Adenylate cyclase
Explanation
In my experience,this is the question commonly answered wrongly by students
Adenylyl cyclase is the enzyme responsible for formation of
cAMP
Options
cAMP
Ca2+
DAG
DAG
Explanation
Acetylcholineacts through M2 muscarinic receptor to cause bradycardia
M2 muscarinic receptor acts through G ai _ that inhibits adenylyl So, there is decrease in cAMP formation
Options
NMDA receptor
Steroid
M2
Insulin receptors
A small ca+2 binding protein that modifies the activity of many enzymes and other proteins in response to changes of ca2+ concentration, is
known as
Options
Cycline
Calmodulin
Collagen
Kinesin
Explanation
Onceinside the cell, Calcium binds with
Thiscalcium - calmodulin complex activates an enzyme called calmodulin dependent protein kinases that phosphorylates many downstream
Options
Activation of adenylyl cyclase
Opening of ion channels
Through IP3 - DAG system
Transcription factors
Explanation
Cholecystokininacts through IP3 - DAG system in pancreas to increase pancreatic juice rich in enzymes
Secretinacts through cAMP system in pancreas to increase pancreatic juice rich in bicarbonate
Acidophils secrete
Options
GH
TSH
ACTH
FSH
Explanation
Somatotropeand lactotrope are acidophilic cells
Gonadotrope,thyrotrope and corticotrope are basophilic cells
Somatotropesecretes growth hormone
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
Question (13/13)
Options
Somatotropes
Isotropes
Gonadotropes
Thyrotopes
Secretion of all the following hormones are decreased in section of pituitary stalk except
Options
Prolactin
GH
Vasopressin
FSH
Explanation
Prev
Mark Hypothalamusinhibits prolactin secretion through Dopamine (D2 receptor)
Skip Pituitarystalk is the structure that connects the pituitary gland with the hypothalamus
Inlesions of pituitary stalk, hypothalamus can no longer inhibit prolactin secretion because dopamine is not released into anterior pituitary
Derivation of POMC
Options
Norepinephrine
Dopamine
ACTH
Acetylcholine
Explanation
ACTHis secreted from the corticotrope cells
Corticotropin-like intermediate lobe protein (CLIP)
Options
Glucocorticoids
Aldosterone
DHEA
Epinephrine
Explanation
Options
Stimulates hypothalamic - pituitary axis
Suppresses hypothalamic - pituitary axis
Ng/ml
Has so no effect on hypothalamic - pituitary axis
Explanation
Options
Mg/ml
Mg/mLg
Ng/mL
Ng/mL
Explanation
It is prolactin level of 20 ng/ml
Normalserum prolactin level is 9-25 nglmL in women and 2.5-17 ng/mL in men
Indirectactions of growth hormone are mediated through IGF - Those actions mediated by IGF - 1 are,
Epiphysealgrowth
Depositionof chondroitin sulfate
Anti-lipolysis
Proteinsynthesis
Insulinlike activity
Options
Insulin
Na+ retention
Lipolysis
Deposition of chondroitin sulfate
Options
Continuous secretion
Stimulated by somatostati
Stimulated by cortisol
Stimulated by exercise
Explanation
Growthhormone secretion is pulsatile
Cortisoland somatostatin inhibit growth hormone secretion
Exerciseincreases growth hormone secretion
Options
Hypoglycemia
Fasting
Sleep
Exercise
Explanation
Growthhormone secretion is inhibited during REM sleep
Rememberthat, Growth hormone secretion is increased during NREM stage 3 &4
Weare choosing sleep as answer, because it is the answer of exclusion since hypoglycemia, fasting, exercise all cause increase in GH secretio
Options
Somatomedin
Growth hormone
Somatostation
Insulin
Explanation
Options
Pituitary
Placenta
Parotid
Thyroid
Explanation
Sodiumiodide symporter is present in the at the basolateral membrane of thyroid follicular cells
Itis also present in other extrathyroidal locations like
+ Salivary glands
+ Lactating breast
+ Gastric mucosa
+ Placenta
Options
Arginine
Lysine
Methionine
Tyrosine
Explanation
Thyroxineis a tyrosine derivative
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
Question (1/7)
Options
2-3 weeks
2-3 months
2-3 days
2-3 years
Explanation
• The storage form of thyroid hormones (colloid) is sufficient to supply thyroid hormones for 2 to 3
months
Half -life of T3 is ?
Options
10 Hours
1 day
6 days
10 days
Explanation
Options
It increases the Heart rate
It increases the stroke volume
It decreases the peripheral vascular resistance
Decreases protein breakdown
Options
Increased protein synthesis
Decreased glycolysis
Lipolysis
Increased cholesterol
Options
B cell - Somatostatin
D cell - Glucagon
G cell - Gastrin
A cell - Insulin
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (31/31)
Question
18. 18
Which
19. 19of the following in correctly matched?
20. 20
Options
21. 21
22.B 22
cell - Somatostatin
23.D23
cell - Glucagon
24.G24
cell - Gastrin
25.A 25
cell - Insulin
26. 26
Delta cells of pancreas secretes
27. 27
28. 28
Options
29. 29
Cell
30. 30
31.Insulin
31
Glucagon
Somatostatin
Prev
Amylin is secreted by which cells of the islet of Langerhans
Mark
Options
Skip
A cell
D cell
Beta cell
G cell
Glucagon is
Options
Somatostatin
GLP - I
C - peptide
None
C - peptide is secreted by
Options
A cell
B cell
D cell
F cell
C - peptide occurs in
Options
Proinsulin
Glucagon
Paratharmone
Thyroxine
Options
ATP dependent K+ Channels
CAMP
Carrier modulators
Receptor phosphorylation
Options
Liver
Heart
GIP
Options
All tissues
Rerial tubular cells
VIP
Receptor phosphorylation
Options
Muscle
RBC
Kidney
Options
GLUT 1
GLUT 2
GLUT 3
SLGT 1
Options
Beta cells of pancreas
Placenta
Skeletal muscle
Cardiac muscle
Options
GLUT - 1
GLUT 2
GLUT 3
GLUT 4
Options
GLUT - 1 transporter
GLUT - 2 transporter
Growth hormone
Gastrin
Options
GLUT 1
GLUT 2
GLUT - 3
GLUT - 4
Insulin acts on glucose metabolism by
Options
1' permeability of glucose across cell membrane
permeability across cell membrane against glucose
Increased absorption of amino acids from diet
Increased secretion of Insulin
Options
Dandy walker syndrome
Fanconi bickel syndrome
Beckwith syndrome
Menke's disease
Options
Hyperkalemia
Hypokalemia
VIP
Cardiac muscle
Options
Decreased levels of cyclic AMP
gradient
keletal muscle
GLUT - 4
Options
Stimulation
Inhibition
Inhibition followed by stimulation
No effect
Options
Glucagon
Glucose
Adrenaline
Vagal stimulation
Options
Secretin
Hypokalemia
GLUT 3
GLUT 4
Options
GLP-1
GLP-2
VIP
Alfa- adrenergic receptors
Options
CCK
Serotonin
VIP
1' glucose transport to brain
In a seriously ill patient, addition of amino acids in diet results a positive nitrogen balance. The
mechanism for that is
Options
Increased Growth hormones secretion
Enhanced rate of gluconeogenesis
Increased absorption of amino acids from diet
Increased secretion of Insulin
Options
1
2
3
4
Options
3rd month
5th month
7th month
9th month
Options
Epinephrine
Somatostatin
Increased blood glucose
None
Options
Aldosterone
Testosterone
Cortisol
Catecholamines
Options
CRH
ACTH
Cortisol
MSH
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (19/19)
Question
18. 18
Calcium
19. 19 absorption from gut is enhanced by
Options
Parathyroid hormone
Proximal small intestine
1, 25 dihydroxy cholecalciferol
140. Liver
Explanation
Theonly hormone capable of increasing intestinal calcium absorption is vitamin D
Options
Proteins
Bile
Acid
Prev
All
Mark
Explanation
Skip
Absorptionof calcium is facilitated by,
Proteinsin diet
Options
Ionised calcium
Albumin bound calcium
Hosphate bound calcium
Phosphates
Explanation
Freecalcium or ionized calcium is responsible for all the important actions of calcium
Options
Osteoblasts
Osteoclasts
Stem cells
Protein bound calcium
Explanation
Osteoblastsare the "bone forming cells''.
Osteoclasts are the "bone resorption cells"
Options
Niacin
Pyridoxine
Vitamin D
Cytotoxic T cells
Explanation
VitaminD can act as hormon It acts through nuclear receptor
Options
Cholecalciferol
24, 25 (OH)2 Vit-D
1,25 (OH) 2 Vit-D
Riboflavin
Explanation
Options
Calcefediol
Calcitriol
7-dehydrocholecalciferal
25-0H Vit-D
Threemajor organs in calcium homeostasis are,
Skin
Liver
Kidney
Options
Kidney
Skin
Liver
Lungs
Explanation
25hydroxylation occurs in liver
Inthe liver, Vitamin D3 is 25-hydroxylated by an enzyme called 25-Hydroxylase
Options
Kidney
Increased 24, 25 dihydroxy cholecalciferol
Decreased calcitonin
Blood
Explanation
Kidneyalso expresses another important enzyme called 24-Hydroxylase whose action forms the inactive metabolite 24,25-
dihydroxyvitamin D
Thisinactive form conversion is facilitated during increased serum calcium levels
Options
PCT
DCT
TRPVS
Cholecalciferol
Explanation
Options
Increased serum ca++
Decreased serum ca++
Increased parathormone secretion
Collecting duct
Explanation
Themost important stimulus that increases PTH secretion is hypocalcemia
Which of the following would you expect to find in a patient whose diet has been low in calcium for 8 weeks?
Options
Increased phosphate levels
Raised calcitonin levels
Increased parathormone secretion
Prevent Na+ & K+ release
Reasonforhyperexcitability in tetany - low serum calcium levels moves more sodium ions entry into the cell leading to more frequent action
Options
Increased thyroxine and PTH secretion
Increased phosphate
Adrenal glands
Cardiac conduction abnormalities
Options
Increased excretion kidney
Decreased bone resorption
Decreased intestinal absorption
Decreased renal reabsorption
Explanation
Calcitoninreceptors are present in osteoclasts
It inhibits bone resorption by inhibiting osteoclasts
Options
Parathyroid hormone
Calcitonin
Thyroxin
Decreased renal reabsorption
Options
Parathyroid hormone
Calcitonin
Parathyroid hormone
Tumor necrosis factor
Options
Vit D
Parathyroid
GH
Glucocorticoids
Explanation
Glucocorticoidsdecreases plasma Ca2+ levels by inhibiting osteoclasts
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (27/27)
Question
18. 18
Enzyme
19. 19 not required for cortisol synthesis-
20. 20
Options
21. 21
22.17,20
22 Lyase
23.21B-hydroxylase
23
24. 24B-hydroxylase
11
25.3B-hydroxylase
25 hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
26. 26
Which
27. 27steroid is formed from cholesterol without hydroxylation
Options
Progesterone
Glucocorticoid
Mineralocorticoid
Estradiol
Prev
Common precursor of mineralocorticoid, glucocorticoids and sex steroids-
Mark
Options
Skip
Pregnenolone
A- hydroxyprogesterone
Dehydrotesterone
Deoxycorticoid
Options
Stimulation of gluconeogenesis
Increases liver and plasma proteins
Mobilization of fatty acid
Increases the number of eosinophil
Options
Inhibition of phospholipase A2
Inhibition of cyclooxygenase
Increased activity of lipoprotein lipase
Inhibition of lipooxygenase
Options
Early morning
Evening
Afternoon
Night
Options
Exercise
Emotions
Evening
Tumors
Options
Hyperkalemia
ACTH
Colon
Liver
Options
Hippocampus
Kidney
CRH
Aldosterone
Options
Hypernatremia
Hypokalemia
Hypertension
Metabolic acidosis
Options
Renin
Endothelin
Dopamine
Hypernatremia
Options
Metabolic acidosis
Severe hypotension
Norepinephrine
Insulin
Options
Glucagon
Cortisol
Norepinephrine
Insulin
Options
Cortisol
Glucagon
LH
Epinephrine
Options
Glucocorticoids
GH
Evening
Tumors
Which of the following increases during surgical stress
Options
Cortisol
Estrogen
Insulin
Gastrin
Options
Aldosterone
Increased epinephrine
Glucocorticoid
Epinephrine
Options
Variation in environmental temperature
Variation in cortisol levels
Bone marrow depression during sleep/night
Circadian rhythm
Options
Insulin
Cortisol
Glucagon
Increased physical activity
Options
Fall in blood pressure by high dose intravenous Ach
11 - hydroxy derivative of androstenedion
17 - ketosteroid dehydroepiandrosterone
Cortisol
Options
Testosterone
Increase in blood pressure following administration of IV propranolo
Fall in blood pressure by ganglionic blocker
Fall in blood pressure by adrenaline pretreated with phentolamine
Options
Proximal small intestine
Distal ileum
Middle small intestine
Ascending colon
Options
Increased bone resorption
Increased ca+2 reabsorption in kidney
Increased phosphate reabsorption in kidney
Increased calcitriol synthesis
Options
Calcium reabsorbed in DCT
90% of calcium excreted by glomerulus
Parathormone (PTH) promotes absorption of Ca++ from
PTH promote action of calcitonin
Options
Cortisol
ACTH
CRH
Aldosterone
Options
Metabolic acidosis
Severe hypotension
Potassium retention
Depressed plasma renin
32.Estrogen
32
33.Testosterone
33
34. 34
35.DHEA
35
36.Progesterone
36
Explanation
Incirculation, testosterone binds with,
Gonadal steroid- binding globulin (GBG) or Sex Hormone-bind ing globulin (SHBG) - 65%
Albumin- 33%
So,The decrease in sex hormone binding globulin (SHBG) will have maximum effect on testosterone .
Options
FSH
LH
Inhibin
GnRH
Explanation
LH acts on the Leydig cells of testis to increase the production and secretion of testosterone
Prev FSHmainly acts on Sertoli cells
Mark
Sertoli
Skip cell feedback mechanism involves
Options
Leydig cells
Decreased FSH
Sertoli cells
Stromal cells
Explanation
Sertolicells produce the hormone inhibin which inhibits pituitary FSH (negative feedback)
LH acts on the Leydig cells of testis to increase the
production and secretion of testosterone which inhibits LH
(negative feedback).
Options
Leydig cells
Interstitial cells
Sertoli cells
Stromal cells
Options
Inhibin
AMH
Testosterone
ABP
Options
Late division of spermatocytes
Inhibin
Seminiferous tubules
Epididymis
Options
Leydig cells
Stimulation of sertoli and Leydig cells
Formation of Acrosomes
Spermatogenesis
Explanation
Effectsof growth hormone on spermatogenesis are largely permissive
Itenhances the spermatogenetic effects of LH and FSH
Itstimulates Leydig cells and sertoli cells to secrete IGF - 1
that helps in spermatozoa maturation
Options
Testosterone
Dihydrotestosterone
Androstenedione
17 a - hydroxprogesterone
Explanation
Testosteroneis the principal androgen hormone of the testes
Otherandrogens are dihydrotestosterone, androstenidione and DHEA
Options
ABP
Inhibin
Progesterone
•Sertoli cells
Explanation
Sertolicells produce the hormone inhibin which inhibits pituitary FSH (negative feedback)
Options
Testosterone
Dihydrotestosterone
Androstenedione
Dihydroepiandrosterone
Spermatogenesis occurs at
Options
Testosterone
Temperature lower than core body temperature
Temperature higher than core body temperature
None
Explanation
Temperaturelower than core body temperature is essential for spermatogenesis
Options
Granulosa cells
Lyedig cells
Sertoli cells
None
Explanation
Duringdevelopment, sertoli cells produce anti - mullerian hormone (AMH) that induces the regression of mullerian duct in male
Options
Epididymis
Adjacent Sertoli cells with basal lamina
Basal lamina and spermatogonia
Basal lamina and Leydig cells
Explanation
Spermacquires the capability of motility in epididymis
Options
Spermiogenesis
Testes
Epididymis
Adjacent sertoli cells with basal lamina
Explanation
Adjacentsertoli cells form blood-testis barrier
Options
Seminal Vesicle
Epididymis
Vas deference
Spermiogenesis
Explanation
Options
Seminiferous tubules
Seminiferous tubules
Prostate gland
Uterus
Explanation
Options
Vas deferens
Seminiferous tubule
Prostate gland
Female genital tract
Spermiogenesis refers to
Options
Formation of spermatozoa from spermatogonia
Formation of spermatozoa from spermatids
Formation of spermatids from spermatids
Formation of secondary spermatocytes from primary spermatocytes
Options
Increased permeability to calcium
Decreased permeability to calcium
Removal of Cholesterol from acrosome
CatSper
Explanation
Spermacquires the capability of motility in epididymis
Forwardprogressive motility of sperm requires activation of a Ca2+ channel called CatSper leading to increased permeability to calcium
CatSper is present in the principal piece of sperm
Positive feedback action of estrogen for inducing luteinizing hormone. Surge is associated with which of the following steroid hormone
ratios in peripheral circulation
Options
High estrogen : low Progesterone
Stroma
Surface epithelium of ovary
Corpus luteum
Explanation
Highestrogen causes LH surge
LHsurge happens before ovulation
Beforeovulation, progesterone levels are low
Options
Corpus luteum
Activin
Menstrual cyde
GnRH
Explanation
FSH,inhibin, GnRH undergo cyclical variations in their levels during menstrual cycle
Activin levelsdoesn't change during the cycle
Options
Corpus luteum
Stroma
Surface epithelium of ovary
Peg cells
Options
Granulosa Luteal cells
Theca cells
Stroma of ovary
Sertoli cells
Options
Luteum
Cor pus luteum
LH
FSH
Explanation
Luteinizinghormone is responsible for luteinization of cor pus luteum. It maintains it
Options
Progesterone
Estrogen
LH
FSH
Explanation
Ideally,hCG maintains corpus luteum during pregnancy
hCGacts through LH receptor
Options
Theca Cells
Granulosa cells
Leydig cells
Basement membrane of ovarian follicle
Explanation
Granulosacells have receptor for FSH
Thecacells have receptor for LH
Thisis called "two cell - two gonadotropin model"
There is a mid-cycle shift in the basal body temperature (BBT) after ovulation in Women. This is caused by-
Options
FSH
LH
Progesterone
ESTRIOL
Explanation
The laboratory report shows value of gonadotropin and ovarian hormones of the blood sample taken on day 20 of the menstrual cycle of a
young woman. Whether her cycle was ovulatory or not may be validly assessed by the reported serum level of -
Options
Just before menopause
At puberty
At menstruation
Progesterone
Explanation
Estimationof serum progesterone is done on day 8 and 21 of a cycle
Anincrease in value from less than lng/ mL to greater than 6 ng/mL suggests ovulation
Options
Just before menopause
At puberty
At menstruation
Before ovulation
Options
It inhibits secretion of prolactin
It stimulates synthesis of estradiol
Estrogen
It inhibits secretion of FSH
Explanation
Estrogeninhibits both FSH and LH
Options
It inhibits secretion of FSH
Theca cells
It inhibits secretion of FSH q
•Inhibin inhibit FSH secretion from pituitary cells
Explanation
Inhibin inhibitFSH secretion from pituitary cells
Options
Only by theca cells
Only by granulosa cells
Both theca and granulosa cells
None of the above
Explanation
Estrogenis produced only by granulosa cells
The theca interna cells supply androstenedione to the granulosa cells
Granulosacells convert this androstenedione to estradiol with the help of an enzyme "aromatase"
Options
FSH and LH inhibits the release of estrogen and progesterone
FSH acts on granulosa cell and LH on theca cells
FSH stimulates estrogen while LH inhibits estrogen
FSH feedback inhibits hypothalmus, while LH feedback inhibits pituitary
Action of progesterone
Options
Increased sensitivity of uterus to oxytocin
Oxytocin
Sensitivity
Inhibits LH secretion
Explanation
Options
Estrone
Estradiol
Estradiol E3
None
Explanation
Naturallyoccurring estrogens are,
Estradiol (E2) predominant estrogen duringreproductive years
Estrone (El) - predominant estrogen in menopau sal women
Estriol (E3) - predominant estrogen in pregnant women
Estrogen is secreted during pregnancy, mostly by-
Options
Maternal Ovary
Fetal Ovary
Pituitary
Hypothalamus
Options
Stimulation secondary sex characters in female
Stimulates osteoclasts
Decreases LDL
Apoptosis
Explanation
Estrogeninduces apoptosis of osteoclasts
Options
Vaginal cornification
Public and axillary hair growth
PrevCervical mucus production
Mark
Menstruation
Skip
Explanation
Options
Ovary
Pituitary
Corpus luteum
Placenta
Explanation
hCGis mainly produced by Syncytiotrophoblast of placenta
Options
18
19
20
21
Explanation
Type of Steroid Hormone Number of Carbon Atoms
Progestins 21 (C21 steroid)
Corticoids 21 (C21 steroid)
Androgens 19 (C19 steroid)
Estrogens 18 (C18 steroid)
Options
Lactogen
Prolactin
Estrogen
All of the above
Explanation
Estrogenpromotes the growth of ductal system
Progesterone promotes the growth of!obulo alveolar system
17OH steroid-
Options
Androgen
Progesterone
Estrogen
Testosterone
Explanation
17- hydroxy steroids - progesterone, cortisol
17- keto steroids - testosterone
Options
Proliferative phase
Secretion by Contraction oflactiferous sinus
Secretory phase
None
Explanation
Subnuclearvacuolization - means development of vacuoles between nucleus and basement membrane in
the glandular It is seen during secretory phase
Itis due to progesterone
Presenceof subnuclear vacuoles indicates recent ovulation
Options
Prolactin
Oxytocin
Oxytocin hormone is involve
Ganong
Options
Neuroendocrine part of post pituitary is involved
Oxytocin
Somatostatins
Somatomedins
Explanation
Prolactindoesn't cause myoepithelial cell It is caused by oxytocin
Options
Oxytocin
Prolactin
Relaxin
Myoepithelial cell contraction
Explanation
Prolactinis the primary hormone for milk secretion
Options
Lactogenesis
Milk ejection
Ovulation
Myoepithelial cell contraction
Explanation
Majorhormones that influence milk production are,
Prolactin- most important
Insulin
Growthhormone
Glucocorticoids
Function of oxytocin-
Options
Milk ejection
Milk secretion
Glucocorticoids
Relaxin
Explanation
With
28. 28
increased flow to loop of Henle, decreased in GFR is by
29. 29
Options
30. 30
31.Tubulo
31 - glomerular feedback
32.Glomerulotubular
32 balance
33. 33
Urea
34. 34
Creatinine
Explanation
Options
GFR
Greater than zero
False - high or false - low depending on the GFR
Indirectly in DCT
Explanation
Diabetesmellitus is characterized by renal Glucose appears in urine. So, plasma clearance of glucose is greater than zero
The renal plasma flow (RPF) of a patient was tobe estimated through the measurement of Para Amino Hippuric acid (PAH)
clearance. The technician observed the procedures correctly but due to an error in the weighing inadvertently used thrice the
recommended dose of PAH The RPF estimated is likely to be
Prev
Options
Mark
SkipProximal convoluted tubule
False - low
Indirectly PCT
True - low
Explanation
Para-aminohippuricacid (PAH) is the substance used to estimate renal plasma flow
Renalplasma flow = UPAH*V I P PAH
So,automatically renal plasma flow will be falsely low
Options
Juxtaglomerular apparatus
Loop of Henle
Vasa Reeta
Vasa Reeta
Explanation
Structuresthat lie in renal medulla are,
Loopof Henle
Medullarycollecting duct
Vasarecta
Options
Lacis Cells
Macula densa
JG cells
Glomerular mesangial cells
Explanation
TheJG apparatus comprises three types of cells namely,
Juxtaglomerular cells
Maculadensa cells
Extraglomerularmesangial cells or Lacis cells
Lads cells are located at
Options
JGA
Proximal tubule
Macula densa
Loop of Henle
Options
More in numbers
Has long loop of Henle
Distal tubule
2.0 mm Hg
Explanation
Corticalnephrons have short loop of Henle
Juxtamedullary nephrons have long loop of Henle
Options
Principal and intercalated
6 mm Hg
2
150 mL/min
Explanation
Colleting duct is made up of two types of cell: principal cells (P cells) and intercalated cells (Icells
Options
1 -1.5 L/min
525
15 mm Hg
GFR cannot be calculated by above data
Explanation
Kidneys receive 2-1.3 L of blood per minute, or about 23% of the cardiac output
Options
425
525
625
725
Explanation
Effectiverenal plasma flow - 625 ml/min
Actual renal plasma flow - 700 ml/min
Options
Inulin and PAH
Inulin clearance > GFR
60 mL/min
Their efferent arteriole has no connection with vasa - recta
Explanation
Thefiltration fraction (FF) is the ratio of GFR to the renal plasma flow (RPF)
Substancesused to measure filtration fraction are,
ForGFR estimation - Inulin is used
ForRPF estimation - Para-aminohippuric acid (PAH) is used
Filtration fraction are
Options
Podocytes
Mesangium
10 mm Hg
Tubular epithelial cells are sensitive to albumin
Explanation
Netfiltration pressure is 10 mm Hg
Options
The kidneys receive 5% of the cardiac output
Has molecular weight slightly greater than the molecules
Endothelial cell
Podocytes
A substance is present in concentration of 2mg% in the afferent arteriole and zero mg% in the efferent. True about the substance is
Options
It is freely filtered in glomerulus
Secreted in cortical nephron
Absorbed in PCT
Impermeable in loop of Henle
Explanation
Options
10 mm Hg
6 mm Hg
15 mm Hg
2.0 mm Hg
Explanation
Net filtration pressure is 10 mm Hg
Options
125 mL/min
Negative charge
Lacis cells
Basement membrane
Explanation
NormalGFR is 125 ml/min or 180 L/day
Urine flow rate is 10 ml/min, plasma inulin is 2 mg/ ml and urine inulin is 25 mg/ml. Which of the following statement is true
Options
Inulin clearance = GFR
Negatively charged molecules are larger
2-2.5 L/min
Urine is acidic
Explanation
Clearanceof a substance is usually calculated by the formula,
C =U5 x V/PS
Here,C = 25 *10/2 = 125 ml/min
So,Inulin clearance = GFR
In renal disease albumin is first to appear in urine because
Options
GFR = Kf x 10
Has molecular weight slightly greater than the molecules normally getting filtered
Any of the above
GFR = Kf x 125
Explanation
Glomerularmembrane permits neutral substances up to 4 nm in Substances greater than 8nm diameter are totally excluded
Albuminsize is 7 So, it has molecular weight slightly greater than the molecules normally getting filtered
Options
8 - 10 nm
The kidneys receive 5% of the cardiac output
10 nm in diameter
Increased renal blood flow
Explanation
Two particles have same diameter. The one which will pass easily through glomerular membrane has
Options
Plasma oncotic pressure is increased
Positive charge
PAH and phenol red
Afferent arteriole dilates
Explanation
Positivelycharged molecules are filtered more readily than negatively charged molecules
Negatively charged molecule is filtered with more difficulty compared to a positive to a one because
Options
Presence of negatively charged sialoproteins on the filtering membrane
Efferent arteriole dilates
Kf = GFR x 125
Impermeable in loop of Henle
Explanation
Majorreason why albumin is not filtered is the presence of polyanionic proteoglycans (heparan sulfate) - repels protein albumin
Correct formula is
Options
It is freely filtered in glomerulus
Secreted in cortical nephron
GFR is controlled by resistance in afferent and efferent
GFR = Kf x 10
Explanation
GFR= Kt* Net filtration pressure
Options
Increased GFR with afferent arteriolar dilatation
4-6 nm
Tubular hydrostatic pressure is decreased
Increased renal blood flow
Explanation
GFRdecreases whenever there is increase in colloid osmotic pressure of the glomerulus
GFRdecreases whenever there is decrease in Glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure
GFRdecreases whenever there is increase in tubular hydrostatic pressure
GFRincreases whenever there is increase in renal blood flow
GFR increased if
Options
1-2 nm
4-6 nm
Afferent arteriole dilates
10 -12 nm
Explanation
Dilatationof afferent arteriole leads to increase in glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure (PG) leading to increase in GFR
Options
Decreased GFR with afferent arteriolar constriction
Increased GFR with efferent arteriolar dilatation
Absorbed in PCT
Macula densa
Explanation
Sympathetic stimulation - Decreased GFR with afferent arteriolar constriction
Options
Freely reabsorbed
Freely filtered across glomerulus membrane
Not secreted by kidney
None
Explanation
Criteria of a substance to be used in estimation of
GFR
Thesubstance is freely filtered by the glomeruli and neither reabsorbed nor secreted by the tubules
Itis biologically inert and non-toxic
Itis neither metabolized nor stored in the kidneys
Its concentration can be easily estimated in the laboratory
What is the clearance of a substance, Ifits concentration in plasma in 10 mg%, concentration in urine is 100 mg% and urine flow is 2
mL/min
Options
0.2 ml/min
Inulin
2 ml/min
20 mL/mi
Explanation
GFRestimation by inulin clearance is the gold standard method
Options
Inulin clearance
Freely reabsorbed
Creatinine
PAH
GFR is measured by
Options
Creatine clearance
Inulin clearance
PAH clearance
Creatinine clearance
Options
Serum creatinine
GFR
Loop of Henle
Collecting duct
Explanation
Options
cAMP
625 ml/min
125 ml/min
Vasopressin
Options
ANP
Endothelin
CAMP
Endothelin
Explanation
Angiotensin-11 cAMP
Endothelins Nor epinephrine Dopamine
Adenosine Atrialnatriuretic peptide (ANP)
Thromboxane-A2 Prostaglandins
Antidiuretichormone (ADH) Nitricoxide
GFR is increased by
Options
ANP
Vasopressin
Histamine
GFR
Explanation
Options
Podocytes
Mesangium
Endothelial cells
Basement membrane
Explanation
Options
Proximal tubule
Inulin
Creatinine
Countercurrent multiplier
Explanation
Irrespectiveof presence or absence of vasopressin , maximum percentage (2/3'd ) of water resorption happen in PCT
Options
Urea
HCO3
Tubulo - glomerular feedback
Uric acid
Explanation
Ureais only 50 % resorbed
Bicarbonate is absorbed
Options
PrevIndirectly PCT
MarkEqual to that of inulin clearance
SkipGreater than that of PAH clearance
Options
Proximal convoluted tubule
Distal convoluted tubule
Loop of Henle (thick portion)
Collecting duct
Options
Collecting duct
Nephron
Inulin
All of the above
Explanation
Sodium resorption occurs throughout the nephron
Options
Na• Cl cotrasporter
Na + - 2Cl - K+ cotransporter
ENaC Channel
Na• - aminoacid contrasporter
Explanation
Sodium,chloride and potassium moves out of the thick ascending limb through Na-K-2Cl cotransporter
Proximal convoluted tubule have which type of aquaporin
Options
Aquaporin 1
Secretion by the distal tubule
Aquaporin 2
Aquaporin 5
Explanation
Water is resorbed in PCT through aquaporin water channels (AQPl)
Over half of the potassium that appears in the urine of a patient, who has ingested some potassium salts is derived form
Options
Aquaporin 1
Aquaporin 2
Aquaporin 5
Secretion by the distal tubule
Explanation
Potassium appearing in urine is the result of distal tubular secretion
Options
Na
Ff+
HC03
H
Explanation
H+ions are actively secreted out into the lumen in PCT
Options
HCo, -
K antiport
Na antiport
Na cotranspor
Explanation
Glucoseand HCO,are completely resorbed by kidney
Options
Na
K+
Urea
Glucose
Explanation
Ureais only 50 % resorbed
Options
Uric acid
Creatinine
Glucose
Amino acids
Explanation
Substances that are filtered and secreted by kidney are Potassium ions, creatinine and uric acid
Which of the following product is primarily filtered with little secretion or re - absorption in renal tubules
Options
Sodium
Creatinine
Respond to ADH
Reabsorbs H+
Explanation
Substanceslike inulin and creatinine are useful to estimate GFR because they are freely filtered, neither resorbed, nor
secreted
Options
Maximum reabsorption in distal tubule
Urea is absorbed 100% in proximal tubule
H+ is absorbed in proximal tubule
Drug is neither secreted, nor resorbed
What is implied, if a drug has more renal clearance than the GFR
Options
Drug is reabsorbed in the tubules
Drug is secreted in the tubules
Drug is excreted in bile
Drug is neither secreted, nor resorbed
Which of the following occurs along with glucose transport into a cell
Options
Sodium symport
Sodium antiport
Potassium transport
Amino acid transport
Which one of the following substances, actively transported by the tubular cells, has the higher tubular transport
Maximum
Options
Plasma protein
Glucose
300 mg/d L
400 mg/dL
Explanation
Options
Sensing of Na+ concentration in the macula densa
Sensing of CJ+ concentration in macula densa
Sensing NaCl concentration in the macula densa
Opening up of voltage gated Na• Channels in afferent arteriole
Explanation
Options
Opening of Ca2+ channels
Noradren aline release
Opening of Ca2
Adenosine release
Explanation
Myogenicautoregulation - through Opening of Ca2+ channels
Tubuloglomerularfeedback - through release of adenosine
Which one of the following statements regarding water reabsorption in the tubules is true
Options
The bulk of water reabsorption occurs secondary to Na+ reabsorption
Majority of facultative reabsorption occurs in proximal tubule
Obligatory reabsorption is ADH dependent
20% of water is always reabsorption
Explanation
Loop
of Henle plays an important role in concentration of urine by creating medullary hyperosmolarity through
countercurrent mechanism
Options
Kidney
Eye
Testis
Small intestine
Explanation
Countercurrent system is seen in kidney, limbs, testis and intestine
Inkidney, counter current system is seen in the loop of Henle and vasa recta in renal medulla
Collecting duct is not a part of counter current system
Options
At the loop of Henle, there is counter current mechanism
Collecting duct
Vasa recta
Descending limb ofloop of Henle
Options
Medullary hyperosmolarity
Reabsorption of Na+ in thick ascending limb
Action of ADH via aquaporin channels
Urea recycling
Explanation
Theprimary driving force for counter current system is Reabsorption of Na+ in thick ascending limb
through Na K-2Cl cotransporter
Options
100 ml
Collecting ducts
100 ml
2000 ml
Explanation
In Collecting ducts, Resorption of water is ADH dependent
Elimination of waste product from a normal person requires minimal amount of urine of
Options
100 mOsm/L
500 ml
50 mOsm/L
20 mOsm/L
Explanation
Options
50 mOsm/L
100 - 1400
200 - 400
300 - 1200
Explanation
Normal range of urine osmolality is 50 - 1400 mOsm/L
Options
Occurs due to opposite flow in vasa recta and loop of Henle
Seen in medullary nephron
Eye
Urea has no role
Explanation
Countercurrent system is seen in kidney, limbs, testis and intestine
Question (17/17)
Options
Proximal convoluted tubule
Ascending loop of Henle
Descending loop of Henle
Glomerulus
Explanation
Juxtaglomerular(JG) apparatus refers to the collection of specialized cells located very near to the glomerulus
Renin is secreted by
Options
Angiotensin I
Angiotensin II
Angiotensin III
Juxtaglomerular apparatus
Explanation
Options
PrevAngiotensin I
MarkAngiotensin II
SkipAngiotensin III
Angiotensin IV
Explanation
Angiotensin II& III got physiological activities
AngiotensinI is only the precursor of Angiotensin II
Angiotensinogen is secreted by
Options
Liver
Na
Glucose
CI
Explanation
Angiotensinogenis secreted by liver
Options
Kidney
Lung
Liver
RBCs
Explanation
Angiotensinconverting enzyme is present in pulmonary
capillary It converts Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II
Options
Stimulation of thirst
Vasodilation
Increased ADH secretion
Vasoconstrictor
Explanation
AngiotensinII is a powerful vasoconstrictor
Options
Vasopressin
Water retention
Distal convoluted tubule
Increase in GFR
Explanation
angiotensinII and aldosterone have little effect on sodium concentration
Vasopressin isthe major regulator of sodium concentration under normal conditions
Options
Collecting tubule
Proximal convoluted tubule
ANP
Loop of Henle
Explanation
Maculadensa - These are the specialized epithelial cells of thick ascending limb of loop of Henle
Options
Increased blood volume
Raised cardiac output
Increased blood pressure
Decreased blood pressure
Explanation
Majorstimulus for renin release is Decreased blood pressure
Once released, renin converts Angiotensinogen to Angiotensin I
AngiotensinI to Angiotensin II is converted by Angiotensin converting enzyme
AngiotensinII releases aldosterone from adrenal cortex
Togetherthis system Renin Angiotensin Aldosterone Sys tem (RAAS) increase bloop pressure
Options
..J,, P02
..J,,pco2
..J,, Hb
..J,,pH
Explanation
Hypoxiais the major stimulus for Erythropoietin secretion
Options
Interstitial cells
..J,,pco2
. ..J,, Hb
CI-] - [Na
Explanation
Erythropoietin is inhibited by
Options
Estrogen
Progesterone
Thyroxine
Testosterone
Explanation
Large doses of estrogen inhibit the production of erythro poietin induced by hypoxia
Options
Juxtaglomerular cells
Macula densa
Interstitial cells
Glomerulus
Explanation
ANPcauses sodium excretion by dilating afferent arterioles and relaxing mesangial cells
Options
Estrogen
Collecting duct
Thyroxine
Testosterone
Explanation
Aldosteronemainly acts on P cells and I cells in collecting duct
Action of ADH
Options
Reabsorption of water in DCT
Loop of Henle
Phosphates
Nitrates
Explanation
Options
Proteins
PCT
Phosphates
Hemoglobin
Explanation
ADHdoesn't act on PCT
Endocrine function associated with kidney include all of the following except
Options
Natriuretic peptide secretion
Plasma proteins
PCT
Collecting duct
Explanation
Natriureticpeptides are not produced by kidney
Othersubstances namely vitamin D, Erythropoietin and re nin are produced by kidney
10. 10
Question (10/10)
Options
Renin
Angiotensin I
Erythropoietin
1,25 DHCC
Explanation
AngiotensinI is the precursor of Angiotensin II
Options
Phosphate
[Na•] - [CI-] - [HC03-J
Glomerulus
Collecting duct
Explanation
Anion gap = [Na•] - [HC03-+ Ci-] =
(140 mEq/L] - (25 mEq/L + 105 mEq/L] Anion gap = 10 mEq/L
Normalanion gap is 8 - 10 mEq/L
Options
Distal convoluted tubule
Proximal convoluted tubule
Proteins
Reabsorption of HC03 in DCT
Explanation
Anion gap is mainly due to plasma protein anions, sulfate, phosphate
Extracellularblood buffers are - Bicarbonate, Plasma proteins, Hemoglobin
Ammoniabuffer
& Phosphate buffer are the most important buffer in the tubular fluids of the kidneys
Options
Ammonia
Phosphate
Protein
Bicarbonates
Explanation
Most important extracellular buffer - Bicarbonates
Options
Erythropoietin secretion
Natriuretic peptide secretion
1,25 hydroxy D3 Formation
Collecting duct
Explanation
Themaximal H+ secretion in urine corresponds to a urine pH of about 5
ThispH 5, also called limiting pH is reached only in collecting tubule
So,collecting tubules are the principal site of acidification of urine
Options
Increased pH with increased HC03-
Increased pH with Decreased HC0
Ammonia
Decreased pH with Decreased HC03-
Explanation
Options
Renin
Angiotensin I
Erythropoietin
Decreased pH with decreased HC03-
Explanation
Primary problem in metabolic acidosis is loss of HC03- or addition of non-
volatile acids causing decrease in pH
Options
Brain
Kidney
RBC
Plasma
Explanation
Carbonicanhydrase is abundant in,
RBCs
Intercalated(I) cells of kidney
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26
27. 27
28. 28
29. 29
Question (30/30)
30. 30
Pacemaker is formed by which of the following cells in GIT-
Options
P- cells
Oxyntic cells
Cajal cells
Parietal cells
Explanation
Options
Cardiac end of stomach
Long muscle of small intestine
Pyloric end of stomach
Central control of CBD origin
Explanation
Pacemakercells in stomach are located in the midbody of the stomach along the greater curvature
Prev
GJT pacemaker islocated-
Mark
Skip
Options
Esophagus
Stomach
Duodenum
Jejunum
Options
Originates in body of stomach
Originates in fundus of stomach
Originates at incisura angularis
Originates in any part of stomach
Options
Secretin
CCK
Gastrin
Distension
Explanation
Options
Alkaline content of small intestine
Hyperosmolarity of chyme
Distension of duodenum
None
Explanation
Enterogastric reflex - stretching of the wall of the duodenum results in inhibition of gastric motility and reduced
rate of emptying of the stomach
Acidic content of small intestine inhibit gastric emptying
Options
Decreased by CCK
Decreased by gastrin
Increased by secretin
Decreased by insulin
Explanation
Gatsrinpromotes gastric emptying
CCK and secretin inhibit gastric emptying
Options
Fat in duodenum
Acid in duodenum
Gastrin
Secretin
Options
Neural reflexes
Enteric reflexes
Local hormones produced in stomach
Local hormones produced in duodenum
Explanation
What is responsible for clearing & flushing food from the intestinal lumen in the interdigestive Period-
Options
Gastrin
Migrating motor complexes
Secretin
CCK
Explanation
Options
Occurs upon arrived of food in the stomach
Begins in the lower part of the small intestine
Are initiated by pacemaker cells in the intestine
Occurs at a rate of 5 ems per minute from the stomach
Explanation
MMC- movement seen during fasting
Itis initiated by motilin
Beginsin stomach
Itoccurs at a rate of 5 ems per minute from the stomach
Options
Segmentation
Haustrations
Migratory motor complexes (MMC)
Peristalsis
Explanation
Chymeis mixed thoroughly by segmentation movements
Chymeis moved forward by Peristalsis
All of the following statements are true for "Intestinal motility" except
Options
Does not depend on Gastric motility
Increased by Distension
Increased by Acetylcholine
Increased by Cholecystokinin
Explanation
Gastricmotility and intestinal motility are totally dependent on one another
Options
Hormonal
Local stretching of gut
Neural
None
Explanation
Mostimportant stimulus for peristalsis is the stretch of the gut wall
Options
Fat > Protein > carbohydrate
Fat > carbohydrate > Protein
Protein > Fat > carbohydrate
Protein > Fat > carbohydrate
Explanation
Gastricemptying is fastest for food rich in carbohydrate. It is slow for protein rich diet and is slowest for fat rich diet
Options
Ascending colon
Transverse colon
Descending colon
Sigmoid colon
Explanation
Themajor postp randial increase in motilityoccurs in the proximal descending colon
In infants, defecation often following meal. The cause of colonic contraction in this situation is
Options
Gastroileal reflex
Enterogastric reflex
Increased circulation levels of CCK
Gastrocolic - reflex
Explanation
Distensionof the stomach by food - causes contractions of the rectum leading to defecation. This reflex is called gastrocolic reflex
Options
Extrinsic denervation
Distension of the colon
Gastrocolic reflex
Destruction of auerbach's plexus
Explanation
Auerbach'splexus primarily control GI motility
Options
Gastrin
Motilin
CCK
VIP
Explanation
Options
VIP
GIP
Motilin
Neurotensin
Options
Secretin
Gastrin
CCK
Motilin
Options
NO
Substance P
Noradrenaline
VIP
Explanation
Contractingsegment of peristalsis - Acetylcholine and Substance P are responsible
Relaxationsegment of peristalsis - Nitric oxide and VIP are responsible
Options
Substance P
Acetylcholine
VIP
Oradrenaline
Options
Stomach
Jejunum
Colon
Ileum
Explanation
Segment Transit Time
Cecum 4hrs
First thi rd of the colon 6hrs
Second thi rd of the colon 9h rs
Sigmoid colon 12h rs
While doing sigmoidoscopy, if the rectum is inflated is inflated with gas increased peristalsis is seen in
Options
Whole colon
Proximal colon
Distal colon
Whole intestine
Explanation
Increasein rectum initiates defecation reflex
So,peristalsis increases in distal colon
Options
Stomach
Ileum
Colon
Rectum
Explanation
GI Segment Rate of BER
Duodenum 12/min
Terminal Ileum 8/min
Stomach 4/min
Cecum 2/min
Sigmoid colon 6/min
Options
Myenteric plexus
Auerback's plexus
Meissner's plexus
Extrinsic nerve
Explanation
Auerbachplexus
Alsoknown as myenteric nerve plexus
Itis present in between the inner circular muscle layer and the outer longitudinal muscle layer
Itis concerned primarily with motor control (Myenteric: Motility)
Meissnerplexus
Alsoknown as submucous plexus
Itlies in the submucosa
primarilyinvolved in the control of intestinal secretion (Submucosal: Secretion and blood flow)
Innervatesthe glandular epithelium, intestinal endocrine cells, and submucosal blood vessels
Options
Hyperacidity
Diarrhea
Decreased gut motility
Increased secretions
Secretion in GIT is Controlled by
Options
Myenteric plextus
Auerbach's plexus
Meissner's plexus
Extrinsic nerve
Options
Sphincter closure of gallbladder
Increased peristalsis
Decreased GIT motility
Detrusor muscle relaxation
Explanation
Parasympatheticstimulation causes,
Relaxationof sphincters
Increasedperistalsis
Increasein GI motility
Increasein gallbladder contraction
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
Question (11/11)
Options
Secretin
Glucagon
CCK
VIP
Explanation
Gastrin and cholecystokinin belongs to gastrin family
Options
Increase bicarbonate rich secretion
Inhibit gastric acid secretion
Increase gastric acid secretion
Causes contraction of pyloric sphincter
Explanation
Secretininhibits gastric acid secretion
Options
Epinephrine
Acid
PrevAcetykholine
Mark
Fat
Explanation
Skip
Stimulatorof secretin is acidic chyme
In response to acidic chyme in duodenum, secretin causes pancreatic juice rich in bicarbonate
Options
Increases gastric acid secretion
Increases small intestine peristalsis
Increases gastric motility
Relaxes gallbladder
Explanation
CCK Increases small intestine peristalsis
CCK causes contraction of the gallbladder
Options
Gastrin
Secretion
Vagus
Cholecystokinin
Explanation
Stimulator ofCCK is food containing fat in duodenum
Gastrin-
Options
Is a hormone secreted by pepsinogen cells
Is a polypeptide
Is released in cephalic phase
Cause gastricjuice secretion at a rate of 500-700 ml/hr
Explanation
Gastrinis a polypeptide hormone
Options
Pylorus
Antrurn
Pancreas
Small intestine
Explanation
Producedby G cells in the antral portion of the gastric mucosa
Options
Antral distension
Acid
Secretion
Calcitonin
Explanation
Antraldistension causes gastrin release
Options
Stomach
Duodenum/ileum
Pancreas
Liver
Explanation
Motilinis produced by Mo cells in small intestine
Enteroendocrine Cell Secreting Hormone
G cells Gastrin
Icells Cholecystokinin
S cells Secretin
K cells Gastric inhibitory peptide or glucose-
dependent insulinotropic peptide (GIP)
Mo cells Motilin
D cells Somatostatin
Options
Secretion
Gastrin
CCK
Motilin
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26
27. 27
Question (27/27)
Options
Lipase
Amylase
Pepsin
Trypsin
Explanation
Amylaseis the carbohydrate digesting enzyme present in saliva and pancreatic secretions
Chymotrypsinogen is a
Options
Zymogen
Carboxypeptidase
Transaminase
Elastase
Explanation
Most of the pancreatic enzymes are stored as inactive forms
(zymogens). This is mainly to prevent the autodigestion of pancreas
Options
Pepsin
Prev
MarkTrypsin
SkipLipase
Colipase
Explanation
Lipaseis released as active form
Options
Combination of 2 molecules of trypsinogen
Phosphorylation
Removal of few amino acids from trypsinogen
Addition of alkyl group
Explanation
Enterokinasecatalyzes the cleavage of one specific peptide bond in trypsinogen resulting in formation of trypsin
Options
Secretion of bicarbonate
Protease inhibitors present in plasma
Proteolytic enzymes secreted in inactive from
The resistance of pancreatic cells
Options
Trypsin
Fumarase
Hexokinase
Alcohol dehydrogenase
Explanation
Trypsinogenis the inactive form of trypsin
Options
Trypsm
Chymotrypsin
Elastase
Carboxy peptidases
Explanation
Carboxypeptidasesare exopeptidases
Trypsinis an endopeptidase
Options
Na+
K+
HC03
Cl
Explanation
Salivaryamylase is activated by chloride ions
Options
Mouth
Stomach
Small intestine
Large intestine
Explanation
Disaccharidasesare present only in small intestine
Options
Lactulose
Maltose
Sucrose
Lactose
Explanation
Lactuloseis a non-absorbable sugar used in the treatment of constipation
Options
Pepsin
Trypsin
Chymotrypsin
Carboxypeptidase
Explanation
Pepsinis stable at the acidic gastric pH
Pepsin is activated by
Options
Enterokinase
HCL
Uropepsinogen
Trypsinogen
Explanation
Pepsinogento pepsin is converted by HCL
Options
Pepsin
Enterokinase
HCl
None
Options
Pancreatic lipase
Colipase
Lingual lipase
Bile-salts
Explanation
Lipases in saliva and gastric juice have a minimal role in fat digestion
Pancreatic lipases is the most important
Options
VitB12
Pyridoxine
Tocopherol
Colipase
Explanation
Colipasefunctions as a cofactor for pancreatic lipase
Options
Lingual lipase
Gastric lipase
Pancreatic lipase
Phospholipase
Options
1& 2
1& 3
2&3
Only 3
Explanation
Pancreaticlipases hydrolyze triglycerides in the 1 and 3 position, leaving two free fatty acid molecules and a monoglyceride
Options
Mannose
Maltose
Sucrose
Fructose
Explanation
Saliva contains salivary amylase or ptyalin that hydrolyses a(l 4) glycoside bonds of starch producing a-
limit dextrins, maltotriose, and maltose
Options
1-5 %
10-20 %
5-10 %
25-30 %
Explanation
Options
Glucose
Lipids
Fructose
Amino-acids
Explanation
Absorptionof glucose and proteins require sodium (active transport)
Lipids absorption is passive
Options
Folic acid
Amino acids
Bile salts
Fatty acids
Options
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
Sigmoid
Explanation
Jejunumis the most important part of small intestine for nutrients, water and electrolytes absorption
Options
Duodenum
Ileum
Jejunum
Colon
Explanation
Absorptionof iron mainly occurs in duodenum
Classification of dietary fibers
Water insoluble/less fermented
Cellulose
Hemicellulose
Lignin
Water soluble/well fermented
Pectins
Gums
Mucilages
Options
Decreases stool transit time
Increases stool transit time
Normalize stool transit
No effect on stool transit time
Explanation
Dietary fibersspeeds the passage of foods through the digestive system (decreases transit time)
Options
Lignin
Cellulose
Hemicellulose
Pectin
Options
Free radicals
Glycerol
Butyrate
Sucrose
Explanation
Options
2 cal
10 cal
15 cal
20 cal
Explanation
Dietaryfiber contribute 2 kcal or 8 KJ/g
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
Question (10/10)
Options
Agouti - related peptide (AGRP)
Melanocyte stimulating hormone (MSH)
Melanin concentrating Hormone
Neuropeptide Y
Explanation
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone (a-
MSH) inhibits food intake. It is an Anorexigenic substance or satiety promoting factor
Appetite is increased by
Options
Leptin
GLP
Peptide YY
Ghrelin
Explanation
Ghrelin
Ghrelinis a 28-
amino acid peptide secreted primarily by oxyntic gland area of the stomach
MajorFunctions of ghrelin are,
+ It increases the appetite (orexinergic)
+ Increases gastric motility
Prev
+Mark
Increases secretion of gastric acid,
Skip
+ Increases adipogenesis
+ Increases insulin secretion
+ Increases growth hormone
Ghrelinlevels peakjust before food intake begins (fasting state)
Plasmalevels of ghrelin are low in obese persons
Ghrelinlevels are high in anorexia nervosa
Options
Orexin
Insulin like growth hormone
Cholecystokinin
Ghrelin
Ghrelin false is
Options
Produced by stomach cells
Increased appetite
Is related to regulation of thyroid hormone
Stimulated growth
Options
Secreted from oxyntic cells
Increased fat deposition
Stimulated appetite
Secretion increased in anorexia
Options
Causes lipolysis
Has anorexic effect
Secreted by oxyntic cells
None of the above
Options
Leptin
MSH
Ghrelin
Insulin
Options
High
Normal
Low
May be low to normal
Explanation
Obesityis characterized by leptin resistance
Options
Locus ceruleus
Dorsal raphe
Lateral hypothalamic area
Hippocampus
Explanation
Itis produced mainly from Lateral hypothalamic area
Options
It is mediated through melanocorticotropin hormone
Decreases thermogenesis
Its level decreases during starvation
Contains 36 aa residues
Explanation
NeuropeptideY increases feeding
Itslevel increases during starvation
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
Question (9/9)
Options
Lean body mass
Adipose tissue
Resting heart rate
Exercise
Explanation
Leanbody mass means fat free mass
BMRdepends on lean body mass
Options
Lean body mass
Body surface area
Body mass index
Body height
Explanation
Bodysurface area is the most important factor that affects basal metabolic rate
"Rubner'slaw"states that
BMR should be related to surface area rather than body mass.Thislaw isalso called as "surface law of metabolism"
Options
PrevBody weight
MarkSurface area
SkipAmount of adipose tissue
Amount oflean body mass
Options
Obesity
Hyperthyroidism
Feeding
Exercise
Explanation
Options
Starvation
Obesity
Ingestion of food
Sleep
Explanation
Ingestionof food increases BMR
02 consumption is minimal when temp gradient between skin and external environment is-
Options
<0.5
<2.5
< l.50
<3.5
Explanation
02consumption is minimal when temp gradient between skin and external environment is very very minimal
Options
Myentric neurons
Smooth muscle
Interstitial cells of Cajal
Parasympathetic neurons
Explanation
Pacemakers of GI tract - "Interstitial cells of Cajal"
Interstitial cells of Cajal are the pacemaker cells
Theyform gap junctions with GI smooth muscles
Theyare mainly responsible for the "generation of Basic electrical rhythm (BER)"
Pacemakercells in stomach are located in the midbody of the stomach along the greater curvature
Incolon, they are located at the submucosal border of the circular musclelayer
Deglutitive inhibition
Options
Wave of inhibition preceding peristalsis
Inhibition occurs simultaneously with Peristalsis
Inhibition occurs after Peristalsis
Wave of stimulation preceding peristalsis
Explanation
Deglutitiveinhibition means "A second swallow, initiated while anearlier peristaltic contraction is still progressing in the striatedmuscle esop
ofthe contraction induced by the first swallow
Ithappens secondary to hyperpolarization of the circular smooth muscle
It is mediatedthrough nonadrenergic, noncholinergic neurons in the myentericplexus in GI tract
A patient who underwent extensive bowel resection is on total parenteral nutrition (TPN) for 1 month. Endoscopy doneafteronemonth reveals
diffuse gastricmucosal atrophy. Which enzyme deficiencies are most likely responsible for gastric mucosa! atrophy in this patient?
Options
Gastrin and ghrelin
Secretin and CCK
Gastrin and CCK
Gastrin and secretin
Explanation
Gastrin and CCK deficiencies can cause Gastric mucosa! atrophy
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
Question (10/10)
Options
Gastric juice
Pancreatic juice
Bile in gallbladder
Saliva
Explanation
Highlyalkaline - pancreatric juice (pH- 3)
Highlyacidic - Gastric juice (pH - <3)
Options
Gastric juice
Bile juice
Saliva
Pancreatic juice
Options
Cholesterol
Amino acids
Bilirubin
Protein
Prev
Explanation
Mark
Skip Bile acids are synthesized from cholesterol
Options
Bilirubin
Biliverdin
PAHA (Para amino hippuric acid)
Urobilinogen
Explanation
Constituents of bile namely bile acids and bile salts undergo enterohepatic circulation
Options
Bile
Intestinal Juice
Pancreatic Juice
Gastric Juice
Options
Myoglobin
Haptoglobin
Muscle
Cholesterol
Explanation
Bilirubin- formed by breakdown of heme present in hemoglobin, myoglobin, cytochromes, catalase, peroxidase and tryptophan pyrrolase
Options
Protein
Steroid
Vitamin
Carbohydrates
Explanation
Inblood, bilirubin is albumin bound
Options
Urobilin
Stercobilinogen
Stercobilin
Urobilinogen
Explanation
Stercobilinis responsible for the brown color of human feces
Options
Alpha - I antitrypsin
Alpha - I antiproteinase
Enterokinase
Egg - White
Explanation
Enterokinaseactivates trypsinogen to trypsin
Options
Lysozyme
Bioactive peptides and bioamines
Bicarbonate
Pepsin and Rennin
Explanation
Paneth cells secrete lysozyme
Question (1/15)
Options
Hyperventilation
Hypoventilation
Respiratory depression
Respiratory acidosis
Options
Hyperventilation
Decreased PaC02
Pulmonary edema
All Of above
A 32-year-old high altitude mountaineer is observed to have a hematocrit of 70%. Which of the
following represents the most likely cause/explanation :
Options
Polycythemia with increased red cell mass
Relative polycythemia due to dehydration
Polycythemia due to hemoconcentration
Polycythemia with high altitude pulmonary edema
During acclimatization to high altitude all of the following take place except:
Options
Increase inminute ventilation
Increase in the sensitivity of central chemoreceptors
Increase inthe sensitivity of carotid body to hypoxia
Shift in the oxygen dissociation curve to the left
A person goes to the mountains. When he reaches about 5000 ft. He develops dyspnea. Which of
following correctly explains for the symptoms:
Options
CNS depression
Co2 wash out
Increased work of breathing
Increased blood flow to the pulmonary tissues
Options
19-21 days
Znd - 3rd month
2-3 days
6-7 days
Options
Peripheral chemoreceptors
Vagal afferents
Central chemoreceptors
Proprioceptors
The following acute respiratory response to ascent to high altitude, there isnormalization of
blood pH. The mechanism is:
Options
Increased erythropoiesis leads to increased buffering by hemoglobin
Increased excretion of HC03- by the kidneys
Increased levels of 2, 3-DPG
Retention of bicarbonate by the kidneys
Which of the following adaptations willbe apt toincrease the work capacity at high altitude:
Options
Increasing workload, decreasing duration of exercise
Increasing workload, increasing duration of exercise
Decreasing workload, increasing duration of exercise
Decreasing workload, decreasing duration of exercise
Options
Nitrogen inhibits dismutase enzyme
Increase production of nitrous oxide
Increased solubility of nitrogen in nerve cell membrane
Decrease in oxygen free radicals
Caisson'sdisease is:
Options
Gas embolism
Fat embolism
Amniotic fluid embolism
Tumor embolism
Options
02 release from tissues
co2 release from tissues
N2 release from tissues
H2 release from tissues
Options
Nitrogen bubble
Oxygen bubble
Carbon monoxide
Air injoint
A pilot in Sukhoi aircraft is experiencing negative G which of the following physiological events
will manifest in such situation?
Options
The hydrostatic pressure in veins of lower limb increases
The cardiac output decreases
Black out occurs
The cerebral arterial pressure rises
Asapart of space-research program, aphysiologist was asked to investigate the effect of flight-
induced stress on blood pressure. Accordingly the blood pressure of the cosmonauts was to be
measured twice: Once before the takeoff and once after the spacecraft entered the designated
orbit around the earth. For a proper comparison, the preflight blood pressure should be recorded
in:
Options
The lying down position
The sitting position
The standing position
Any position, as long as the post - flight recording is made in the same position
Prev
Mark
Skip
Next
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (240/240)
Question
18. 18
Hemolysis
19. 19 is:
20. 20
Options
21. 21
22.Erythrocyte
22 sedimentation
23.Adhesive
23 of thrombocytes
24.Destruction
24 of erythrocytes
25.Lysis
25 of blood clot
26. 26
Which
27. 27one of the following parameters participates in water metabolism between blood and
tissues?
28. 28
29. 29
Options
30. 30
Osmotic pressure
31. 31
32.Blood
32 cells
33.Specific
33 weight
34.PH34
Prev
35. 35
Basic
Mark function of Neutrophiles is:
36. 36
Skip
37. 37
Options
38.Participation
38
in coagulation of blood
39. 39
Synthesis of heparin
40. 40
Phagocytosis
41. 41
42.Production
of antibodies
42
43. 43
What is appear in first phase of blood coagulation?
44. 44
45. 45
Options
46.Formation
46 of thrombosis
47.Aggregation
47 of thrombocytes
48.Formation
48
of prothrombinase
49. 49
Fibrinolysis of fibrin
50. 50
51.thrombus
Red 51 consist of:
52. 52
Options
53. 53
54.Thrombocytes
54 and leukocytes
55.Fibrin
55 and blood cells
56.Aggregated
56 thrombocytes
57.Hemolysed
57
erythrocytes
58. 58
59. 59solution leads to plasmolysis of erythrocytes?
Which
60. 60
Options
61. 61
62.Isotonic
62 solution
63.Hypotonic
63 solution
64.Hypertonic
64 solution
65.Distil
65 water
66. 66
Which
67. 67one of the following hemolysis may arise in transfusion of foreign blood?
68. 68
Options
69. 69
70.Chemical
70
Mechanical
71. 71
72.Biological
72
73.Osmotic
73
74. 74
PH of75
75. blood is:
76. 76
Options
77. 77
Neutral
78. 78
79.Alkaline
79
Acidic
80. 80
81.Alkalescent
81
82. 82
In which of the following cases according to the blood pH you see alkalosis?
83. 83
84. 84
Options
85.7.23
85
86. 86
7.35
87. 87
7.53
88. 88
89.7.40
89
90. 90
What kind of BODY PROTECTION can provide blood?
91. 91
92. 92
Options
93.Clotting
93 mechanism
94.Delivery
94 of O2 to tissues
95.Transport
95 of nutrients to cells
96. 96
Purification from waste products
97. 97
98. 98
Which
99. 99one of the followings is absent in blood serum?
100. 100
Options
101. 101
102.Albumins
102
Electrolytes
103. 103
104.Fibrinogen
104
105.Globulins
105
106. 106
In which
107. 107 of the following cases according to the blood pH you see acidosis?
108. 108
Options
109. 109
110.7.23
110
7.35
111. 111
112.7.53
112
7.40
113. 113
114. 114
Which
115. 115one of the following factors is important for physic-chemical regulation of blood pH?
116. 116
Options
117. 117
Buffers
118. 118
Neuro-reflectory junctions
119. 119
Gastrointestinal tract
120. 120
121.Plasma
121 proteins
122. 122
What is known as a homeostasis?
123. 123
124. 124
Options
125.Constancy
125 of external environment
126.Constancy
126 of interstitial tissue
127. 127
Constancy of internal environment
128. 128
Constancy of blood parameters
129. 129
130. 130
What does the Hematocrit represent?
131. 131
Options
132. 132
133.Correlation
133 of blood cell to plasma volume
134.Correlation
134 of WBCs to RBCs
135.Correlation
135 of Hemoglobin and leucocytes number concentration
136. 136
Correlation of plasma proteins
137. 137
138. 138 viscosity-hematocrit dependence?
Determine
139. 139
Options
140. 140
141.The
141more hematocrit the higher viscosity
142.The
142less hematocrit the higher viscosity
143.The
143hematocrit doesn’t have influence to the blood viscosity
144. 144
145.Independent
145 correlation
146. 146
What will happen to the red blood cells when it is placed in a hypotonic solution?
147. 147
148. 148
Options
149. 149
150.It150
wrinkles
151.It151
swells and burst
152.None
152 of the above
153.All of the above
153
154. 154
Which
155. 155one of the following polypeptide chains combinations characterized Fetal Hb?
156. 156
Options
157. 157
2α2β
158. 158
2α2γ
159. 159
2α2σ
160. 160
161.2α2β-
161 glucose
162. 162
Which one of the following coagulation factors switch on first in blood coagulation?
163. 163
164. 164
Options
165.Fibrin
165 stabilizing factor
166.Anti-hemophilic
166 factor
167. 167
Hageman factor (contact)
168. 168
Christmas factor (PTC)
169. 169
170. 170
What is observed in hypotonic solution with RBCs ?
171. 171
Options
172. 172
173.Swelling
173 of RBCs
174.Wrinkling
174 of RBCs
175.Dissolving
175 of RBCs
176. 176
None of the above
177. 177
178. 178 effect to helminthes have a:
Cytotoxic
179. 179
Options
180. 180
181.Eosinophils
181
182.Neutrophils
182
183.Lymphocytes
183
184.Monocytes
184
185. 185
All of186
186. the following thrombocytes properties, EXEPT;
187. 187
Options
188. 188
189.Chemotaxis
189
Absorbing
190. 190
191.Aggregation
191
192.Adhesive
192
193. 193
What determine hemostasis in the big vessels?
194. 194
195. 195
Options
196. 196
197.Formation
197 of White thrombus
198.Formation
198 of Red thrombus
199.Using
199 of anticoagulants
200.Endothelium
200 vasodilatators
201. 201
The
202.Rhesus-conflict
202 can arise
203. 203
Options
204. 204
At repeated transfusion Rh (-) blood Rh (+) recipient
205. 205
If at the mother Rh (+) blood and at a fetus Rh(-)
206. 206
207.At207
unitary transfusion Rh (+) blood to the patient with Rh (+)
208.At208
the mother and at a fetus blood Rh (-)
209. 209
How called liquid portion of the blood?
210. 210
211. 211
Options
212.Water
212
213. 213
Plasma
214. 214
ICF
215. 215
216.ECF
216
217. 217
Blood oxygen capacity depends on:
218. 218
219. 219
Options
220.Atmospheric
220 pressure
221.Partial
221 pressure of CO2
222. 222
Plasma proteins
223. 223
Hemoglobin concentration
224. 224
225. 225
Which one of the parameters may help in diagnosis of hypochromic anemia?
226. 226
Options
227. 227
228.Leukocyte
228 number concentration
229.Serum
229 total protein
230.Determination
230 of the leukocyte type number fraction
231.Erythrocyte
231 number concentration
232. 232
Most
233. 233
of the carbon dioxide produced by tissues is transported to the lungs as:
234. 234
Options
235. 235
236.Small
236 gas bubbles in the plasma
237.Gas
237bound to hemoglobin in the red blood cells
238.Bicarbonate
238 ions in the plasma
239.Gas
239bound to white blood cells and albumin
240. 240
Blood is composed of
Options
Plasma and red blood cells
Plasma and blood cells
Red and white blood cells
RBCs, WBCs and platelets
Options
Magnesium
Calcium
Sulphur
Potassium
Options
How long it has been since you last took a breath
The buildup of nitrogen within your blood stream
The pH of blood
The oxygen concentration of your surrounding environment
Options
Thrombin
Prothrombin
Fibrinogen
Ca++ and buffers
Options
RBCs
WBCs and platelets
Antigens
Hemoglobin
Options
Biconcave discs
Biconvex discs
Cylindrical
Spherical
Options
Formation of white and red thrombus
Erythrocytes hemolysis
Thrombocyte adhesion
Vasoconstriction
Options
Fibrin formation
Fibrin dissolution
Thrombus formation
Polymerization of fibrin fibers
Options
Transport of CO2
Transport of O2
Determine the pH of blood
Formation of antibodies
Options
Anemia
Hypertension
Hypoxia
Mixed intestinal helminthes infestation
Taking aspirin every day can reduce the risk of heart disease because:
Options
It is a powerful vasodilator
It blocks pain receptors in heart tissue
It prevents platelet clumping
It loosens plaque on arterial walls
Which blood component plays the largest role in maintaining the Colloid osmotic pressure of
blood?
Options
Albumin
CO2
WBCs
Fibrinogen
Analyze the following presented reactions at the case if you hold your breath for one minute and
choose correct answer.
Options
The kidneys will increase sodium ion reabsorption
H+ concentration in the blood will increase
The heart rate will greatly slow
Hemoglobin will binds to oxygen more strongly
You take a blood sample from a male cyclist at the end of a long race. The hematocrit is 60%. The
most likely conclusion is:
Options
This is within normal range for most adult males
This cyclist is anemic
This cyclist is dehydrated
This low of a hematocrit could indicate liver damage or leukemia
Options
Converted into transferrin in the large intestine
Converted into transferrin in the kidney
Excreted from the body
All of the above
Options
Veins
Nodes.
Arteries
Capillaries
An individual with type B (+) blood has which of the following antibodies in their blood:
Options
Anti-A and anti-O
Anti-B
Anti-A
None of the above
Options
Vasoconstriction
Blood transfusion
Vascular disruption
Agglutination of erythrocytes
Options
Lungs
Liver
Kidney
Spleen
Mike's blood type is O- and Naomy's is B+. Mike and Naomy have a son who is AB+. What do you
conclude?
Options
If they have a second child Naomy needs to have Rh+ shot
There is no risk to a second child, unless it has a negative blood type
If the child needs a blood transfusion Mike could provide it safely, but not Naomy
Mike is not the boy’s father
Options
There is no enough oxygen
It cannot dry out
It is kept refrigerated
There is no free calcium
The blood vessels that carry blood to and from the head are the
Options
Iliac arteries and veins.
Subclavian arteries and veins.
Carotid arteries and jugular veins.
Anterior (superior) and posterior (inferior) vena cavae.
An example of the urinary system working with the respiratory system to regulate blood pH
would be When you hold your breath the kidneys will remove CO2 from your blood
Options
If you exercise a lot your urine will become more acidic
If you develop emphysema the kidneys will remove fewer bicarbonate ions from circulation
If you hyperventilate the kidneys will counteract the alkalinity by adding hydrogen ions into
the blood stream
None of the above-the urinary system never works with the respiratory system
Options
Rh-factor presence in mother and absence in father and baby
Rh-factor presence in mother and baby and absence in father
Rh-factor presence in mother, father and baby
Rh factor presence in father and baby and absence in mother
Options
Plasminogen
TPA
Thromboxane A2
Plasmin
Options
Isotonic
Hypertonic
Hypotonic
All Of these
Options
10 - 11 g/l
16 -20 g/l
11 - 17 g/l
12 - 14 g/l
Platelet aggregation is inhibited by:
Options
ADP
5-HT
PG I2
Thromboxane A2
Options
Thrombin formation
Red thrombus formation
Fibrinolysis
Formation of prothrombin
Options
Neutrophilia
Basophilia
Eosinophilia
Monocytosis
Options
Liver
Kidneys
Lungs
Bone marrow
Serum is:
Options
Blood that has no red blood cells
The liquid portion of blood including clotting factors
The liquid portion of blood after it has clotted
The proteins of blood
Options
It appears after sensibilisation
It is a noncomplete antibody
It sticks Di-agglutinogens
It relates to of gamma-globulins fraction
Options
Erythrocytosis
Polycythemia
Anemia
All of the above
2 liters of Ringer’s lactate is administered to a 12-year old boy with isotonic dehydration. What
will be the change in ICF volume?
Options
No change
Increases by 2 liters
Increase
Decreases by 0.5 liter
Options
Bohr effect
Haldane effect
Hawthorne effect
Hamburger effect
Options
Aorta.
Pulmonary trunk.
Coronary arteries.
Anterior vena cava.
Options
As bicarbonate
Bound to hemoglobin
As dissolved O2
In combination with plasma proteins
Which type of blood vessels carries blood away from the heart?
Options
Veins
Arteries
Capillaries
Arteries, veins and capillaries
Prolongation of prothrombin time does not occur when there is a deficiency of only:
Options
Factor VIII
Factor IX
Factor VII
Vitamin K
Options
Anion gap
PH of arterial plasma
PH of ICF and plasma
Plasma HCO3
Amongst plasma proteins, albumin makes the greatest contribution to the colloid osmotic
pressure of plasma proteins because:
Options
Albumin has a very high molar mass, and its concentration in plasma is low
Albumin has a very low molar mass, and its concentration in plasma is high
Albumin has a very low molar mass, and its concentration in plasma is low
Albumin has a very high molar mass, and its concentration in plasma is high
Options
5% dextrose
0.85% NaCl
20% mannitol
None of the above
Options
Isotonic
Hypertonic
Hypotonic
None of the above
In a healthy 70 kg adult, plasma volume was found to be 3000 ml. Hematocrit was 40%. His blood
volume would be about:
Options
5000 ml
5200 ml
5400 ml
5600 ml
Options
Isotonic
Hypertonic
Hypotonic
None of the above
Options
10 g/l
20 g/l
11 g/l
14 g/l
Options
Thromboxane A2
Fibrinogen
ADP
All of the above
Options
Phospholipids
Glycosphingolipids
Glycopeptides
Polypeptides
Options
NaCL
α2 macroglobulin
Albumin
Angiotensinogen
The average half-life of neutrophils in the circulation is:
Options
6 hours
5 days
2 weeks
1 month
When a serum sample is electrophoresed, which one of the following bands is absent?
Options
Albumin
α1 globulin
α2 globulin
Fibrinogen
Options
NO
Thromboxane A2
Protein C and S
Endothelins
Options
Allosteric effects
Leucocyte concentration
The effects of 2,3–BPG on oxygen affinity of Hb
Hemoglobin concentration
Options
As bicarbonate
Bound to hemoglobin
As dissolved CO2
In combination with plasma proteins
Options
Metabolic acidosis
Metabolic alkalosis
Respiratory acidosis
Respiratory alkalosis
Options
Anion gap
PH of arterial plasma
PH of ICF and plasma
Plasma HCO3-
Leucocytes formula (in %) of the adult person at total leucocytes content equal to 7х109/l is
normal, EXCEPT
Options
Basophils- 0%
Eosinophils - 18%
Neutrophils - 55% (tube-nuclear – 4%, segment-nuclear - 51%)
Lymphocytes- 22%
Options
Polycythemia
Anemia
Thrombocytopenia
Leukemia
Options
Bilirubin
Biliverdin
Urobilin
Urobilinogen
Options
Converted into transferrin in the large intestine
Converted into ferritin in the kidney
Excreted from the body
All of the above
Which of the following structures are commonly seen in both skeletal and cardiac muscle?
Options
Nexuses
Distinct sarcoplasmatic reticulum
Neuromuscular junction
Ca++ sources into mitochondrias
Which one of the following correctly describes an event that normally occurs during the PR
interval?
Options
The ventricle is contracting
The cardiac action potential passes through the AV node
There is no change in the voltage tracing on the ECG
The mitral and aortic valves are both closed
Options
An ongoing bacterial infection
Neutropenia
Allergic reactions
An ongoing parasitic infections
Options
Neutrophil leucocytosis
Basophilia
Eosinophilia
Monocytosis
Patient, 20 years has hyperthermia (till 38,5˚C) and leucocytosis. Which types of leucocytes are
secreted the biologically active substance that induces hyperthermic reaction while circulating in
blood?
Options
Lymphocytes
Basophils
Eosinophils
Neutrophils
Healthy boy (5 years old) playing with knife accidentally cuts a finger. How long bleeding will last?
Options
A few seconds
A few minutes but not more than 6min
More than 5 min but not more than 10 min
Less than 1 hr
A hematocrit of 41% means that in the sample of blood analyzed
Options
41% of the hemoglobin is in the plasma;
4l% of the total blood volume is made up of blood plasma;
4l% of the total blood volume is made up of red and white blood cells and platelets;
4l% of the hemoglobin is in red blood cells;
Lymphocytes ?
Options
All originate from the bone marrow after birth;
Are unaffected by hormones;
Convert to monocytes in response to antigens;
Are part of the body’s defense against cancer
In which of the following diseases is the structure of the hemoglobins that are produced normal
but their amount reduced?
Options
Chronic blood loss;
Sickle cell anemia;
Hemolytic anemia;
Thalassemia;
Options
Leucocytes content;
Albumin content;
Globulin content;
Fibrinogen content;
Options
Stability of colloid solution;
Blood suspensial properties;
Volume of blood cellular part;
Blood viscosity.
Options
Erythropoietic function;
Immunological function;
Homeostatic function;
Trophic function
Patient with an artificial aortal valve was admitted to the hospital for additional observation
connected with hemolythic anemia symptoms. What type of hemolysis develops in the patient?
Options
The immune;
The osmotic;
The mechanical;
The thermal;
Options
Blood androgens concentration;
Blood catecholamines concentration;
The level of oxygenation in the kidneys;
Blood estrogens concentration
Options
The osmotic stability;
Membrane plasticity;
Blood antigen differentiation;
Easier gases diffusion through membrane
Blood analysis of man revealed big nucleus-containing erythrocytes content. What organism
condition could result in nuclear erythrocytes significant increasing?
Options
Cholera;
Burn;
Dyzenteria;
Acute bleeding;
Options
Basophil;
Eosinophil;
Neutrophil;
Lymphocyte
Options
Formed elements;
Platelets;
Plasma proteins;
Granulocytes;
Options
Erythrocyte;
Plasma;
Leukocytes;
Platelets
Options
Albumin;
Globulins;
Fibrinogen;
Agglutinogen
Options
Hemolysis;
Plasmolysis
Globulins;
Agglutinogens
Options
Oxygen transport systems;
Immune responses;
Buffer systems;
Blood groups
Options
Erythrocyte;
Plasma;
Leukocytes;
Platelet
Agglutinin is:
Options
Alpha;
Beta;
Alpha, Beta
None of these
Options
Osmotic pressure;
Blood pressure;
Venous pressure;
Oncotic pressure
Options
Oxyhemoglobin;
Carboxyhemoglobin;
HCO3 in blood;
Carbaminohemoglobin
Options
0.33% ;
0.48%;
0.9% ;
1.2%
Options
Heart rate
Linear speed of a blood
Cardiac output
Diameter and length of a vessel
Options
Platelets;
Vascular endothelium
Liver
Muscles
The greatest amount of CO2 is transported i blood as :
Options
RBC's;
HCO3-
Carbaminohemoglobin
H2CO3
Options
Does not change
At first decreases, and then increases
Increases
Decreases
Options
Fibrinogen
Factor VIII
Factor X
Factor XI
Options
30 days;
90 days;
120 days;
160 days
Options
Increases only in the presence of angiotensin
Increases
Decreases
Does not change
Options
Early normoblast;
Intermediate normoblast;
Late normoblast;
Pro normoblast
Options
Arterioles
Veins
Capillaries
Aorta
Thrombosthenin is :
Options
Coagulation factor;
Contractile protein;
A thrombosis promoting protein;
A protein regulating platelet production
Thrombosthenin is present in :
Options
Plasma;
Platelets;
Neutrophils;
RBC's
Haematocrit is ratio of :
Options
WBC to plasma;
Platelets to plasma;
RBC's to plasma;
Total blood cells to plasma
Options
No essential influence
Sometimes vasoconstriction, sometimes vasodilatation
Vasodilatation
Vasoconstriction
Options
Liver;
Spleen;
Bone marrow;
Gut
Options
Stress;
Aspirin;
Pain;
Ascariasis
Options
At first increases, and then decreases
Increases
Decreases
Does not change
Options
Pulmonary capillaries
Thoroughfare channels
Shunts
Veins and venules
Options
Na+
K+
CI-
H+
Options
2:1
1.7:1
1:1.7
1:2
Options
Microglia
Ependymal cells
Osteoclasts
Pulmonary alveolar macrophages
During ventricular ejection, the pressure difference smallest in magnitude is between the
Options
Pulmonary artery and left atrium
Right ventricle and right atrium
Left ventricle and aorta
Left ventricle and left atrium
Options
5-9 days
2-4 weeks
4-6 hours
1-2 months
Options
Preventing the action of calcium ions
Inhibiting the active form of factor X
Preventing activation of prothrombin to thrombin
Antagonizing vitamin K
Options
SA node
Atrial muscle
AV node
Purkinje fibers
Which intercellular junctions allow the passage of small molecules and ions from one cell to
another?
Options
Gap junctions
Focal adhesions
Zonula occludens
Desmosomes
Options
Increasing the frequency of activation of motor units
Increasing the number of motor units activated
Increasing the amplitude of action potentials in motor neurons
Recruiting larger motor units
Options
Dendritic zone
Axon hillock
Node of Ranvier
Terminal buttons
Options
Axon diameter
Temperature
Myelination
All of the above
In the CNS, the membranes that wrap around myelinated neurons are those of:
Options
Schwann cells
Oligodendroglia
Endothelial cells
Astrocytes
Although the equilibrium potential of Na is + 40 mV, the membrane potential does not reach this
value during the overshoot because:
Options
The concentration gradient of Na is reversed
Na channels undergo rapid inactivation
K efflux commences immediately after the upstroke
The membrane is impermeable to Na
The percentage of the total cardiac output distributed to any single organ is most dependent on
Options
The contractile state of the heart
The magnitude of mean blood pressure
The magnitude of diastolic pressure
The ratio of an organ’ s vascular resistance to total peripheral resistance (TPR)
Options
5 ms
30 ms
300 ms
250 ms
Options
Actin
Myosin
Troponin
Tropomyosin
The ATPase activity of which of the following proteins is altered to regulate skeletal muscle
contraction?
Options
Actin
Myosin
Troponin
Tropomyosin
Options
Actin
Myosin
Troponin
Tropomyosin
Options
They are rich in myoglobin
Their oxidative capacity is high
Their myosin ATPase activity is high
Their glycolytic capacity is moderate
Options
The velocity of blood within the vessel increases
The viscosity of blood within the vessel increases
The diameter of the vessel decreases
The length of the vessel increases
At which of the following sites does the blood flow lose the greatest amount of energy?
Options
Aorta
Arterioles
Capillaries
Venules
Which one of the following is FALSE about resistance to blood flow in the vessel:
Options
It is dependent on the haematocrit
It depends on the thickness of the vessel’s membrane
It is directly proportional to the length of the vessel and inversely to the fourth power of the
radius of the vessel
It is depends on the character of blood flow
Options
Stroke volume
Total peripheral resistance
Systolic BP
Heart rate
Options
Ventricular repolarization
Atrial repolarization and conduction through AV node
Ventricular repolarization
Repolarization of AV node and bundle of His
The portion of the intrinsic conduction system located in the interventricular septum is the:
Options
AV node
SA node
AV bundle
Purkinje fibers
Options
Cardiac output
Movement of the excitation wave across the heart
Coronary circulation
Valve impairment
In the heart, which of the following apply? (1) Action potentials are conducted from cell to cell
across the myocardium via gap junctions, (2) the SA node sets the pace for the heart as a whole, (3)
spontaneous depolarization of cardiac cells can occur in the absence of nerve stimulation, (4)
cardiac muscle can continue to contract for long periods in the absence of oxygen.
Options
All of the above
1, 3, 4
1, 2, 3
2, 3
Options
Right atrium
Left atrium
Right ventricle
Left ventricle
Hypokalaemia:
Options
Hyperpolarises membrane
Peaked T waves
Prolonged QT
Alt version
Options
10 to 30 ml
50 to 70 ml
120 to 150 ml
80 - 100 ml
Duration of ventricular systole:
Options
0,4 sec
0,З sec.
0,1 sec.
0,8 sec.
Options
Left ventricle and moves to the lungs.
Right ventricle and moves to the lungs.
Right ventricle and goes directly to the aorta.
Right atrium and goes directly to the lungs.
Options
ECF
Cytosol
Mitochondria
Sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR)
Which nerve fiber type is MOST susceptible to conduction block by local anesthetics?
Options
Type A
Type B
Type C
All Of Above
Options
Blood vessel diameter
Blood viscosity
Peripheral resistance
Pumping action of the heart
Options
Opening of Na channels
Closure of K channels
Opening of calcium channels
Opening of chloride channels
Options
Capillaries and tissue cells
Arterioles and tissue cells
Arterioles and venules
Artery walls and tissue cells
When skeletal muscle is in its resting state, myosin cross-bridges are prevented from binding to
actin molecules by
Options
Actin
Tropomyosin
Titin
Myoglobin
You are meausring the pulse and find it has a normal rhythm and volume. How should you record
this?
Options
Regular and strong
Thready and regular
Dysrhythmia and regular
Bounding and strong
Options
Pain
Severe hypoxia
Body position
All of the above
The inhibitory effect of troponin-tropomyosin complex on actin filament is itself inhibited by:
Options
Na+
Ca++
Mg++
K+
When measuring blood pressure, the first clear tapping sound represents
Options
The diastolic Pressure
The palpatory blood pressure
The systolic pressure
Phase IV of the Korotkoff sounds
In an isotonic contraction,
Options
Muscle length shortens
Muscle tension exceeds the force of the load
The load is moved
All of the above
Options
Myofibril
Cross bridges
Z-band
Sarcomere
Options
QRS complex
ST segment
P wave
T wave
Which one of the following sets of ions are necessary in the chemical events for muscle
contraction?
Options
Na+ and K+
Ca+ + and Mg+ + ions
Na+ and Ca++ ions
Na + and Mg++ ions
Options
High-differentiated tissues to conduct of excitation
High-differentiated tissues to give specific response (action potential) on irritant
Tissues to rhythmic self-excitation
None of the above
Where are synthesized mediators?
Options
In the soma
In the synaptic cleft
In the axon hillock
In the postsynaptic membrane
Regarding exocytosis:
Options
Is always employed by cells for secretion
Is used to deliver material into the extracellular space
Take up large molecules from the extracellular space
Allows the retrieval of elements of the plasma membrane
Motor units:
Options
Are largest in muscles responsible for delicate movements
Consist of a muscle fiber and all the nerves that supply it
Consist of a motor neuron and all the muscle fibers it supplies
Are the same as neuromuscular junctions
Options
Striated
Voluntary
Multinucleate
Autorhythmic
Options
Sarcomere
Motor unit
Synapse
Thin filament
When an action potential reaches the presynaptic terminal of the motor neuron:
Options
Calcium is released inside of the muscle fiber
Acetylcholine is released into the synaptic cleft
Acetylcholinesterease is released into the synaptic cleft
Physical contact between the motor neuron and the muscle fiber occurs
Options
Vasoconstriction
Vasodilation
Eye movements
Heart beat
Options
Epinephrine
Norepinephrine
Acetylcholine
None of these
Which description of muscle contraction means that all of the fibers within a muscle are fully
contracted?
Options
All-or-none law
Summation
Tetanic
Muscle twitching
Options
Calcium binds directly to myosin to promote crossbridge formation.
In a resting heart muscle cell, tropomyosin acts to shield the myosin binding sites on actin.
Binding of ATP to actin acts to detach myosin from actin.
None are correct.
Facilitated diffusion can be distinguished from simple diffusion by which of the following
statements?
Options
Facilitated diffusion is saturable, simple diffusion is not
Facilitated diffusion requires ATP, simple diffusion does not
Facilitated diffusion is not chemically specific, simple diffusion is
Facilitated diffusion is dependent on concentration gradient, simple diffusion is not
Branched nerve fibers that convey impulses toward the cell body of a neuron are called
Options
Axons
Dendrites
Axon collaterals
Axon terminals
Precapillary sphincters
Options
Carry blood under high pressure
Control the blood flow into capillary beds
Are found in the tunica media
Serve as valves in veins
Options
The stimulus must reach or exceed threshold
Na+ influx must exceed K+ efflux
The membrane must be out of the relative refractory period
A and B
Options
Neuron
Axon
Dendrites
Schwann cells
Options
Calcium
ATP
Actin binding site
All Of These
Peter’s heart rate is 100 beats per minute, and his stroke volume is 50 ml per beat. Under these
conditions, what is Peter’s cardiac output?
Options
150 ml per minute
500 ml per minute
1500 ml per minute
5,000 ml per minute
Nerve fiber type C is:
Options
Thin myelined fiber
Thick myelined fiber
Preganglionary fiber
Postganglionary fiber
Options
Myosin and tropomyosin
Myosin and actin
Actin and troponin
Troponin and tropomyosin
Options
Myosin
Actin
Myosin and actin
None of these
Options
Voluntary
Striated
Innervated by motor unit
Intercalated disc
Options
Stroke volume
Cardiac output
Cardiac reserve
None of the above
Options
A migrating region of membrane potential reversal
A flow of electrons along the sarcolemma
A nucleophilic reaction between Na and K ions
Something that is only caused by acetylcholine
Options
During an isometric contraction the tension goes up and the muscle shortens.
Heart muscle cells can normally develop tetanic contractions.
Skeletal muscle cells are normally held at a muscle length that maximizes their ability to
generate force.
None are correct.
The difference between a person’s maximum cardiac output and resting cardiac output is called
the
Options
Cardiac reserve
Ejection Fraction
Preload
Afterload
Smooth tetanus is
Options
Summation of contractions in shortening phase
Delayed relaxation in a result of fatigue
Passive shortening owing to denaturation
Tonic contractions
Options
Vesicular fusion
Tonic depolarization of the presynaptic neuron
Post-tetanic potentiation
Transport of synaptic vesicles to the presynaptic active zone of release
Options
Cardiac reserve
Ejection Fraction
Preload
Afterload
Options
Is dependent on the permeability of the cell membrane to K+ being greater to Na+
Falls to zero if Na+/K+ ATPase in membrane is inhibited
Is equal to the equilibrium potential for K+
Is equal to the equilibrium potential of Na+
An example of co-transport is
Options
Na+-K+ pump
Ca++ pump
Na+- H+ pump
Na+ glucose transport
EDV-ESV is equal to
Options
Venous return
Stroke volume
Cardiac reserve
Cardiac output
Saltatory conduction
Options
Is seen only in myelinated nerve fibres
Is slower that non saltatory conduction
Is not affected if a local anesthetic is applied to the node of Ranvier
None of the above
Diffusion:
Options
Depends on the gradient of concentration
Results in net movement of molecules from regions of low concentration to regions of high
concentration
Is important for moving molecules over large distances in the body
All of the above
The sum of all the stroke volumes ejected from the heart over a one minute period is
Options
Cardiac output
End systolic volume
End diastolic volume
None of the above
During the rising phase of an action potential,
Options
Voltage-gated Na+ channels open
Voltage-gated K+ channels open
Voltage-gated Na+ channels close
Voltage-gated K+ channels close
Options
Facilitates destruction of transmitter at cholinergic synapses
Inhibits destruction of transmitter at cholinergic synapses
Inhibits release of vesicles at all types of synapses
Acts like increased magnesium to facilitate release of vesicles at all types of synapses
Options
Formed entirely of protein molecules
Are impermeable to fat soluble substances
Have a liquid mosaic structure of lipids and proteins
Are not changed throughout the life
Options
Calcium binds directly to myosin to promote crossbridge formation.
In a resting heart muscle cell, tropomyosin acts to shield the myosin binding sites on actin.
Binding of ATP to actin acts to detach myosin from actin.
None are correct.
Options
Increased neuronal excitability
A more negative RMP
No change in RMP
A decrease in firing level of neurons
Which one of the followings is site of origin in the nerve electrical impulses:
Options
Dendritic zone
Axon hillock
Node of Ranvier
Terminal buttons
Options
Cell body
Dendritic zone
Initial segment
Node of Ranvier
Options
Myofilament, fascicle, muscle fiber, myofibril
Fascicle, myofibril, muscle fiber, myofilament
Myofilament, myofibril, muscle fiber, fascicle
Myofibril, fascicle, muscle fiber, myofilament
Synaptic knobs are to axons as ____________ are to sarcolemmae, in that both are structural
modifications involved in transmitting electrochemical signals across the synaptic cleft.
Options
Synaptic vesicles
Motor end plates
Sarcoplasmic reticula
Transverse tubules
Options
By diffusion.
By the T-tubules.
By the sarcolemma.
By the actin myofilament.
The amount of blood in the ventricles at the end of diastolic filling is known as
Options
Cardiac output
EDV
ESV
None of the above
Options
Diffuses across the synaptic cleft and binds to acetylcholine receptors on the postsynaptic
muscle fiber.
Is actively transported across the synaptic cleft and binds to acetylcholine receptors on the
postsynaptic muscle fiber.
Diffuses across the synaptic cleft and causes calcium ions to diffuse into the postsynaptic
muscle fiber.
Diffuses across the synaptic cleft and causes sodium ions to diffuse out of the postsynaptic
muscle fiber.
Options
Sodium
Urea
Glucose
Water
Options
A nerve impulse followed by a muscle impulse
Release of calcium ions from terminal cisternae
Tropomyosin moving to expose active sites on actin molecules
All of the above
The magnitude of the maximal (end-diastolic) ventricular volume or the end-diastolic pressure
stretching the ventricles is
Options
Cardiac reserve
Ejection fraction
Preload
Afterload
In motor neurons, the portion of the cell with the lowest threshold for the production of a full-
fledged action potential is:
Options
Initial segment
Soma
Dendritic zone
Node of Ranvier
Options
Thick and thin filaments
A bands, M lines, and Z discs
Sarcomeres, H zones, and I bands
Both b and c
In a test subject, oxygen consumption was measured at 700 mL/min. Pulmonary artery oxygen
content was 140 mL per liter of blood and brachial artery oxygen content was 210 mL per liter of
blood. Cardiac output was which of the following?
Options
4.2 L/min
7.0 L/min
10.0 L/min
30.0 L/min
Options
They are graded responses
They are local (non-propagated) responses
They may be depolarizing or hyperpolarizing
They are produced by a threshold stimulus.
Options
Blood volume
Central venous pressure
Pulmonary capillary wedge pressure
Left ventricular end-diastolic volume
Options
Left ventricular end-diastolic pressure
Left ventricular mean systolic pressure
Pulmonary capillary wedge pressure
Total peripheral resistance
Options
All the muscle fibers within a given muscle
A motor neuron and the muscle fibers it innervates
All the neurons going into an individual section of the body
A fascicle and a nerve
The "thick" muscle filament is composed of:
Options
Myosin
Actin
Z-Lines
Sarcomeres
The highest blood flow per gram of left ventricular myocardium would occur
Options
When aortic pressure is highest
When left ventricular pressure is highest
At the beginning of isovolumic contraction
At the beginning of diastole
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17 (281/281)
Question
18. 18
Which
19. 19of the following would result from a regurgitant aortic valve in a nonfailing heart?
20. 20
Options
21. 21
22.A 22
decrease in diastolic pressure
23.A 23
decrease in cardiac energy consumption
24.A 24
systolic murmur
25.A 25
decrease in heart rate
26. 26
Stroke
27. 27volume is increased by
28. 28
Options
29. 29
A decrease in venous compliance
30. 30
31.An31increase in afterload
32.A 32
decrease in contractility
33.An33increase in heart rate
34. 34
Prev
An increased preload would most likely be caused by an increase in
35. 35
Mark
36. 36
Options
Skip
37.Arteriolar
37
tone
38. 38
Venous tone
39. 39
Myocardial contractility
40. 40
41.Heart
41 rate
A 42.
42 in heart failure improves markedly after using a drug that increases the inotropic state
patient
of43.
her43heart. Which one of the following changes is primarily responsible for the improvement in
44. 44
her condition?
45. 45
46. 46
Options
47.A 47
reduction in heart rate
48.A 48
reduction in heart size
49.An49increase in end-diastolic pressure
50. 50
An increase in wall thickness
51. 51
52. 52
Closure
53. 53 of the aortic valve occurs at the onset of which phase of the cardiac cycle?
54. 54
Options
55. 55
56.Isovolumetric
56 contraction
57.Rapid
57 ejection
58.Prodiastole
58
59.Isovolumetric
59 relaxation
60. 60
Which
61. 61one of the following is most likely to be observed in a patient with untreated atrial
fibrillation?
62. 62
63. 63
Options
64. 64
65.An65increased venous A wave
66.An66increased left atrial pressure
67.A 67
decreased heart rate
68.An68increased stroke volume
69. 69
Normal
70. 70 splitting of the second heart sound (S2) into two components is increased during
inspiration because
71. 71
72. 72
Options
73. 73
The closing of the aortic valve is delayed
74. 74
The opening of the mitral valve is delayed
75. 75
76.The
76 closing of the pulmonic valve is delayed
77.The
77 stroke volume of the left ventricle is increased
78. 78
Which of the following statements about the third heart sound (S3) is correct?
79. 79
80. 80
Options
81.It81
is usually diminished in congestive heart failure
82.It82
is produced by turbulence during rapid ventricular filling in early diastole
83. 83
It is produced by turbulence following atrial contraction
84. 84
It is often associated with the “floppy” mitral valve syndrome
85. 85
In86. 86
a resting, healthy man, the ejection fraction is approximately?
87. 87
Options
88. 88
89.0.1
89
90.0.2
90
91.0.3
91
92. 92
0.6
93. 93
94. 94 elevation of cardiac output will occur with which of the following conditions?
Sustained
95. 95
Options
96. 96
97.Hypertension
97
98.Aortic
98 regurgitation
99.Anemia
99
100.Third-degree
100 heart block
101. 101
A102.
diastolic
102 murmur accompanied by an increased preload can be caused by
103. 103
Options
104. 104
105.Mitral
105 stenosis
106.Mitral
106 regurgitation
107.Atherosclerosis
107
108.Aortic
108 regurgitation
109. 109
Increasing
110. 110 vagal stimulation of the heart will cause an increase in
111. 111
Options
112. 112
Heart rate
113. 113
PR interval
114. 114
115.Ventricular
115 contractility
116.Ejection
116 fraction
117. 117
During exercise, there is an increase in a person’ s
118. 118
119. 119
Options
120.Stroke
120 volume
121. 121
Diastolic pressure
122. 122
Venous compliance
123. 123
124.Pulmonary
124 arterial resistance
125. 125
Phase depolarization of SA nodal cells is caused by
126. 126
127. 127
Options
128.An128
increase in the flow of sodium into the cell
129.A 129
decrease in the flow of potassium out of the cell
130. 130
An increase in the activity of the Na/Ca exchanger
131. 131
A decrease in the flow of chloride out of the cell
132. 132
133. 133
Cardiovascular changes that occur during inspiration include decreased
134. 134
Options
135. 135
136.Right
136 ventricular filling
137.Right
137 ventricular output
138.Pressure
138 gradient from extrathoracic veins to the right atrium
139.Systemic
139 blood pressure
140. 140
Blood
141. 141
pressure increases and heart rate decreases in response to
142. 142
Options
143. 143
144.Exercise
144
145.Increased
145 body temperature
146.Exposure
146 to high altitude
147.Increased
147 intracranial pressure
148. 148
During
149. 149exercise, cardiac output is augmented by
150. 150
Options
151. 151
152.Sympathetic
152 stimulation of resistance vessels
153.Increased
153 ventricular contractility
154.Decreased
154 end-diastolic volume
155.Decreased
155 mean systemic arterial pressure
156. 156
When flow through the mitral valve is restricted by mitral stenosis,
157. 157
158. 158
Options
159. 159
Exercise can induce acute pulmonary edema
160. 160
161.Left
161ventricular preload increases
162.Left
162atrial pressure diminishes
163.Right
163 ventricular end-diastolic pressure decreases
164. 164
Stroke volume can be decreased by
165. 165
166. 166
Options
167. 167
Increasing ventricular contractility
168. 168
Increasing heart rate
169. 169
170.Increasing
170 central venous pressure
171.Decreasing
171 total peripheral resistance
172. 172
An ectopic extrasystole caused by a ventricular focus is characterized by
173. 173
174. 174
Options
175.Interruption
175 of the regular SA node discharge
176. 176
Retrograde conduction of the action potential to the atria
177. 177
A skipped ventricular contraction
178. 178
A skipped atrial contraction
179. 179
180. 180
Stroke volume can be increased by
181. 181
Options
182. 182
183.Decreasing
183 ventricular compliance
184.Increasing
184 venous compliance
185.Decreasing
185 total peripheral resistance
186. 186
Increasing heart rate
187. 187
188. 188
Which one of the following will be observed in a patient with a dilated failing left ventricle and a
189. 189
normal resting mean blood pressure?
190. 190
Options
191. 191
192.A 192
decreased heart rate
193.A 193
decreased left ventricular wall stress
194.An194
increased left ventricular ejection fraction
195. 195
An increased pulmonary capillary hydrostatic pressure
196. 196
197.ventricular
Left 197 wall stress will be decreased by an increase in
198. 198
Options
199. 199
200.The
200left ventricular end-diastolic volume
201.The
201contractility of the left atrium
202.The
202thickness of the free wall of the left ventricle
203.The
203total peripheral resistance
204. 204
Which
205. 205one of the following will be observed in a patient with aortic regurgitation?
206. 206
Options
207. 207
208.An increased ejection fraction
208
209.An increased mean blood pressure
209
210.An increased diastolic blood pressure
210
211.A 211
decreased pulse pressursure
212. 212
The
213.diagnosis
213 of a first-degree heart block is made if
214. 214
Options
215. 215
The PR interval of the ECG is increased
216. 216
217.The
217P wave of the ECG is never followed by a QRS complex
218.The
218P wave of the ECG is sometimes followed by a QRS complex
219.The
219T wave of the ECG is inverted
220. 220
Positive inotropic drugs such a digitalis reduce ischemic cardiac pain (angina) in a dilated failing
221. 221
heart by
222. 222
223. 223
Options
224.Decreasing
224 preload
225. 225
Increasing diastolic filling time
226. 226
Decreasing total peripheral resistance
227. 227
228.Increasing
228 heart rate
229. 229
Mitral prolapse is a common cause of mitral regurgitation in young women. Which one of the
230. 230 is observed in a patient with mitral prolapse?
following
231. 231
232. 232
Options
233.A 233
diastolic murmur
234.A 234
decrease in left ventricular volume
235.A 235
decrease in left ventricular volume
236. 236
237.An237
increase in the V wave
238. 238
The
239.upstroke
239 of the SA nodal action potential is produced by opening a channel that is
240. 240
Options
241. 241
242.Primarily
242 permeable to Na+
243.Primarily
243 permeable to Ca2+
244.Primarily
244 permeable to K+
245.Primarily
245 permeable to CL-
246. 246
The
247.channel
247 responsible for the initiation of phase-4 depolarization in SA nodal cells
248. 248
Options
249. 249
Is primarily permeable to Na+
250. 250
Is opened by membrane depolarization
251. 251
252.Is252
opened by vagal nerve stimulation
253.Is253
primarily permeable to K+
254. 254
Sympathetic stimulation of the heart results in
255. 255
256. 256
Options
257.An257
increase in the activity of the SR calcium pump
258.An258
increase in the duration of systole
259. 259
An increase in the duration of diastole
260. 260
A decrease in the affinity of troponin for calcium
261. 261
262.
An 262
exercise stress test to rule out ischemic heart disease is positive if
263. 263
Options
264. 264
265.The
265systolic blood pressure rises
266.The
266ST segment of the ECG is depressed
267.The
267heart rate fails to increase
268. 268
A diastolic murmur is heard
269. 269
270. 270
Which one of the following values is greater in the pulmonary circulation than in the systemic
271. 271
circulation?
272. 272
Options
273. 273
274.The
274arterial resistance
275.The
275vascular compliance
276.The
276blood flow
277.The
277sympathetic tone
278. 278
What are dark bands that define the two ends of each sacromeres called.
279. 279
280. 280
Options
281. 281
Myosin
Actin
Z-Lines
Sarcomeres
Options
Lock and Key Hypothesis
Cell Theory
Mendels laws
Sliding filament model
Options
1
2
3
4
Options
A T tubule sandwiched between 2 dilated cisternae of the sarcoplasmic reticulum
A Z line flanked by 2 A bands
An A band flanked by 2 I bands
An H zone flanked by 2 A bands
Options
Striated
Typically voluntary
Multinucleate
Branched
Intercalated disks:
Options
Are found only in smooth muscle
Are found in skeletal and cardiac muscle
Are part of the neuromuscular junction in bipennate muscles
Contain desmosomes and gap junctions
Options
In synaptic vesicles
On the motor neuron axon terminals
On the motor end plate
In the synaptic cleft
Options
All muscle tissue is contractile
Skeletal muscle is voluntary but smooth muscle is not
Superficial fascia holds skin to muscle
Muscles use the skeleton as leverage points as they push against bones to produce body
movement
Options
Involuntary
Striated
Contains intercalated disks
Contains actin AND myosin
The walls of hollow organs and some blood vessels contain this muscle tissue:
Options
Striated
Smooth
Skeletal
Cardiac
Options
Skeletal muscle degeneration
Excessive convulsions
Shaking and trembling
Only cardiac damage
Options
Builds muscle proteins
Increases muscle strength
Increases number of muscles in the body
Can result in liver cancer and heart disease
Which of the following statements regarding aging and the muscular system is true:
Options
Aging is associated with decreased myoglobin production
The effects of aging can be nearly completely reversed
Satellite cells increase in aging causing fibrosis
Young persons have more adipose in muscles compared to elderly persons
Asymmetry of cell membrane in the inner and outer surfaces is attributed to all the following,
EXCEPT
Options
Irregular distribution of proteins within the cell membrane
External location of carbohydrate attached to membrane protein
Location of specific enzymes exclusively on the inside or outside of the membrane
Presence of transmembrane protein channels.
Options
Lipids are regularly arranged
Lipids are symmetrical
Proteins displaced laterally
Membrane lipids are amphipathic
Options
Assymmetrical arrangement of cell membrane component
Lateral diffusion of ions
Symmetrical arrangement of cell membrane components
Not made up of amphipathic lipids
Adition of polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA) in plasma membrane has the following effect
Options
Membrane becomes rigid
Increase in fluidity of membrane
Decrease in fluidity of membrane
No change in fluidity of membrane
Options
Potassium
Sodium
Glucose
Urea
Options
Na+
Ca2+
K+
Cl-
Options
Cephalins
Proteins
Lipids
Carbohydrates
Options
Solid
Semisolid
Gel
Fibres
Options
Thermal insulation of neuronal axons
Limit the speed of the action potential
Enhance the speed of the action potential
Protect the neuronal soma from trauma
The opening of axon membrane voltage-gated potassium channels is responsible for which part of
the action potential?
Options
Depolarisation of the membrane
Repolarisation of the membrane
Contraction of the post synaptic muscle fibre
Signalling vesicular release of neurotransmitters
Nerve cells that function as integrators and can be found in the brain and spinal cord are referred
to as
Options
Interneurons
Sensory neurons
Reflex neurons
Motor neurons
Options
5-10 mEq/L
8-14 mEq/L
20-30 mEq/L
14-20 mEq/L
Options
Increased concentration of Mg2+
Decreased concentration of plasma proteins
Decreased concentration of lactate
Increased concentration of ketoacids
The central nervous system includes all the following components, EXCEPT :-
Options
Spinal cord
Medulla oblongata
Autonomic ganglia
Diencephalon
Options
Develops always at it full magnitudes
Undergoes temporal summation only
Undergoes spatial summation only
Could initiate an action potential
Options
The type of the stimulated receptor
Connections between the receptor and the sensory cortex
The rate of adaptation of the stimulated receptors
The nature of the stimulus
Options
Are Ligand-gated
Are voltage-gated
Allow transmission of potential changes in both directions between the pre- and post- synaptic
neurons
Close whenever the presynaptic neuron becomes hyperpolarized
Options
Allow diffusion of chemical substances form the presynaptic neuron into the postsynaptic
neuron
Allow transmission of potential changes in one direction only; from the presynaptic to the
postsynaptic neurons
Have potential-gated ionic channels
Are more numerous in the peripheral nervous system than the central nervous system
Options
Being of shorter duration
Being unable o summate spatially
Moving the membrane potential away from threshold
Depending upon opening of voltage K + channels
Options
Block of pretsynaptic receptors
Elevation of Ca ++ concentration in synaptic cleft
Reuptake of neurotransmitters by postsynaptic neurons
Degradation of neurotransmitters by specific enzymes
Options
Increased Cl- influx into presynaptic terminals
Increased Ca ++ influx into presynaptic terminals
Decreased response of postsynaptic receptors
Hyperpolarization of presynaptic terminals
Options
At least two sets of sequential neurons
At least two sequential sets of central synapses
At least two types of sensory receptors
At least two types of efferent neurons
Interneurons :-
Options
Provide communication between the central ends of afferent neurons
Provide communication between dendrites of the efferent neurons
Influence the rate of discharge from the alpha motor neurons
Participate in ascending sensory pathways
Options
Temporal summation
Spatial summation
Reverberation
Irradiation
Options
Rubrospinal tract
Spinotectal tract
Reticulospinal tract
Corticobulbar tract
Options
Severe pain felt at the site of the lesion
Severe hypotensive shock
Interruption of the ascending sensory pathways
Interruption of the descending facilitatory tracts
Nystagmus :-
Options
Occurs as a result of symmetrical bilateral discharge from the SCCs at the onset of rotation
Occurs as a result of symmetrical bilateral discharge from the SCCs at the end of rotation
Prevents stabilization of the eye balls on visual objects
Is a vestibulo-ocular reflex
Options
Planning and programming of voluntary movements
Initiation of reflex movement.
Postural regulation
Executing learned pattern of movement.
Options
Penile erection
Papillary constriction
Accommodation
Bronchiolar dilation
Which of these is NOT a feature of postganglionic neurons in the sympathetic nervous system?
Options
Originating distal to the effector organ
Short
Unmyelinated
Noradrenergic
Options
Has short post ganglionic fibres
Consists of vagus nerve
Produces nicotine at its nerve endings
Has a thoraco-lumbar outflow from the spinal cord
Electrical impulses gather and accumulate in which part of a neuron, in order to initiate an action
potential?
Options
Dendrites
Axon hillock
Axon terminal branches
Node of Ranvier
What is largely responsible for the negative resting membrane potential (around -70 mV) in a
neuron?
Options
Axonal insulation by Schwann cells
Voltage-gated sodium channels opening
The action potential
Potassium leak currents
Flow of fluid through the lymphatic vessels will be decreased if there is an increase in
Options
Capillary pressure
Capillary permeability
Interstitial protein concentration
Capillary oncotic pressure
Options
Dendrite
Neuron
Synapse
Cell
The distribution of blood among the various organs of the body is regulated by regulating the
resistance of the
Options
Arteries
Arterioles
Precapillary sphincters
Veins
Which one of the following signs is observed in a patient who has lost a significant amount of
blood?
Options
Respiratory acidosis
Polyuria
Bradycardia
Low hematocrit
A patient is diagnosed with anaphylactic shock rather than hypovolumic shock because
Options
Cardiac output is higher than normal
Ventricular contractility is greater than normal
Total peripheral resistance is greater than normal
Heart rate is greater than normal
Which one of the following will increase if massaging the neckstretches the carotid sinus
baroreceptor?
Options
Total peripheral resistance
Right atrial pressure
Ventricular contractility
Vagal nerve activity
In the lungs, _____ gas enters the blood and _____ gas exits the blood.
Options
O2, PO4
CO2, H2O4
CO2, O2
O2, CO2
Options
Filter impurities from the inspired air.
Reduce pulmonary pressure.
Reduce the surface tension in the alveoli.
Keep the lungs moist so gas diffusion can occur.
Options
Internal intercostals and Abdominals
Abdominal muscles and Bronchiolis
Trachead major
Diaphragm and External intercostals
Options
Brain power
A thought
Conduction
Synapse
Options
Pleura
Peritoneum
Synovia
Pneuminear membrane
The amount of air that is inspired or expired in one breath during unforced breathing is the
Options
Residual volume.
Vital capacity.
Tidal volume.
Expiratory reserve volume.
Options
Negatively charged
Positively charged
Neutral
Non-existent
What part of the brain is responsible for automatic functions such as breathing and heart rate?
Options
Cerebrum
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Medulla oblongata
The concentrations of substances in the plasma, in the glomerular filtrate, and in urine differ in
what way?
Options
Plasma contains the most water, glomerular filtrate contains less water, and urine contains
the least.
Plasma and glomerular filtrate are virtually identical, but urine contains proportionately more
waste products.
Plasma differs from glomerular filtrate and urine, which have virtually identical
concentrations of substances.
All three have the same concentrations of nutrients and waste materials, but differ in the
amount of proteinaceous material they contain.
Options
Acts to regulate body temperature
Provides motor signals to the red nucleus
Controls vomiting and coughing
Contains nuclei that relay information from cerebrum to cerebellum
Which of the following areas of the brain can be considered the gateway to the cerebral cortex?
Options
Pons
Cerebellum
Thalamus
Basal nuclei
Which of the following areas of the brain is involved in maintaining the body's homeostasis?
Options
Hypothalamus
Pons
Cerebral cortex
Medulla oblongata
Options
Glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure
Capsular hydrostatic pressure
Glomerular capillary osmotic pressure
Capsular osmotic pressure
Which ONE of the following neurotransmitters would you expect to find in the synapse during
fast inhibitory synaptic transmission?
Options
GABA
Acetylcholine
Noradrenaline
Glutamate
Options
The posterior portion of the CNS is enlarged
It reaches is highest level in humans
There is an elaboration of the rostral portion of the CNS
There is an increased number of neurons.
The cerebral cortex has all the following features EXCEPT that
Options
It is arranged in six layers
It accounts for 40% of the brain mass
It is composed of white mater
Its convoluted surface triples its surface
Options
Angiotensin-converting enzyme; blood pressure increases
Potassium; chloride concentration declines
Renin; blood pressure drops
Atrial natriuretic peptide; blood volume drops
In which part of the cerebral cortex do sensations, emotions and thoughts come together and
make us who we are?
Options
The primary sensory cortex
The premotor cortex
The motor cortex
The multimodal associate areas
Tubular reabsorption is responsible for retaining nutrients the body requires. Most tubular
reabsorption occurs in the ______ where microvilli, and their numerous carrier proteins, increase
the surface area available for reabsorption.
Options
DCT
PCT
Collecting duct
Nephron loop
Options
Glucose
Protein
Uric acid
Creatinine
During normal, relaxed respiration, about ____ml of air enters and leaves the lungs with each
respiratory cycle.
Options
500
1100
2300
4800
What process moves gases between the lungs and the blood?
Options
Diffusion
Osmosis
Membrane transport proteins in the alveolar membrane cells
The ferric (iron ion) shuttle
Options
6 – 10
14 – 18
30 – 36
80 - 120
Options
Warm the inspired air.
Exchange gases with the blood.
Clean the inspired air.
Humidify the inspired air.
The ability of the lung to return to its normal size after stretching is known as
Options
Resilience.
Compliance.
Capacitance.
Elastic recoil
Options
Blood pressure
Osmotic pressure of the glomerular filtrate
Plasma osmotic pressure
Concentration of leukocytes in the blood
Within the renal tubule, two hormones play a role in determining the final volume and sodium
concentration of the urine. The hormone______ regulates sodium reabsorption, while_____
regulates water reabsorption.
Options
Aldosterone; antidiuretic hormone (ADH)
Cortisol; atrial natriuretic peptide
Renin; angiotensin II
Antidiuretic hormone (ADH); epinephrine
The structure which receives the filtrate from the glomerulus is the _____.
Options
Proximal convoluted tubule
Distal convoluted tubule
Bowman capsule
Loop of Henle
Options
Renal artery
Afferent arteriole
Efferent arteriole
Peritubular capillaries
Options
10L per day
180L per day
1,500 ml per day
1 ml per minute
The maximum amount of air that can be expired after a maximum inspiration is called the
Options
Residual volume.
Vital capacity.
Tidal volume.
Expiratory reserve volume.
The iron ions that carry oxygen are part of the protein _______, which is found inside RBCs.
Options
Albumin
Erythropoitin
Hemoglobin
Glucose
The main form of Carbon dioxide travels in the blood ?
Options
Carbonic acid.
Bicarbonate ion.
Carbon monoxide
Glucose
Options
Parietal
Frontal
Temporal
Occipital
Parkinson's disease is caused by the degeneration of brain cells that produce and use
Options
Dopamine
Serotonin
Norepinephrine
GABA
Options
760 mmHg
500 mmHg
159 mmHg
850 mmHg
Reed just missed being in a bad car accident. Immediately following the incident, his heart was
racing, his palms were sweaty and he felt terrified. Which of the following is involved in these
responses?
Options
Limbic system
Autonomic nervous system
Pituitary gland
Broca's area
Options
Presynaptic inhibition
Postsynaptic inhibition
Pituitary gland
None
Options
Glutamate and glycine
Glutamate and aspartate
GABA and glycine
Aspartate and glycine
Options
Stretch reflex
Axon reflex
Inverse stretch reflex
Withdrawal reflex
The vagus nerve regulates major elements of which part of the nervous system?
Options
Parasympathetic nervous system
Methasympathetic nervous system
Sympathetic nervous system
None
Acetylcholine is synthesised and packaged in the presynaptic terminal before being released to act
on the postsynaptic receptors. Which of these statements about that process in parasympathetic
postganglionic neurons is NOT true
Options
Acetylcholine is synthesised by the action of choline-o-acetyltransferase on choline and acetyl
coenzyme A.
Release of neurotransmitter is triggered when voltage sensitive calcium channels open to
allow the influx of calcium.
The released acetylcholine acts on postsynaptic nicotinic receptors.
Choline is recycled by being taken back up into the presynaptic terminal.
In order for the lungs to function normally, the intrapleural pressure must
Options
Be lower than alveolar pressure
Alternate between being less than and greater than atmospheric pressure
Be the same as atmospheric pressure
Alternate between being less than and greater than atmospheric pressure
The role of the limbic system in control of emotional behavior involves all the following, EXCEPT :-
Options
Homeostasis
Somatic motor responses
Consolidation of memory
Generalized sympathetic stimulation
Options
Magnesium
Urea
Uric acid
Glucose
Options
Increase in the magnitude of action potential
Increase in frequency of action potential
Increase in receptor fatigability
Decrease in frequency of action potential
Options
It is inborn
Is dependent on pre-existing unconditional reflexes
It can be unlearned
Hereditary does not play part in its transmission
Options
Plasma components enters into the final urine
Transport of water and low molecular weight components from plasma to Bowman’s capsule
Most of plasma components are transported back into the blood
Active transport of some ions, organic substances from blood to renal tubules
What part of the brain is responsible for automatic functions such as breathing and heart rate
Options
Cerebrum
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Medulla oblongata
Options
Albumin in the urine
Creatine in the urine
Reabsorption of water at the proximal tubule
Reabsorption of amino acids
Options
Cerebral cortex
Thalamus
Caudate nucleus
Cerebellum
Options
Serotonin
Dopamine
Acetylcholine
Norepinephrine
Options
Sodium elimination
Potassium reabsorption
Sodium reabsorption
Chloride excretion
Options
Synapse
End plate
Axon
Dendrite
Options
Microglia
Oligodendroglia
Ependyma
None of the above
The fluid in the descending limb of the loop of Henle is _____ relative to the capillaries.
Options
Isotonic
Weakly hypotonic
Strongly hypotonic
Hypertonic
Which of the following cells is responsible for myelin formation in the peripheral nervous
system?
Options
Astrocyte
Oligodendrocyte
Schwann cell
Microglial cell
The system that controls smooth muscle, cardiac muscle, and gland activity is the:
Options
Somatic nervous system
Autonomic nervous system
Skeletal division
Sensory nervous system
Options
Multipolar neuron
Bipolar neuron
Unipolar neuron
None of the above
The respiratory membrane, across which gases diffuse, is very thin and is made up of
Options
Alveolar macrophages and the alveolar cell membrane
Alveolar cell membrane and its basement membrane
Alveolar cell membrane and capillary membrane
Alveolar cell membrane, capillary membrane, and fused RBCs membrane
Options
Myelinated fibers
Neuron cell bodies
Schwann cells
All of the above
Options
Afferent neuron
Efferent neuron
Sensory receptor
All of the above
Options
159 mm Hg
21%
760 mm Hg
0.3 mm Hg
A convergent circuit:
Options
Is a positive feedback system that produces many action potentials
Is a negative feedback system that produces IPSPs
Occurs when multiple neurons synapse into one neurons
Cannot be affected by a sodium channel blocker
Which one of the following neurotransmitters is allocated with neurons of black substance?
Options
Dopamine
Norepinephrine
Serotonin
Acetylcholine
Options
Membrane depolarization
Membrane hyperpolarization
Repolarization of membrane
Exhaustion raising of neurotransmitter
Options
Carries out information from a cell body to effectors
Inactivation of neurotransmitter
Information carrying out to a body of a neuron
Summate electrical impulses to a cell body
Which type of neuroglial cells help regulate the composition of cerebrospinal fluid?
Options
Astrocytes
Oligodendrocytes
Microglia
Ependyma
The phospholipid known as reduces surface tension within the alveoli so they do not collapse
during exhalation.
Options
Surfactant
Lipoprotein
Beryllium
Alveolar membrane lipoprotein
Options
500 ml
3000 L
7000 L
6000 ml
Options
Minimal
Increases
Decreases
Maintains
Where does ADH have its greatest effect?
Options
Loop of Henle
Proximal convoluted tubule
Distal convoluted tubule
Glomerulus
Eating large amounts of meat will increase the levels of _____ in the blood.
Options
Protein
Creatinine
Urea
Uric acid
Options
Urea
Uric acid
Creatine
Creatinine
Options
Glucose
Sodium
Phosphate
Protein
Options
Breathing rate and depth will increase
Breathing rate and depth will decrease
Breathing rate will increase and depth will decrease
Breathing rate and depth will not change since only the renal mechanism can deal with
acidosis
Options
Aldosterone stimulates the reabsorption of Na+
Aldosterone stimulates the secretion of K+
Aldosterone affects water reabsorption
Aldosterone is made in the hypothalamus and released from the anterior pituitary
Options
Increased filtrate volume per unit time
Decreased filtrate volume per unit time
Increased GFR
Decreased ANP release by macula densa cells
Options
Secrete water into the filtrate
Reabsorb Na+
Generate bicarbonate ions to compensate for renal acidosis
Secrete renin
Options
Simple diffusion
Active transport
Facilitated diffusion
Filtration
Options
159 mm Hg
46 mm Hg
40 mm Hg
100 mmHg
Options
Decrease of surface tension of alveolar liquid,
Increase of penetrability of alveolus membrane to the gases
Increase surface tension of alveolar liquid
Create the lung’s elastic traction
Options
Respiration
Ventilation
External respiration
Cell respiration
Options
It is related to Parkinsonism
It is found in the cells uninhibited by Ach in basal ganglia
It is one of the endogenous opiates from CNS
It cannot be replaced in CNS from dietary dopamine
Options
4 – 6 mm Hg
– 9 – 12 mm hg
+ 4 + 6 mm Hg
0 - 2 mm Hg
Options
Receive recurrent collaterals from motor neurons and inhibit other motor neurons in the
vicinity
Is the inhibitory system of cerebellum
Are a major component of muscle spindle
Are present in retina
Options
2000-2500 ml
1000-1200 ml
350-500 ml
100 ml
Options
Some areas anterior to primary motor cortex causing complex co-ordinate movements like
speech, eye movements
An area of motor cortex responsible for voluntary movements
An area in temporal cortex
An area of cerebellum
Options
500 ml
1200-1500 ml
2000-3000 ml
1000-1200 ml
Options
2000-2500 ml
1500-2500 ml
3000-4500 ml
4500-5000 ml
When a normally innervated skeletal muscle is stretched the initial response is contraction, with
increase in the stretch sudden relaxation occurs because of
Options
Decrease in gamma efferent discharge
Inhibition of the discharge from annulospiral endings of afferent nerve fibres
Decreased activity of afferent nerve fibres from golgi tendon organs
Increased activity of afferent nerve fibres from golgi tendon organs
Parasympathetic system
Options
Has short preganglionic fibres
Secretes dopamine
Controls most of the movements and secretions of gut
Brings increase in heart rate during exercise
Options
5000-8000 ml
2500-3000 ml
4000-6000 ml
7000-8000
The basal ganglia are primarily concerned with
Options
Sensory integration
Short term memory
Control of movement
Neuroendocrine control
Options
Stretch reflex
Righting reflex
Spasticity
Sensation of viscera
Thirst is stimulated by
Options
Increase in plasma osmolality and volume
Increase in plasma osmolality and decrease in volume
Decrease in osmolality and increase in volume
Decrease in plasma osmolality and volume
Options
Vital capacity of lungs + collapse volume
Vital capacity of lungs + respiratory volume
Vital capacity of lungs + residual volume
None of the above
Options
Residual volume + collapse volume
Residual volume + reserve volume of a breath
Residual volume + reserve volume of an exhalation
All of the above
Options
30-35/min
8-10/min
16-20/min
20-28/min
Options
Stimulation of mechanoreceptors of lungs
Stimulation of irritant receptors
Stimulation chemoreceptors of sinocarotide zones
Stimulation central chemoreceptors
Options
Negatively charged
Positively charged
Neutral
Non-existent
Options
In surfactant
In erythrocytes
In blood plasma
None of the above
What part of the brain is responsible for automatic functions such as breathing and heart rate:
Options
Cerebrum
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Medulla oblongata
Which of the following is NOT a component of the ascending sensory pathway from the receptors
to the cerebral cortex?
Options
1st order neurons in the dorsal ganglion
2nd order neurons in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord or medulla oblongata
3rd order neurons in the thalamus
4th order neurons in the hypothalamus
In which of the following areas does sorting and editing of impulses take place?
Options
Thalamic nuclei
Basal nuclei
Post central cortex
Prefrontal cortex
Options
On DCT
On ascending limb of a Henle’s loop
On descending limb of a Henle’s loop
On PCT
Options
Pineal gland.
Choroid plexus.
Hypothalamus.
Pituitary.
Options
Superior colliculi
Lateral prefrontal cortex
Broca's area
Wernicke's area
Options
DCT
Ascending limb of a Henle’s loop
Descending limb of a Henle’s loop
PCT
In an organism deficiency K+ is revealed. In this case in nephritic channels potassium ions are
exposed:
Options
Filtrations
Reabsorption and secretions
Secretions
Increase of reabsorption
Options
PCT
DCT
Henle’s loop
Collecting duct
Options
70-80 mm hg
80-90 mm hg
40-50 mm hg
20-30 mm hg
Which one of the represented hormones regulates water delay in the body?
Options
Aldosterone
Adrenaline
Glucagon
Antidiuretic hormone
Which one of the represented hormones regulates sodium delay in the body?
Options
Adrenaline
Antidiuretic hormone
Aldosterone
Glucagon
Outflow of urine from channels of nephron is complicated. How the glomerulus’s filtration will
change?
Options
Considerably increase
Decrease
Increase
Essentially no change
How will change diuresis in increase of sodium reabsorption?
Options
Decrease
No change
Increase
None of the above
Options
Increases reabsorptions of waters
Reduces reabsorptions waters
Reduces reabsorptions of sodium
Increases reabsorptions of sodium
Which of the following areas of the brain is histologically similar to the spinal cord?
Options
Brain stem
Basal nuclei
Cerebral cortex
Pons
Options
Increases reabsorptions of sodium
Reduces reabsorptions of sodium
Reduces reabsorptions of waters
Increases reabsorptions of waters in proximal channels
Options
Center for regulation of sleep-wake cycles
Autonomic control center
Center for central balance
Body temperature regulation center
Options
180-200 l
200-300 l
10-15 l
1,5 l
Options
Filtrations, reabsorption, secretions
Filtrations, osmosis
Filtrations, hemolysis, secretions
Filtrations, diffusions, absorptions
Options
On a collecting duct
On a Henle’s loop
On proximal channels
On distal chaelsnn
Options
In proximal channels
Collective tubules
In distal channels
To loop of Henle
Options
25-30 mm hg
50-70 mm hg
70-80 mm hg
80-90 mm hg
Options
Filtrations
Concentration
Osmosis
Reabsorption
Which of the following coordinate head and eye movements when we visually follow a moving
object?
Options
Red nucleus
Substantia nigra
Inferior colliculi
Superior colliculi
Options
Thalamus
Pons
Cerebral peduncles
Medulla oblongata
Options
Cognitive activities
Regulation of body temperature
Starting, stopping and monitoring arm swinging and gait
Determining whether a person is left or right-handed
Options
Putamen
Internal capsule
Projection fibers
Corpus callosum
Options
Amygdala
Globus pallidum
Caudate nucleus
Corpus callosum
Options
It occupies the posterior portion of the frontal lobe
Its development is very dependent on positive and negative feedback from the environment
It is the most complicated cortical region
It is involved with cognitive abilities
Options
Diencephalon
Pons
Midbrain
Hypothalamus
Options
Vasopressin
Acetylcholine
Renin
Epinephrine
Which type of brain waves are seen when a person is concentrating on solving a problem?
Options
Theta waves
Delta waves
Gamma waves
Beta waves
Options
Cerebral cortex
Cerebellum
Hypothalamus
Temporal lobe
Options
It can have a genetic factor
It is associated with intellectual impairment
It involves abnormal discharges from a group of brain neurons
Most cases are due to brain injuries such as blows to the head, stroke or infections
Options
Dura mater
Dural sinuses
Arachnoid mater
Pia mater
Options
Process of the return reabsorption substances from nephron channels into the blood
Allocation of substances from blood in a gleam nephritic channels
Formation of primary urine
Only active reabsorption substances from nephritic channels
Options
Aldosterone, vasopressin
Acetylcholine, histamine
Serotonin, norepinepherine
Epinephrine, oxytocin
Options
Subdural space
3rd ventricle
4th ventricle
Dural sinuses
A distinction is made in memory research between ______ memory and______ memory. The former
refers to ______, whereas the latter refers to ______.
Options
Semantic; short-term; memory for personally meaningful events; memory held in temporary
storage
Semantic; episodic; memory for general knowledge; memory for personally meaningful events
Episodic; autobiographical; memory for personally meaningful events; memory for general
knowledge
Semantic; procedural; memory for general knowledge; memory for personally meaningful
events
Options
Weakening connections between neurons
Severing the connections between neurons
Leaving neurons unaffected
Strengthening connections between neurons
Options
Passive transport
The facilitated diffusion
Filtrations
Active transport
Options
EEG desynchronization
Rapid eye movements
Decreased muscle tone
Characterised by delta waves on ECG
Options
Sodium
Magnesium
Chlorine
Potassium
REM is
Options
A sound and dreamless sleep
Characterised by total lack of muscular activity
Referred to as paradoxical sleep
Characterised by delta waves on ECG
Options
Pain
Touch
Hearing
Vision
Options
1010-1025
1045-1050
1030-1040
1005-1010
The phone number discussed in question 5 probably could have been remembered for a longer
period if you had practiced
Options
Chunking
Repression
Rehearsal
A and c
Lesions of which of the following hypothalamic nuclei cause loss of circadian rhythm
Options
Ventromedial
Dorsomedial
Suprachiasmatic
Supraoptic
Options
B.amygdala
Insula
Pons
Corpora quadrigemina
Options
Basilar membrane.
Tectorial membrane.
Perilymph.
Endolymph.
Options
Difference between pressure of blood in nephrons capillaries, oncotic pressure of plasma and
pressure of an ultra filtrate in a Bowman’s capsule
Difference between pressure of blood in nephrons capillaries, osmotic pressure and pressure
of blood in vasa afferens
Difference between pressure of blood in an aorta, oncotic pressure and osmotic pressure of
blood
None of the above
Options
Sour gustants bind to receptors in the cell membrane
Ions enter the gustatory cells through ion channels.
Perilymph.
Endolymph.
One of the following cranial nerves carries taste signal from fungiform papillae :
Options
Facial nerve
Glossopharyngeal nerve
Vagal nerve
None of the above
Options
20 mm hg
50 mm hg
120 mm hg
70 mm hg
Options
Congenital reflex
Acquired reflex
Both A and B
None of the above
The gustatory sense from the anterior two thirds of the tongue is received by:
Options
Facial nerve
Glossopharyngeal nerve
Hypoglossal nerve
All of the above.
Options
O. H. Mowrer
McClelland
J. W. Atkinson
A. H. Maslow
Options
Used to predict behaviour
Inferred from behaviour
Observed directly
Used to explain behaviour
A 50 years old female patient presented for routine examination at her doctor having broken her
reading glasses. She only complained from mild headache. She had been on medication for
hypertension (increased blood pressure) for 10 years . Eye examination by a doctor revealed
normal visual acuity , NO optic nerve disk damage, her intraocular pressure (IOP) was 22 mmHg .
Aqueous humor is produced by :
Options
Ciliary body
Iris
Sclera
Lacrimal gland
At the healthy patient BP=120/80 mm hg. If the BP decreases till 100/60 mm hg, whether will
change of diuresis?
Options
Decrease
No change
Increase
None of the above
Sleep deprivation
Options
Can cause psychotic episodes
Is associated with sluggishness of thoughts
Makes a person more alert
Has no effect on the individual
Options
The lungs are inflated to total lung capacity
Alveolar oxygen tension is decreased
Plasma hydrogen ion concentration is decreased
Cardiac output is increased
Each of the following is true regarding differences between STM and LTM, except
Options
Information in LTM is indexed
Information in STM is stored in terms of physical qualities
Information in LTM may be permanent
Information in LTM s primarily stored in the frontal lobes of the cortex
In a health adult sitting with eyes closed the EEG rhythm observed with electrodes on occipital
lobes
Options
Alpha
Theta
Delta
Beta
Options
Metabolism
PH
Temperature
Oxygen
In the human eye, most refraction occurs when light passes through the
Options
Iris
Cornea
Lens
Aqueous humor
Options
PaO2 increases
PaCO2 decreases
Arterial pH decreases
Alveolar ventilation increases
Options
The plasma membrane of the rod cell becomes hyperpolarized.
The rod cell generates an action potential.
Less neurotransmitter is released by the rod cell.
The bipolar cell is activated.
Options
Blood flow to the carotid body is decreased
PO2 of arterial blood is normal
Carotid body chemoreceptors are stimulated
Central chemoreceptors are stimulated
Options
Scala tympani
External auditory meatus
Cochlear duct
Scala vestibule
Options
Phagocytic activity of alveolar macrophages
Negative interstitial fluid pressure
Low vapor pressure of water in inspired air
Secretion of surfactant
In which one of the following conditions will the diffusing capacity of the lung increase?
Options
Formation of pulmonary emboli
Fibrotic lung disease
Polycythemia
Congestive heart failure
If the patient doubles his tidal volume without changing his CO2 production, his PaCO2 will be
Options
15 mmHg
20 mmHg
25 mmHg
30 mmHg
Options
The arterial PCO2 is increased
The hemoglobin concentration is increased
The temperature is increased
The arterial PO2 is increased
Which of the following will return toward normal during acclimatization to high altitude?
Options
Arterial hydrogen ion concentration
Arterial carbon dioxide tension
Arterial bicarbonate ion concentration
Arterial hemoglobin concentration
Options
An increase in the PCO2 of blood flowing through the brain
A decrease in the PO2 of blood flowing through the brain
A decrease in the oxygen content of blood flowing through the brain
A decrease in the metabolic rate of the surrounding brain tissue
In an acclimatized person at high altitudes, oxygen delivery to the tissues may be adequate at rest
because of
Options
An increase in hemoglobin concentration
The presence of an acidosis
A decrease in the number of tissue capillarie
The presence of a normal arterial PO2
During a normal inspiration, more air goes to the alveoli at the base of the lung than to the alveoli
at the apex of the lung because
Options
The alveoli at the base of the lung have more surfactant
The alveoli at the base of the lung are more compliant
The alveoli at the base of the lung have higher V/Q ratios
There is a more negative intrapleural pressure at the base of the lung
Options
Functional residual capacity
Inspiratory capacity
Residual volume
Total lung capacity
Options
Cholecystokinin
Gastrin
Secretin
Erythropoetin
Options
Gastric juice
Pancreatic juice
Bile in GB
Secretions of intestinal glands
Options
Cellulose
Starch
Meat
Fat
Options
Parietal cells of the stomach
Chief cells of the stomach
Salivary glands
Pancreatic cells
Options
Colon
Jejunum
Mouth
Stomach
Options
Acid in the duodenum
Acid in the stomach
Liver cells
Colon intestinal cells
Options
Hormonal
Local mechanism
Conditional reflex
All correct
After secretion into the duodenum, the enzyme trypsinogen is converted into its active form –
trysin, by the:
Options
Enterokinase
HCL
Secretin
Trypsin
Options
Saliva
Secretions of intestinal glands
Pancreatic juice
Bile
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26
27. 27
28. 28
29. 29
30. 30
31. 31
32. 32
33. 33
34. 34
35. 35
Question (240/240)
36. 36
37. gastric
Low 37 pH:
38. 38
39. 39
Options
40.Inhibits
40 release of gastrin
41. 41
42.Is42
necessary for pepsin activity
43.Inhibits
43 release of histamine
44.Reduces
44 irritation caused by aspirin
45. 45
Serves
46. 46as lubricant in GIT:
47. 47
Options
48. 48
49.HCL
49
50.HCO3-
50
51.NaCL
51
52. 52
Mucin
53. 53
54. 54 gastrin output in the stomach:
Regulate
55. 55
56. 56
Options
57.HCL
57
58. 58
59.HCO3-
59
NaCL
60. 60
61.Mucin
61
62. 62
Absorption
63. 63 by small intestine utilizes Na+ carrier:
64. 64
Options
65. 65
66.Glucose
66
67.Amino
67 acids
68. 68
Glucose and amino acids
69. 69
70.Glucose,
70 amino acids and triglyceredes
71. 71
Prev
Moved from intestinal epithelial cell to intracellular space by diffusion:
72. 72
Mark
73. 73
Options
Skip
74. 74
75.Glucose
75
76.Amino
76 acids
77.Glucose
77 and amino acids
78.Glucose,
78 amino acids and glycerol
79. 79
80. 80 is partially completed before entering duodenum:
Digestion
81. 81
Options
82. 82
83.Carbohydrates
83
84.Proteins
84
85. 85
Fats
86. 86
87.Carbohydrates
87 and proteins
88. 88
Absorption of digestive products involves carrier-mediated transport in small intestine:
89. 89
90. 90
Options
91. 91
92.Carbohydrates
92
Proteins
93. 93
94.Fats
94
95.Carbohydrates
95 and proteins
96. 96
97. 97
Substances that enter the systemic circulation as chylomicrons via lymphatic ducts are:
98. 98
Options
99. 99
100.Glycerol
100
101.SCFAs
101
102. 102
103.MCFAs
103
LCFAs
104. 104
105. 105
All correct,
106. 106 EXCEPT ONE about cholecystokinin in fat’s absorption:
107. 107
Options
108. 108
109.Stimulates
109 the gall bladder to contract
110.Potentiates
110 effect of secretin on the secretion of bicarbonate by the pancreas
111.Stimulates
111 the secretion of pancreatic lipase
112.Increase
112 the strnght of gastric peristalsis
113. 113
114. 114formation is necessary for absorption and transport to intestinal epithelium of:
Micelle
115. 115
Options
116. 116
117.Cholesterol
117
118.SCFAs
118
119. 119
120.MCFAs
120
Glycerol
121. 121
122. 122
Components
123. 123 of the intestinal mucosa combine to increase the surface area to 600 times that of a
cylinder.
124. 124 Which component makes the greatest contribution to increasing the surface area?
125. 125
Options
126. 126
127.The
127folds
128.The
128villi
129.The
129microvilli
130.The
130cilia
131. 131
132. 132ions play an important role in carbohydrate absorption. All of the following processes
Sodium
133. 133it, EXCEPT:
require
134. 134
135. 135
Options
136.Sugars
136 leaving the intestinal cell to enter the portal blood system.
137. 137
Glucose absorption from gut lumen by second active transport.
138. 138
139.Process
139 that brings potassium into the instestinal cell.
140.Galactose
140 absorption from the gut lumen.
141. 141
A142.
deficiency
142 of colipase would result in which of the following?
143. 143
Options
144. 144
145.Lipase
145 would not be able to bind to the oil-water interface of the lipid.
146.An146
inability to digest phospholipids.
147.An147
inability to digest cholesterol.
148.An148
inability to digest lipids in the stomach.
149. 149
150. 150
Which of the following pass through the thoracic duct before passing through the liver?
151. 151
152. 152
Options
153.Proteins.
153
154. 154
Micelles
155. 155
156.SCFAs
156 and MCFAs
157.Chylomicrons.
157
158. 158
Which
159. 159of the following deficiencies would make trypsin's role of protein digestion more crucial?
160. 160
Options
161. 161
162.Lipase
162 deficiency.
163.A 163
defect in the amino acid intestinal transport mechanism.
164.Enterokinase
164 deficiency.
165. 165
Cholecystokinin deficiency.
166. 166
167. 167
Which of the following is absorbed primarily by passive diffusion powered by a concentration
168. 168
gradient?
Options
169. 169
170.Sodium
170
171. 171
Potassium
172. 172
173.Calcium
173
Iron.
174. 174
175. 175
The
176.main
176 principle of digestion is
177. 177
Options
178. 178
179.Hydrolysis
179 of products till polymers
180.Transformation
180 of specific substances into the unspecific
181.Transport
181 nutrients by GIT
182.Transformation
182 of nutrients energy into the electrical and mechanical
183. 183
184. 184
Which one of the following processes of monomer’s absorption (final products of hydrolysis)
185. 185
occurs in the:
186. 186
187. 187
Options
188.Stomach
188
189. 189
Mouth
190. 190
191.Small
191 intestine
192.Large
192 intestine
193. 193
Which
194. 194one of the following enzymes has a glycolytic action?
195. 195
Options
196. 196
197.Pepsin
197
198.Tripsin
198
199.Maltase
199
200.Lipase
200
201. 201
202. 202 begins in the mouth. Which of the following statement is INCORRECT?
Digestion
203. 203
204. 204
Options
205.The
205tongue aids in the digestion of the food
206. 206
The saliva changes some of the starches in the food to sugar
207. 207
208.The
208tongue keeps the food in place in the mouth
209.The
209digestive juices can react more easily with the food when chewed
210. 210
Where
211. 211does the partly-digested food (in liquid form) go after it leaves the stomach?
212. 212
Options
213. 213
214.The
214gullet
215.The
215appendix
216.The
216small intestine
217. 217
The large intestine
218. 218
219. 219 buds have a life span of :
Gustatory
220. 220
221. 221
Options
222.10222
days
223. 223
10 months
224. 224
225.10225
years
226.For life
226
227. 227
The
228.extraocular
228 muscle which turns eye inferiorly and laterally is:
229. 229
Options
230. 230
231.Superior
231 rectus
232.Superior
232 oblique
233.Inferior
233 rectus
234.Inferior
234 oblique
235. 235
236. does
How 236 digested food finally reach the bloodstream?
237. 237
238. 238
Options
239.It239
passes through the gullet into the blood.
240. 240
It is absorbed into the blood through blood vessels
It is absorbed into the blood through the walls of the lungs
It passes from the small intestine into the large intestine, then into the blood
Options
The cornea was damaged.
The lens was damaged.
The ciliary body was damaged.
The iris was damaged.
Options
Optic nerve
Oculomotor nerve
Trochlear nerve
Abducent nerve.
Options
Instinct
Imprinting
Growth Motivation
Deficiency motivation
The liver is located in the abdomen and performs many functions. Which of the following is NOT a
function of the liver?
Options
Manufacturing insulin
Storing food
Producing digestive juices
Healing itself when it is damaged
A young woman who turns herself into a religious worker has a strong:
Options
Approach gradient
Social Motive
Hypervigilance
Encephalization
Options
Situation
Object
Goal
Group
Options
Can be directly observed
Cannot be directly observed
Are always dormant
Are same
Options
Synthesis of vitamins K and B
Suppressing of pathogen microorganisms
Participate in metabolism
Secreted proteolytic enzymes
Lori reads three newspapers a day and is always reading a book in the evening. She has a high
need to engage in thinking, and she actually enjoys it. She likes to complete crossword puzzles and
do other types of word games. Lori has a high need for _____.
Options
Cognition
Affection
Ethnocentrism
Acceptance
Options
Emotions occur independently from physiological changes.
Emotions are not associated with behaviors.
Emotions involve objective feelings.
Emotions are often triggered by environmental events.
Sneezing is a
Options
Stimulation of receptors
Involuntary action
Voluntary action only
None of the above
Options
5-7 min
60-90 min
15-20 min
4-5 hours
Options
Drive
Incentive
Imprinting
Libido
Options
Hydrochloric acid
Trypsin
Enterokinase
Bile salts
Options
Iris
Ciliary body
Suspensory ligaments
Extraocular muscles
Options
Short-term memory
Long-term memory
Episodic memory
Sensory register
Options
Recall
Recognition
Relearning
All of the above
Which of the following receptors is responsible for measuring the intensity of a steady pressure
on the skin surface?
Options
Pacinian corpuscle
Ruffini ending
Merkel’s disk
Meissner’s corpuscle
Options
Taste
Smell
Hearing
Vision
Options
Hippocampus
Left hemisphere of brain cortex
Right hemisphere of brain cortex
Prefrontal lobes
The area of the brain that integrates proprioceptor data is the _________.
Options
Cerebrum
Cerebellum
Hypothalamus
Medulla oblongata
Options
Olfactory bulb
Olfactory lobe
Olfactory cortex
Olfactory tracts
During which stage of gastric secretion do gastric glands actually begin secreting gastric juice?
Options
Cephalic phase
Gastric phase
Intestinal phase
Enterogastric reflex
Options
Hydrolysis
Digestion
Catalysis
Emulsification
Options
Nuclease
Enterokinase
Pepsin
Amylase
In which one of the following sensory systems does stimulation cause the receptor cell to
hyperpolarize?
Options
Vision
Hearing
Taste
Touch
Options
Conditional digestive reflex
Unconditional reflex from tongue receptors
Humoral regulation
Local reflex arcs
The artery that provides oxygen and nutrients to heart tissue is the
Options
Carotid.
Systemic.
Coronary.
Pulmonary.
An increase in which of the following would cause hypotension?
Options
Heart rate
Cardiac output
Arteriole dilation
Reabsorption of water by the kidneys
After secretion of trypsinogen into the duodenum, the enzyme is converted into its active from,
trypsin, by
Options
Aminopeptidases
Enterokinase
Alkaline pH
Pancreatic lipase
Options
Ejection
Isovolumetric contraction
Protodiastole
Diastasis
Which of the following is normal resting systolic blood pressure for an adult?
Options
50 mm Hg
80 mm Hg
120 mm Hg
180 mm Hg
The major mechanism for absorption of sodium FROM LUMEN OF SMALL INTESTINE into
enterocytes is
Options
Neutral NaCL absorption
Na+ - H+ exchange
Co-transport with potassium
Exchange to Ca++
Which of the following changes would be expected to make the membrane potential of a muscle
cell more positive than normal (resting cell)
Options
Decreased conductance to Ca++
Increased conductance to K+
Decreased conductance to K+
Decreased conductance to Na+
The highest blood pressure in the aorta occurs when the
Options
Atria contract.
Heart muscle is relaxed.
Blood is pushed to the ventricle.
Blood is pumped from the heart.
The sequence of structures through which the nerve impulse passes to cause contraction of the
heart is
Options
AV node – SA node – Purkinje fibres.
Purkinje fibres – AV node – SA node.
Purkinje fibres – SA node – AV node.
SA node – AV node – Purkinje fibres.
Options
Intragastric volume
Intraduodenal volume
Acidity of duodenum
Acidity of duodenum
Options
Veins.
Arteries.
Arteriole-venular anastomosis
Capillaries.
Blockages in which of the following blood vessels reduces blood flow to the heart muscle?
Options
Aorta.
Carotid artery.
Coronary artery.
Pulmonary artery.
Options
Vit. B6
Vit. C
Vit. A
Vit.K
The major factor that protects the duodenal mucosa from damage by gastric acid is
Options
Pancreatic bicarbonate secretion
Secretin secretion
CCK secretion
Salivary amylase secretion
Options
Left atrium.
Right atrium.
Left ventricle.
Right ventricle.
Options
Prevent the backflow of blood.
Expand and recoil with each heart beat.
Divert blood toward areas of increased metabolic activity.
Hold blood in the beds until nutrient and waste exchange is complete.
Options
Filter debris.
Produce platelets for clotting.
Break down worn-out red blood cells.
Help maintain a constant blood pressure.
Options
Stomach
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
Options
Filter bacteria.
Have one-way valves.
Contain red blood cells.
Have walls which are onecell thick.
A person is found to have increased basal and maximal acid outputs, decreased serum Ca++
levels, and microcytic anemia. Inflammation in which area of the GIT would explain these
findings?
Options
Colon
Stomach
Duodenum
Gall bladder
Which primary transport is characterized for absorption of proteins, lipids and carbohydrates?
Options
Active
Passive
Simple diffusion
Filtration
Options
Small intestine
Stomach
Large intestine
Liver
Options
Decrease
Increase
Not change
Increase then decrease
Chronic administration of which of the following types of drugs would lead to a sustained
increase in serum gastrin levels?
Options
H2 receptor antagonist
Proton pump inhibitor
Anticholinergic
Antacid
Which one of the following statements about small intestinal motility is correct?
Options
Contractile frequency is constant from duodenum to terminal ileum
Peristalsis is the major contractile pattern during feeding
Migrating motor complexes occur during the digestive period
Contractile activity is initiated in response to bowel wall distention
Options
Vagotomy decreases accommodation of the proximal stomach
Vagotomy accelerates the emptying of solids
Indigestible food empties during the digestive period
Acidification of the antrum decreases gastric emptying
Options
Stomach
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
The principal paracrine secretion involved in the inhibitory feedback regulation of gastric acid
secretion is
Options
Gastrin
Somatostatin
Histamine
Acetylcholine
Options
Neutral NaCl absorption in the small intestine
Electrogenic Na absorption from the small intestine
Na-glucose coupled absorption from the small intestine
Na/H exchange in the small intestine
Which one of the following statements best describes water and electrolyte absorption in the GI
tract?
Options
Most water and electrolytes come from ingested fluids
The small intestine and colon have similar absorptive capacities
Osmotic equilibration of chyme occurs in the stomach
The majority of absorption occurs in the jejunum
Options
Return blood to the heart.
Prevent the backflow of blood.
Take blood away from the heart.
Exchange nutrients and wastes with tissues.
Hypokalemic metabolic acidosis can occur with excess fluid loss from the
Options
Stomach
Ileum
Colon
Pancreas
Options
Secondary esophageal peristalsis
Distention-induced intestinal segmentation
Orad stomach accommodation
Primary intestinal peristalsis
Options
Gastrin
Motilin
Secretin
Cholecystokinin
Options
Acidification of the antrum
Administration of an H2 receptor antagonist
Vagotomy
Alkalinization of the antrum
Options
Accommodation
Peristalsis
Retropulsion
Segmentation
After secretion of trypsinogen into the duodenum, the enzyme is converted into its active form,
trypsin, by
Options
Enteropeptidase
Procarboxypeptidase
Pancreatic lipase
Previously secreted trypsin
The major mechanism for absorption of sodium from the small intestine is
Options
Na+ - H+ exchange
Cotransport with potassium
Electrogenic transport
Neutral NaCl absorption
Options
Inhibits both gastrin- and acetylcholine-mediated secretion of acid
Inhibits gastrin-induced but not meal-stimulated secretion of acid
Has no effect on either gastrin-induced or meal-stimulated secretion of acid
Prevents activation of adenyl cyclase by gastrin
Options
Basal acid output
Maximal acid output
Gastric emptying of liquids
Pancreatic enzyme secretion
Dietary fat, after being processed, is extruded from the mucosal cells of the gastrointestinal tract
into the lymphatic ducts in the form of
Options
Monoglycerides
Diglycerides
Triglycerides
Chylomicrons7
Gas within the colon is primarily derived from which one of the following sources?
Options
CO2 liberated by the interaction of HCO3− and H+
Diffusion from the blood
Fermentation of undigested oligosaccharides by bacteria
Swallowed atmospheric air
Options
A decrease in gastric compliance
An increase in maximal output of acid
An increase in basal output of acid
An increase in the rate of gastric emptying of solids
Options
A decrease in absorption of amino acids
An increase in the water content of the feces
An increase in the concentration of bile acid in the enterohepatic circulation
A decrease in the fat content of the feces
Options
Absorption of Na+ in the colon is under hormonal (aldosterone) control
Bile acids enhance absorption of water from the colon
Net absorption of HCO3− occurs in the colon
Net absorption of K+ occurs in the colon
Options
It is inhibited by a fat-rich meal
It is inhibited by the presence of amino acids in the duodenum
It is stimulated by atropine
It occurs in response to cholecystokinin
Options
Decrease pancreatic secretion of bicarbonate
Increase secretion of gastric acid
Decrease gastric emptying
Increase contraction of the gallbladder
Which one of the following statements about small intestine crypt cells is correct?
Options
They evidence well-developed microvilli
They are responsible for net NaCl and water absorption
They contain significant quantities of brush border hydrolases
They are responsible for net NaCl and water secretion
Options
It does not involve relaxation of the lower esophageal sphincter
It involves only contraction of esophageal smooth muscle
It is not influenced by the intrinsic nervous system
It has an oropharyngeal phase
Options
Intrinsic factor
Chymotrypsin
Pancreatic lipase
Pancreatic amylase
Which of the following sugars is absorbed from the small intestine by facilitated diffusion?
Options
Glucose
Galactose
Fructose
Sucrose
Nearly all binding of cobalamin (vitamin B12) to intrinsic factor occurs in the
Options
Stomach
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
Options
Is preceded by an oral-pharyngeal phase of swallowing
Involves activation of medullary swallowing centers
Is accompanied by lower esophageal sphincter relaxation
Occurs in both the skeletal and smooth muscle portions of the esophagus
Options
Vitamin C
Vitamin D
Folate
Niacin
Options
Are also packaged as chylomicrons
Can be used as a source of calories in patients with malabsorptive disease
Are more abundant in the diet
Are less water-soluble
Severe inflammation of the ileum may be accompanied by
Options
Increased vitamin B12 absorption
Decreased bile acid pool size
Increased colon absorption of water
Decreased release of secretin
Which one of the following statements about the process of vitamin B12 absorption is correct?
Options
In humans, intrinsic factor is secreted from chief cells of the gastric gland
Vitamin B12 binds preferentially to intrinsic factor in the stomach
In adults, vitamin B12 absorption occurs along the length of the small intestine
Absorption may be reduced in a patient with pancreatic insufficiency
Options
Surgical resection of the proximal small bowel
A vagotomy of the distal stomach
Surgical resection of the proximal stomach
Surgical removal of the gastric antrum
The origin of electrical slow wave activity in gastrointestinal tract smooth muscle is
Options
The interstitial cells of Cajal
The smooth muscle of the circular muscle layer
The smooth muscle of the longitudinal muscle layer
The smooth muscle of the muscularis mucosa
Options
Maximal acid output may be increased in a patient with duodenal ulcer disease
Pepsin is inactivated at a pH of 3 and below
Pepsin is inactivated at a pH of 3 and below
Gastric acid secretion is greatest during the cephalic phase of digestion
Bicarbonate absorption from the upper small intestine is closely coupled with
Options
Na-glucose absorption
Na–vitamin B12 absorption
Na/H exchange
Electrogenic Na absorption
Options
A H1 receptor antagonist
A proton pump inhibito
A cholinergic receptor antagonist
An antacid
Options
Occurs only in the small intestine
Requires an intact intrinsic nervous system for coordinated propagation
Is the result of food-mediated distension of the small intestine
Mixes intestinal contents with bile and the digestive enzymes
Options
Increase gastric acid secretion
Decrease pancreatic bicarbonate secretion
Increase gastric emptying of solids
Increase small intestine segmentation
A person is found to have increased basal and maximal acid outputs, decreased serum calcium
levels, and microcytic anemia. Inflammation in which area of the gastrointestinal tract would
explain these findings?
Options
Colon
Jejunum
Duodenum
Gallbladder
Which one of the following statements best describes water and electrolyte absorption in the
gastrointestinal tract?
Options
Most water and electrolytes derive from the oral intake of fluids
The small and large intestines have similar absorptive capacities
Net secretion of potassium occurs from the ileum
Osmotic equilibration of chyme occurs in the duodenum
The paracrine secretion responsible for inhibiting gastric acid secretion is
Options
Histamine
Enterogastrone
Somatostatin
Pepsin
Which one of the following is the putative inhibitory neurotransmitter responsible for relaxation
of gastrointestinal smooth muscle?
Options
Dopamine
Vasoactive intestinal peptide
Somatostatin
Acetylcholine
A medical student presents to the emergency room with a two-day history of severe vomiting and
orthostatic hypotension. What kind of metabolic abnormalities would you expect?
Options
Hypokalemia, hypochloremia, and metabolic acidosis
Hyperkalemia, hyperchloremia, and metabolic alkalosis
Hypokalemic, hypochloremic, metabolic alkalosis
Normal serum electrolytes and metabolic alkalosis
Options
Decreased glucose utilization
Decreased lipolysis
Increased proteolysis
Increased gluconeogenesis
Options
They are essentially water-insoluble
The majority of bile acids is absorbed by passive diffusion
Glycine conjugates are more soluble than taurine conjugates
The amount lost in the stool each day represents the daily loss of cholesterol
Options
Is characterized by an increase in stool osmolarity
Is the result of increased crypt cell secretion
Is the result of decreased electroneutral Na absorption
Is caused by bacterial toxins
The macrolide antibiotic erythromycin is associated with gastrointestinal disturbances related to
increased motility. The antibiotic works by binding to receptors on nerves and smooth muscle that
recognize the gastrointestinal hormone
Options
Gastrin
Motilin
Secretin
CCK
Options
Colon
Duodenum
Jejunum
Ileum
Which one of the following statements about medium-chain fatty acids is correct?
Options
They are more water-soluble than long-chain fatty acids
Within the enterocyte, they are used for triglyceride resynthesis
They are packaged into chylomicrons
They are transported in the lymph
Options
Histamine
Cholecistokinine
Secretine
None of the above
Options
Inhibin
Activin
Follistatin
Relaxin
HCG can be detected in the blood of a pregnant woman as early as ___ days post conception.
Options
5 days
8 days
10 days
14 days
Human chorionic gonadotropin is structurally and functionally similar to: .
Options
LH
FSH
Growth hormone
Inhibin
Which of the following treatments is most likely to elicit an early surge of luteinizing hormone
(LH) in a normal nonpregnant 21-year-old woman? An injection of:.
Options
E2 10 days after the onset of menses
Progesterone 10 days after the onset of menses
E2 20 days after the onset of menses
Progesterone 20 days after the onset of menses
Options
HCG
Estradiol
Oxytocin
Prolactin
Options
HCG
Estradiol
Oxytocin
Prolactin
Select the BEST ONE answer: Progesterone asserts which one of the following actions?.
Options
Causes the cervical mucus to become thin and watery
Inhibits the secretion of LH during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle
Causes body temperature to decrease
Increases the sensitivity of myometrium to oxytocin
Select the BEST ONE answer: The rate of prolactin secretion is:.
Options
Decreased when all hypothalamic hormones are prevented from reaching the anterior
pituitary
Elevated in lactating women even during the intervals between nursing
Inhibited by estradiol
Inhibited by dopamine
Select the BEST ONE answer. All the following statements regarding testosterone are correct,
EXCEPT:
Options
For its optimal action in the prostate and in the penis, testosterone must be converted to
dihydrotestosterone
Near the end of puberty, testosterone promotes the calcification of the epiphyseal plates of
long bones
Near the onset of puberty, testosterone inhibits the production of insulin-like growth factor
(IGF-I)
Sertoli cells convert testosterone into estradiol
Options
Puberty
Menarche
Menopause
Old age
The hormone synthesized in the hypothalamus that initiates release of pituitary hormones is:
Options
ICSH (interstitial cell–stimulating hormone)
LH (luteinizing hormone)
GnRH (gonadotropin-releasing hormone)
NRH (gonadotropin-releasing hormone)
Options
Production and release of spermatozoa is cyclical
Sertoli cells are required for mitotic and meiotic activity of germ cells
Spermatogenesis requires continuous release of gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GRH)
Leydig cell secretion of testosterone requires follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH)
The source of estrogen and progesterone during the last seven months of pregnancy is the
Options
Ovary
Placenta
Corpus luteum
Anterior pituitary
Options
Estrogen
Progesterone
LH
FSH
Which of the following is a correct statement about the production of human sperm?
Options
Spermatogonia undergo meiosis
Spermatogenesis occurs in the epididymis
Normally, 10 to 20 million sperm are produced daily
FSH is required
Options
Precedes formation of the zona pellucida
Involves infiltration of the endometrium by the syncytiotrophoblast
Occurs 3 to 5 days after fertilization
Occurs when the embryo consists of approximately 128 cells
Which one of the following hormones interacts with a cytoplasmic receptor, then localizes in the
nucleus and directs protein and nucleotide synthesis?
Options
Thyrotropin-releasing hormone
Epinephrine
Luteinizing hormone
Cortisol
Options
Oxytocin
Progesterone
Estradiol
Prolactin
Options
A return to normal menstrual cycle pattern
Hot flashes
A reduced risk of stroke
Increased risk of osteoporosis
Options
The bulk of semen volume is contributed by the prostate gland
It prevents sperm capacitation
It buffers vaginal acidity
It activates sperm motility in the male tract
Options
Estrogens
Progesterone
Dopamine
FSH
A woman tests positive for pregnancy. In order for the pregnancy to proceed uneventfully, which
of the following must occur?
Options
The corpus luteum must secrete progesterone to sustain the endometrium
The pituitary must secrete hCG to maintain the corpus luteum
The pituitary must secrete prolactin to sustain the placenta
The placenta must secrete FSH to maintain ovarian function
Which one of the following conditions experienced by pregnant women may be due to the effects
of pregnancy?
Options
Increased incidence of heartburn
Decreased facial acne
Increased gastric emptying leading to intestinal cramping and diarrhea
Decreased afterload
Options
Human placental lactogen
Estrogen
Corticotropin-releasing hormone
Human chorionic gonadotropin
Options
Prolactin initiates ovulation
Prolactin causes milk ejection during suckling
Prolactin inhibits the growth of breast tissue
Prolactin secretion is tonically inhibited by the hypothalamus
Options
Cortisol
Dehydroepiandrosterone
Progesterone
Pregnenolone
Options
An increase in serum FSH levels
A drop in body temperature
An increase in serum LH levels
An increase in serum progesterone levels
The hormone involved in the ejection of milk from a lactating mammary gland is
Options
FSH
LH
Growth hormone
Oxytocin
The hormone primarily responsible for development of ovarian follicles prior to ovulation is
Options
Chorionic gonadotropin
Estradiol
Follicle-stimulating hormone
Luteinizing hormone
Progesterone
Options
Is secreted by the corpus luteum
Secretion by the placenta increases at week 6 of gestation
Plasma levels increase during the menses
Plasma levels remain constant after implantation
Options
Limit the growth of ovarian follicles
Produce cyclic changes in the vagina and endometrium
Cause cervical mucus to become thicker and more acidic
Retard ductal proliferation in the breast
Options
Decreases, if GnRH is injected every two hours
Is increased by inhibin secreted by Sertoli cells
Is increased along with LH during the middle of menstrual cycle
Is decreased in postmenopausal women
Options
Ovary
Oviduct
Vagina
Uterus
Options
IGF-1
Insulin
Estrogens
Glucocorticoids
Options
It is essential for milk ejection
It decreases uterine contractility
It facilitates ejaculation of semen
It facilitates sperm transport in the uterus
Options
Etiocholanolone
Testosterone
Dihydrotestosterone
Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA)
Options
Peroxisomes
Ribosomes
Smooth endoplasmic reticulum
Rough endoplasmic reticulum
Options
Estriol
Estradiol
Estrone
None of the above
The virilizing form of adrenogenital syndrome usually occurs due to a deficiency of:
Options
21β hydroxylase
17α hydroxylase
11β hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
3α hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
Options
HCG
Estradiol
Oxytocin
Prolactin
Options
HCG
Estradiol
Oxytocin
Relaxin
Options
Follicle-stimulating hormone
A mid-cycle surge of luteinizing hormone
Hormones from the follicular cells
Hormones from the theca interna
Options
Ovum
Blastocyst
Diploid cell
Zygote
Spermatogenesis differs from mitosis because the resulting cells have _________ the number of
chromosomes as the original cell.
Options
Twice as many
Only half
Three times of
Only a quarter of
The source of estrogen and progesterone during the first two months of pregnancy is the
Options
Ovary
Placenta
Corpus luteum
Anterior pituitary
Options
Secretion of FSH into the tubular lumen
Secretion of testosterone into the tubular lumen
Maintenance of the blood-testis barrier
Synthesis of estrogen after puberty
Options
Inhibition of follicular growth
Delayed bone loss at menopause
Increased glucose tolerance
Decreased serum LDL cholesterol
The principal androgen responsible for transforming undifferentiated fetal external genitalia into
male external genitalia is
Options
Müllerian-inhibiting substance
Androstenedione
Dihydrotestosterone
Testosterone
Which one of the following hormones initiates a biological effect by activation of cell membrane
receptors?
Options
Progesterone
Estrogens
Cortisol
Epinephrine
Use the following diagram to answer the questions. At which point on the action potential does the
Na+ current exceed the K+ current?
Options
Point A
Point B
Point C
Point D
Use the following diagram to answer the question. Ventricular filling begins at point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following diagram to answer the questions. Closing of the mitral valve begins at point
Options
A
B
C
D
Options
Sovolumetric Contraction
Rapid Ejection
Reduced Ejection
Isovolumetric Relaxation
The phases of the ventricular muscle action potential are represented by the lettered points on the
diagram. At which point on the above ventricular action potential is membrane potential most
dependent on calcium permeability?
Options
Point A
Point B
Point C
Point D
Which of the following is consistent with the ECG tracing shown below?
Options
Bradycardia
First-degree heart block
Second-degree heart block
Third-degree heart block
The mean electrical axis during the ventricular depolarization recorded in the three leads shown
below would be closest to
Options
30 degrees
90 degrees
150 degrees
210 degrees
Use the pressure-volume curve illustrated below to determine the ejection fraction and diastolic
pressure. The ejection fraction equals
Options
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
The diagram below illustrates the pressure-volume curves for two different hearts. Which of the
following is greater in curve 1?
Options
Preload
Stroke volume
Energy consumption
Efficien
The phases of the ventricular muscle action potential are represented by the lettered points on the
diagram. At which point on the above ventricular action potential is membrane potential most
dependent on calcium permeability?
Options
Point A
Point B
Point C
Point D
Use the following ECG to answer the next question. During which interval on the above ECG does
the aortic valve close?
Options
A
B
D
E
Use the following pressure-volume loop to answer the question. The mitral valve opens at point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following diagram to answer the question. Ventricular filling begins at point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following diagram of three Starling curves to answer the question. An increase in
afterload and venous compliance can cause stroke volume to change from the point marked X to
point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the pressure-volume curve illustrated below to determine the ejection fraction and diastolic
pressure. The diastolic pressure equals
Options
0 mmHg
5 mmHg
70 mmHg
90 mmHg
Use the following ECG to answer the next question. During which interval on the ECG does the
bundle of His depolarize?
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following pressure-volume loop to answer the question. The second heart sound begins at
point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following pressure-volume loop to answer the question. Systole begins at point
Options
A
C
D
E
Use the following diagram to answer the question. Closing of the mitral valve begins at point
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following diagram of three Starling curves to answer the question. A mild hemorrhage
will cause stroke volume to shift from point X to point
Options
A
B
C
D
Select the letter in the graph below that best fits the relationship between testosterone and LH in
the situatuion described. A normal 3-year-old boy.
Options
B
C
D
E
The normal pattern of progesterone secretion during the menstrual cycle is exhibited by which of
the curves shown below?
Options
A
B
C
D
In a normal pregnancy, human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) prevents the involution of the
corpus luteum that normally occurs at the end of the menstrual cycle. Which of the curves shown
below approximates the level of this hormone during pregnancy?
Options
A
B
C
D
Use the following diagram to answer the question. At which point on the action potential is the
membrane closest to the Na+ equilibrium potential?
Options
Point A
Point B
Point C
Point D
The polymers in food are broken down into their constituent monomers by ____ reactions in the
digestive tract
Options
Polymerization
Absorption
Condensation
Hydrolysis
The digestive system is specialized to perform all of the following functions except
Options
Deglutition
Peristalsis
Metabolism
Defecation
Which of the following locations does not belong with the others?
Options
Buccal cavity
Stomach
Salivary glands
Small intestine
Movement of solutes through a membrane with the use of a transport protein is called
Options
Osmosis
Facilitated diffusion
Carrier-mediated transport
Active transport
If a membrane that is permeable to urea has a solution of 100 mOsm urea on side A and 300
mOsm urea on side B,
Options
No urea can diffuse from side A to side B
Urea will diffuse through the membrane until both sides have 200 mOsm
There will be net diffusion of urea from side A to side B
Movement (diffusion) of urea through the membrane will stop when equilibrium is reached
Cells continually generate CO2 and must get rid of it. The mechanisms for getting CO2 out of the
cell is
Options
Active transport
Facilitated diffusion
Cotransport
Simple diffusion
Options
Increasing the concentration gradient of the solute
Increasing the number of carrier proteins in the membrane
Increasing the transport maximum of the membrane
Changes in the shape of carrier proteins in the membrane
Which of the following is not considered to be an accessory organ of the digestive system?
Options
Teeth
Rectum
Pancreas
Gallbladder
Which of the following is a subdivision and does not belong with the other layers of the
gastrointestinal wall?
Options
Mucosa
Lamina propria
Submucosa
Serosa
A high density of microvilli is to be expected especially on the surface of epithelial cells located in
the
Options
Brain
Liver
Muscles
Small intestine
Most of the digestive system receives its parasympathetic innervation from the
Options
Vagus nerve
Thoracic spinal nerves
Lumbar spinal nerves
Sacral spinal nerves
Water passes from the tissue fluids into the blood capillaries mainly because the
Options
Blood has a lower protein concentration than the tissue fluids
Blood has a higher protein concentration than the tissue fluids
Blood contains more salt than the tissue fluids
Tissue fluids are more concentrated than the blood plasma
Plant cells have a tough, fibrous cell wall that can push against the expanding cell membrane and
prevent the uptake of excess water. The pressure that the cell wall must generate to oppose the
uptake of water is called
Options
Osmotic pressure
Hydrostatic pressure
Osmolality
Tonicity
The amount of blood pumped by one ventricle in one minute, is called the
Options
Stroke volume
End-diastolic volume
Ejection fraction
Cardiac output
Options
How many moles of solute are needed to make an isotonic solution
The freezing point depression in relation to osmolality
How many molecules are present in one mole of a substance
How many moles of a substance are present on one kilogram
The sinoatrial (SA) node depolarizes less frequently under the influence of
Options
Norepinephrine
Epinephrine
The vagus nerve
The medulla oblongata
Glutamic acid weighs 147 grams per mole. To make a 1 M solution of glutamic acid, you could
Options
Dissolve 147 g in 1 kg (kilogram) of water
Dissolve 147 g in 1 L (liter) of water
Dissolve 147 g in enough water to make 1 L of solution
Dissolve 147 g in enough water to make 1 kg of solution
Options
End-diastolic volume (EDV)
Cardiac output
Contractility
Peripheral resistance
Options
Its end-systolic volume, the blood left after contraction is complete.
The amount of blood added to a ventricle by atrial systole.
The total peripheral resistance opposing the ejection of blood.
The ejection fraction, or percentage of EDV ejected by ventricular systole.
To enter the small intestine, partially digested food must pass through the
Options
Gastroesophageal sphincter
Pyloric sphincter
Ileocecal valve
Sphincter of Oddi
Glucose has a molecular weight of 180, sucrose 342, and lactic acid 90. If we dissolve 18 g of
glucose, 34 g of sucrose, and 9 g of lactic acid in 1 kg of water, the resulting solution will have a
concentration that can be designated
Options
0.3 M
3.0 M
0.1 m
0.3 Osm
The Frank-Starling law of the heart pertains to stroke volume and essentially says that
Options
Stroke volume x heart rate = cardiac output
Stroke volume is proportional to the EDV
Stroke volume is proportional to peripheral resistance
Both ventricles have equal stroke volumes
Which of the following cell types does not belong with the others?
Options
Alpha cells
G cells
Enterochromaffin-like cells
Parietal cells
The basic purpose of all sense organs is to convert stimulus energy (for example, sound or light)
into action potentials. Anything that converts one energy form into another like this is called a(n)
____.
Options
Adapter
Transducer
Generator
Encoder
If a sample of plasma were placed in an apparatus to measure its freezing point, and the fluid
froze at -1.12° C, we could estimate its osmolality as
Options
300 mOsm
112 mOsm
600 mOsm
6 Osm
Two solutions are said to differ in ____ if they have different effects on the osmosis of water.
Options
Tonicity
Molarity
Molality
Osmolality
Rods and cones are sensory cells that respond to light are known functionally, as
Options
Mechanoreceptors
Thermoreceptors
Nocioceptors
Photoreceptors
Red blood cells placed in a 0.3 m urea solution (urea is permeable) will exhibit
Options
Shrinkage
No change
Crenation
Hemolysis
Receptors in the muscles, tendons, and joints that inform the brain of the position and movements
of the body parts, are functionally known as
Options
Nocioceptors
Cutaneous receptors
Proprioceptors
Exteroreceptors
Options
Reduces the heart rate in positive feedback loop.
Increases the heart rate in positive feedback loop.
Increases the contractility of myocardial fibers.
Decreases the contractility of myocardial fibers.
Suppose a carrier protein in a cell membrane can transport amino acid A and amino acid B. It will
transport less A per minute when B is present than it will when only A is present, because of
Options
Saturation
Inhibition
Competition
The transport maximum (Tm)
Options
Pain
Vision
Hearing
Taste
The colloid osmotic pressure of blood plasma is due to its high concentration of
Options
Albumin
Hemoglobin
Sodium
Glucose
According to the classic view of the Starling forces, capillaries usually tend to absorb fluid
Options
At the arteriolar end.
At the venular end.
Only when the precapillary sphincters are open.
At neither end; they filter fluid, and it is up to the lymphatic vessels to absorb it.
Options
Precapillary sphincters to shut off blood flow to affected tissues
Vasodilation of the capillaries
Increased filtration and accumulation of fluid in the tissues
Increased transfer of tissue fluid into the bloodstream, resulting in hypertension
Options
Stimulate fluid retention by the kidneys.
Stimulate sodium retention .
Accelerate the heartbeat.
Cause vasoconstriction.
Main
Overview
Prime Questions
View Prime Questions
Videos
Prime Assessment
Q-Paper
Create Test
Performance
BookMarked
Profile
Profile
Profile
Help Sign out
1. 1
2. 2
3. 3
4. 4
5. 5
6. 6
7. 7
8. 8
9. 9
10. 10
11. 11
12. 12
13. 13
14. 14
15. 15
16. 16
17. 17
18. 18
19. 19
20. 20
21. 21
22. 22
23. 23
24. 24
25. 25
26. 26
27. 27
28. 28
29. 29
30. 30
31. 31
32. 32
33. 33
34. 34
35. 35
Question (278/278)
36. 36
37.cutaneous
The 37 senses would include all of the following except
38. 38
39. 39
Options
40.Pressure
40
41. 41
42.Heat
42
43.Odor
43
44.Touch
44
45. 45
Sextracellular
46. 46 fluid (ECF) contains up to 10,000 times more calcium than intracellular fluid (ICF),
and yet
47. 47 all cells continue to pump out even more calcium. They could only do this by means of
48. 48
Options
49. 49
50.Pinocytosis
50
51.Facilitated
51 diffusion
52.Osmosis
52
53. 53
Active transport
54. 54
55."salt-retaining
The 55 hormone," secreted in response to low blood pressure, is called
56. 56
57. 57
Options
58.Aldosterone
58
59. 59
60.Angiotensin
60 II
61.Vasopressin
61 (ADH)
62.Atrial
62 natriuretic hormone (ANH)
Receptors
63. 63 that respond when a stimulus is first applied, but quickly stop responding to continual
stimulation,
64. 64 are the
65. 65
Options
66. 66
67.Phasic
67 receptors
68.Nocioreceptors
68
69. 69
Exteroceptors
70. 70
71.Tonic
Prev 71 receptors
72. 72
Mark
Angiotensin II has all of the following effects except to
73. 73
Skip
74. 74
Options
75. 75
76.Cause
76 vasoconstriction of arterioles and muscular arteries.
77.Stimulate
77 the sense of thirst.
78.Stimulate
78 excretion of excess sodium by the kidneys.
79.Raise
79 the blood pressure.
80. 80
81. 81transport involves a conformational change in the carrier protein. The most immediate
Active
82. 82 for this is
stimulus
83. 83
Options
84. 84
85.A 85
change in membrane voltage
86.Binding
86 of the carrier protein to a molecule in the extracellular fluid
87. 87
Phosphorylation (binding of the carrier protein to a phosphate group) within the cell
88. 88
89.Fluctuations
89 in the pH of the medium around the carrier protein
90. 90
The
91.brain
91 interprets signals from the eye as light even if the eye is actually being stimulated by
something else, such as pressure. This best describes (p. 240)
92. 92
93. 93
Options
94. 94
95.Sensory
95 adaptation
96.Visual
96 accommodation
97.The
97 law of specific nerve energies
98.The
98 pupillary reflex
99. 99
100. 100
Blood will not flow unless there is a sufficient DP between point A and point B in the circulatory
101. 101
system. In this sentence DP represents
102. 102
Options
103. 103
104.Colloid
104 osmotic pressure in the plasma
105.Plasma
105 protein concentration
106. 106
Hydrostatic pressure difference
107. 107
108.An osmotic gradient
108
109. 109
Some cells employ a countertransport (or antiport) mechanism to maintain a high extracellular
110. 110
Ca2+ concentration
111. 111 coupled to the passive inward diffusion of Na+ . This best describes
112. 112
Options
113. 113
114.A 114
membrane which is impermeable to Ca2+ and will not let it into the cell
115.Primary
115 active transport of Ca2+ out of the cell
116.Facilitated
116 diffusion of Ca2+ out of the cell
117.Secondary
117 active transport of Ca2+ out of the cell
118. 118
119.
In the119
proportionality expression R ∞ Lη / r4, R represents the total force that resists the flow of
blood120
120. from point A to point B, and h represents the
121. 121
122. 122
Options
123.Systolic
123 pressure generated by the heart.
124. 124
Viscosity of the blood.
125. 125
126.Radius
126 of a blood vessel.
127.Length
127 of a blood vessel.
128. 128
An environmental
129. 129 stimulus acting on the body initially produces an electrical response, called
a(n)
130.____
130 in the receptor neuron.
131. 131
Options
132. 132
133.Generator
133 potential
134.Excitatory
134 postsynaptic potential
135.Action
135 potential
136. 136
Stimulus potential
137. 137
138.
Of all138
the factors that can affect blood flow to a particular tissue, the most effective and easiest to
139. 139
control from moment to moment, is
140. 140
141. 141
Options
142.Vessel
142 radius
143. 143
Blood viscosity
144. 144
145.Vessel
145 length
146.Pressure
146 differential
147. 147
The
148.cell
148membrane is more permeable to ____ than any other cation..
149. 149
Options
150. 150
151.Na+
151
152.K+
152
153.Ca2+
153
154. 154
H+
155. 155
156. 156
Tonic receptors provide information about the intensity of a stimulus through
157. 157
158. 158
Options
159.The
159duration of their response
160. 160
161.The
161frequency of their action potentials
162.The
162amplitude of their action potentials
163.Their
163 generator potentials
164. 164
During
165. 165exercise or stress ("fight-or-flight" situations), the sympathetic nervous system causes
vasodilation
166. 166 in the skeletal muscle but vasoconstriction in the skin. It is able to achieve these
opposite
167. 167 effects because
168. 168
Options
169. 169
170.Sympathetic
170 fibers secrete epinephrine in the muscle and acetylcholine in the skin.
171. 171
Bradykinin stimulates constriction of arterioles in the dermis.
172. 172
173.The
173muscles have cholinergic sympathetic fibers and the skin has adrenergic fibers
174.The
174muscles have α-adrenergic receptors and the skin has β-adrenergic receptors.
175. 175
Vasodilation
176. 176 is often caused by any of the following local conditions except the
177. 177
Options
178. 178
179.Decrease
179 in oxygen concentration in the tissue fluid.
180.Decrease
180 in carbon dioxide concentration in the tissue fluid.
181.Decrease
181 in pH of the tissue fluid.
182.Increase
182 in K+ concentration in the tissue fluid.
183. 183
184. 184
Deep pressure on the skin is sensed by
185. 185
186. 186
Options
187.Free
187nerve endings
188. 188
Meissner's corpuscles
189. 189
190.Pacinian
190 corpuscles
191.Merkel's
191 discs
192. 192
Coronary
193. 193 arteries must dilate during exercise to meet the heart's increased oxygen demand. This
occurs
194. 194 under the influence of all of the following compounds, except
195. 195
Options
196. 196
197.Carbon
197 dioxide
198.Potassium
198
199.Adenosine
199
200.Acetylcholine
200
201. 201
202. 202
From the time a tactile stimulus is detected by a receptor in the foot, to the time the resulting
203. 203
nerve impulses arrive in the postcentral gyrus of the brain, the impulses will have traveled over
204. 204
____ neurons.
205. 205
206. 206
Options
207.One
207
208. 208
Two
209. 209
210.Three
210
211.Hundreds
211 of
212. 212
Athletes
213. 213trained for endurance, such as swimmers and marathon runners, have a higher stroke
volume
214. 214at rest mainly because they have
215. 215
Options
216. 216
217.A 217
higher resting heart rate
218.More
218 sympathetic stimulation of the SA node
219.Increased
219 end-diastolic volume
220. 220
Decreased end-diastolic volume
221. 221
____
222.is222
a polypeptide vasodilator produced by the sweat glands.
223. 223
Options
224. 224
225.Bradykinin
225
226.Histamine
226
227. 227
Serotonin
228. 228
229.Endorphin
229
230. 230
Somatesthetic sensations reach the postcentral gyrus by way of a third-order neuron which begins
231. 231
in the
232. 232
233. 233
Options
234. 234
235.Cerebral
235 medulla
236.Thalamus
236
237.Medulla
237 oblongata
238.Spinal
238 cord
239. 239
240. 240
When a cell reaches a potassium equilibrium,
241. 241
Options
242. 242
243.All
243
diffusion of K+ stops
244.There
244 are equal amounts of K+ ion on both sides of the cell membrane
245. 245
K+ outward diffusion is balanced by electrical attraction inward
246. 246
247.The
247membrane potential is about +60 mV
248. 248
Baroreceptors
249. 249 are specialized pressure receptors found in the
250. 250
Options
251. 251
252.Vena
252 cava
253.Descending
253 aorta
254.Medulla
254 oblongata
255.Carotid
255 sinuses
256. 256
A257.
zone 257of the skin where stimulation generates action potentials in a particular sensory neuron is
258. 258
called that neuron's ____.
259. 259
Options
260. 260
261.Receptive
261 field
262.Sensory
262 domain
263. 263
264.Stimulus
264 modality
265.Projection
265 area
266. 266
The
267.Nernst
267 equation enables us to calculate the membrane voltage that exactly balances the
diffusion
268. 268 of a particular ion down its concentration gradient. To use the equation, however, we
must know all of the following, except the
269. 269
270. 270
Options
271. 271
272.Valence
272 of the ion (for example, +1 for potassium; +2 for calcium)
273.Equilibrium
273 potential of the ion in millivolts (mV)
274.Intracellular
274 concentration of the ion in mEq/L
275.Extracellular
275 concentration of the ion in mEq/L
276. 276
277. 277
Stretch receptors in the left atrium help control blood pressure by
278. 278
Options
Reducing the heart rate
Stimulating sodium retention
Stimulating production of more ADH
Causing increased urine output
Options
Lateral inhibition.
The law of specific nerve energies.
Sensory adaptation.
Receptive fields
Options
Cardiogenic shock
Anaphylactic shock
Septic shock
Hypovolemic shock
The reason Braille can be read by blind people is that the raised dots are
Options
High enough to stimulate the pacinian corpuscles of the skin.
Close enough to cause lateral inhibition.
Close enough to come within the two-point touch threshold.
Sufficiently far apart to exceed the two-point touch threshold.
Options
Enable two points of skin contact to be felt separately rather than as one.
Sharpen perception of the precise location of a stimulus.
Enable the brain to distinguish between one sensory modality and another.
Allow for stimulus intensity to be encoded in the firing frequency of a neuron.
The membrane of a resting cell leaks sodium and potassium ions, but the ____ compensates for
this and maintains the membrane potential near a constant value.
Options
Sodium/potassium pump
Transport of calcium ions
Closure of potassium channels in the membrane
Closure of sodium channels in the membrane
The senses of smell and taste have all of the following in common except that they
Options
Are both based on exteroceptors.
Are both based on chemoreceptors.
Can only sense molecules dissolved in liquid.
Both transmit to the brain via the glossopharyngeal nerve (IX).
The Na+/K+ pump does not merely compensate for the "leakiness" of the cell membrane to these
ions, but actively helps keep the intracellular fluid more negative than the extracellular fluid. This
is primarily because
Options
It is involved in cotransport of Ca2+ out of the cell
It helps trap organic anions in the cytoplasm
For every two positive K+ charges it brings into the cell, it transfers three positive Na+ charges
out of the cell
For every two anions it pumps out of the cell, it pumps three anions in
Options
Microvilli of receptor cells
Hair cells of the taste buds
Nerve endings in the tongue
Neurotransmitter receptor sites
Options
Epithelial membranes that cover the body surfaces
Strong acidity of gastric juice
Phagocytosis of unwanted substances
Activity of lymphocyte populations
Options
Salty
Aromatic
Bitter
Sweet
The highly mobile cells that are the first to arrive at the site of an infection, are the
Options
Neutrophils
Monocytes
Macrophages
Basophils
The thermoregulatory control center or "thermostat" that regulates the body's response to
changes in temperature such as during a fever, is located in the
Options
Hypothalamus
Pituitary
Cerebral cortex
Adrenal gland
Of the four basic taste modalities, the one most limited to the tip of the tongue is
Options
Bitter
Sour
Salty
Sweet
Options
Clustering
Agglutination
Chemotaxis
Diapedesis
Hydrogen ion (H+) is associated with which of the basic taste modalities?
Options
Sweet
Sour
Salty
Bitter
Which plasma protein does not form a distinct band in the globulin class during electrophoresis of
blood?
Options
Fibrinogen
Albumin
Alpha-1 globulin
Beta globulin
The neuron structure generally has all of the following principal areas, except
Options
Microvilli
A cell body
Dendrites
An axon
Olfaction (smell) differs from other sensory modalities because it
Options
Does not transmit to the cerebral cortex but only to lower brain centers.
Does not transmit to the cerebral cortex via the thalamus
Can function as either an interoceptor or exteroceptor
Uses lateral inhibition
Options
IgA
IgB
IgD
IgE
Options
Mitochondria
Rough endoplasmic reticulum
Golgi apparatus
Microfilaments and microtubules
Which substance is released from tissue mast cells and plasma basophils to dilate blood vessels, to
increase blood flow and to increase capillary permeability?
Options
Complements C5 through C9
Histamine
IgG
Complements C2 through C4
The origin of the axon near the cell body is an expanded region where nerve impulses originate,
and is known as the
Options
Axon
Axon hillock
Axon collateral
Dendrite
Options
Redness
Shortness of breath
Swelling (edema)
Pus formation
The hydrochloric acid secreted by the parietal cells of the stomach serves all of the following
purposes, except
Options
The low pH produced by HCl makes pepsin more active
The acid helps convert pepsinogen into pepsin
It denatures dietary proteins and makes them more digestible
It hydrolyzes the peptide bonds between the amino acids of dietary proteins
The immunization procedures of Jenner and Pasteur support the clonal selection theory, which
demonstrates and helps to explain
Options
The primary immune response
The secondary immune response
The secretion of monoclonal antibodies
Passive immunity
Involuntary effectors (glands, smooth or cardiac muscle) are innervated (stimulated by)
Options
Autonomic neurons
Efferent neurons
Motor neurons
Association neurons
Options
Regurgitation of bile salts from the duodenum into the stomach
Deficiency of bicarbonate
Hypersecretion of hydrochloric acid
Histamine secretion
Options
A mother may transfer some IgG antibodies passively through the placenta to the fetus.
A mother may transfer some IgA antibodies passively to the newborn in her first breast milk
(the colostrum).
It can occur when either attenuated pathogens or similar vaccines are injected.
Passive immunity can occur when antiserum or antitoxin preparations are injected.
Myelin sheaths around axons located within the CNS are formed by
Options
Schwann cells
Microglia
Astrocytes
Oligodendrocytes
Which of the following general chemical categories is not represented by a group of hormones?
Options
Catecholamines (epinephrine and norepinephrine)
Polypeptides and glycoproteins
Nucleic acids
Steroids
All of the following substances except ____ stimulate the secretion of gastric acid
Options
Epinephrine
Gastrin
Histamine
Acetylcholine
Which of the following cell types is not a supporting cell or glial cell of the nervous system?
Options
Schwann cell
Oligodendrocyte
Astrocyte
Association neuron
More ____ is absorbed by the duodenum and the jejunum than by the ileum
Options
Vitamin B12
Water
Carbohydrate
Bile salt
Which of the following does not accurately describe the steroid hormones?
Options
Steroid hormones are derived from cholesterol molecules as a raw material.
Steroid hormones are lipophilic, lipid-like molecules not soluble in water.
Steroid hormones include the prostaglandins.
Steroid hormones include the sex hormones and corticosteroids.
The nervous system supporting cell (neuroglia) that has both amoeboid properties to permit
migration through the CNS and phagocytosis properties to remove foreign and degenerated
material from the CNS tissue, is the
Options
Schwann cells
Satellite cells
Oligodendrocytes
Microglia
The gland most responsible for maturation, storage, and formation of T lymphocytes, is the
Options
Thymus
Thyroid
Spleen
Liver
Options
Monosaccharides
Amino acids
Electrolytes
Lipids
Options
Corticosteroids: aldosterone and cortisol among others
Thyroxine
Epinephrine and norepinephrine catecholamines
ADH and oxytocin
The ____ are large, star-shaped cells with numerous cytoplasmic processes radiating outward.
They take up potassium ions from the extracellular fluid and also release glutamine, an important
raw molecule for neurons.
Options
Microglia
Astrocytes
Enterocytes
Satellite cells
The subpopulation of T lymphocytes that is attacked by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
in AIDS victims, is the
Options
Helper T cells
Suppressor T cells
Cytotoxic T cells
Killer T cells
Options
Pepsin
Lactase
Trypsin
Amylase
The cell types that are most responsible for presenting foreign antigens together with surface
antigens to specific receptors on the membrane of T lymphocytes are the and the dendritic cells.
Options
B lymphocytes
Macrophages
Platelets
Neutrophils
All cells in the body maintain a potential difference (voltage) across the membrane called the
_____, in which the inside of the cell is negatively charged in comparison to the outside of the cell.
Options
Graded potential
Threshold potential
Resting potential
Graded potential
Options
Triiodothyronine (T3) and tetraiodothyronine (T4)
Catecholamines (epinephrine and norepinephrine)
Sex steroids
Corticosteroids
Lactose, salt, or other solutes that increase the osmolarity of the contents of the colon tend to
cause
Options
Diverticulitis
Acute gastritis
Diarrhea
Ulcerative colitis
Arrange these action potential events in their proper sequence: 1. threshold voltage is reached 2.
K+ gates begin to open 3. K+ gates close 4. Na+ gates begin to open 5. Na+ gates begin to close 6.
membrane repolarization begins
Options
1, 2, 4, 3, 5, 6
4, 6, 3, 2, 1, 5
4, 6, 2, 1, 5, 3
1, 4, 2, 5, 6, 3
Which of the following statements about the major histocompatibility complex of genes is false?
Options
Class 1 molecules are made by all cells in the body except red blood cells; whereas class 2
molecules are made only by macrophages and B lymphocytes.
Each gene can code for the synthesis of only one protein molecule.
They can help reduce the risk of organ transplant rejection by matching the genes of the
recipient to those of the potential donors.
They direct the synthesis of molecules that promote the immune interaction between
macrophages and B lymphocytes.
The hormones that are small, nonpolar and can be taken orally, yet are not steroids are
Options
Prostaglandins
Estrogen and progesterone
Insulin and glucagon
Thryoid hormones (T3 and T4)
Dedifferentiation is a term that refers to the process by which tumor cells become
Options
Relatively unspecialized and similar to the less specialized cells of an embryo
More specialized and thus similar to the more complex cells of the adult
Stimulated to divide erratically with less inhibitory control than that seen in normal cells
Altered by mutations that interfere with the normal expression of MHC antigens
Both the depolarization and repolarization changes that occur during the action potential are
produced by
Options
Simple diffusion of ions down their concentration gradients
Active transport pumps along the neuron membrane
Negative feedback loops
Carrier mediated transport
Options
Are often derived from prehormones
Include proinsulin from the endocrine beta cells of the pancreas
Are usually more active than the final hormones themselves
Are usually longer chained molecules than those of the final hormones
Options
NK cells are not processed (matured) by the thymus gland.
NK cells can attack and destroy tumor cells
NK cells provide a first line of cell-mediated defense, destroying tumors in a nonspecific
fashion.
NK cells must first be activated by macrophages that present foreign tumor antigens.
Options
The potassium gates are open and K+ is diffusing down its concentration gradient.
The sodium gates are closed and Na+ is diffusing down its concentration gradient.
The neuron is unable to respond to a stimulus of any intensity.
The membrane is most sensitive to stimuli.
Options
Target cells must have specific receptor proteins with which these molecules combine.
When these molecules bind to target cells, specific sequences of changes must occur.
There must be an "off-switch" that will stop the induced changes.
Second messengers will always be involved in the response of the target cell
Options
Plasma albumin
Fibrinogen
Plasma globulins
Immunoglobulins
Options
Neuromuscular junction
Axosomatic synapse
Axoaxonic synapse
Dendrodentritic synapse
The autoimmune disease characterized by the abnormal production of IgM type antibodies that
attack IgG type antibodies, is called
Options
Hashimoto's thyroiditis
Sympathetic ophthalmia
Thrombocytopenia
Rheumatoid arthritis
Cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid are the main ____ in humans
Options
Bile salts
Bile pigments
Bile globulins
Conjugated bilirubin
Which of the following does not describe the synergistic effects of hormones?
Options
Two or more hormones working together to produce a particular result
Effects that may be additive or complementary
Effects that enhance the activity of a second hormone at a target
The action of epinephrine and norepinephrine on the heart rate
Options
SLE results from the abnormal combination of self-antigens and autoantibodies.
SLE victims produce antibodies against their own DNA and nuclear protein.
SLE is an autoimmune disease that results in the formation of immune complexes throughout
the body.
SLE is characterized by unexpected immediate hypersensitivity reactions
The small membrane-enclosed compartments that hold and release the neurotransmitter
molecules from within the presynaptic neuron, are called
Options
Synaptic vesicles
Synaptic clefts
Terminal boutons
Gap junctions
Options
Bilirubin
Urea
Uric acid
Nothing, since ammonia is processed by the kidneys and not the liver
Between which of the following hormone pairs is the interaction between hormones not an
example of the permissive effect of a first hormone for a second hormone?
Options
Estrogen for prolactin on the mammary glands during pregnancy
Parathyroid hormone (PTH) for vitamin D3 on blood Ca2+ levels
Estrogen for progesterone on the uterus
Glucocorticoids for catecholamine actions
The liver is able to make glucose from non-carbohydrates such as amino acids and fatty acids
when the body's need for glucose is not met from dietary intake or glycogen reserves. This process
is called
Options
Glycogenesis
Glycogenolysis
Lipogenesis
Gluconeogenesis
Options
It is a cell-mediated T cell response, rather than a B cell humoral response involving
antibodies.
Its symptoms are caused primarily by the action of various secreted lymphokines.
Both the tine test and the Mantoux test for tuberculosis are examples.
Antihistamines are clinically effective as treatment in sufferers of delayed hypersensitivity.
Options
Seconds to minutes
Minutes to hours
Hours to days
Days to weeks
Which event is not involved in the release of neurotransmitter chemicals from the presynaptic
terminal boutons following the arrival of action potentials?
Options
Phosphorylation of synapsin proteins in the membrane of the synaptic vesicles
Turning off the Na+/K+ membrane pumps
Activation of intracellular enzymes (protein kinases) by calmodulin regulatory protein
Exocytosis of membrane-bound vesicles
Options
Describes how many polypeptide and glycoprotein hormones are released
Is needed to prevent upregulation of target cells
Describes the use of anabolic steroids (synthetic androgens) by athletes
Prolongs the half-life of a given hormone
Many of the pancreatic enzymes must be activated by trypsin before they can begin digesting
food, but trypsin itself requires the activating effect of
Options
Chymotrypsin
Carboxypeptidase
Phospholipase
Enterokinase
Options
Neutrophils within the blood and tissues
B lymphocytes
Macrophages within the connective tissues
Kupffer cells that are "fixed" within the liver
The smell, taste, or just the thought of food can activate gastric secretion and stomach motility by
activating the
Options
Sympathetic nervous system
Release of gastrin
Vagus nerve
Release of cholecystokinin (CCK)
Options
They open in response to chemical changes in the postsynaptic cell membrane.
Once opened, ions flow can depolarize (EPSP) or hyperpolarize (IPSP) the membrane.
They contain receptor proteins that recognize and bind with a specific ligand.
They are found in the axons and open in response to depolarization.
The receptors for steroid hormones are found here. (p. 292)
Options
Receptor proteins within the nucleus of the target cell
Receptor proteins within the cytoplasm of the target cell
Receptor proteins on the outer surface of the target cell membrane
None of these
Options
Cholecystokinin (CCK)
Secretin
Guanylin
Somatostatin
Which organelle contains powerful digestive enzymes and participates directly in the process of
phagocytosis?
Options
Nucleus
Mitochondrion
Endoplasmic reticulum
Lysosome
Options
Presynaptic membrane
Postsynaptic membrane
Axon terminal cytoplasm
Vesicles released by exocytosis
More of the total daily calories in the average American diet come from the consumption of ____
than from any of these other components
Options
Lipids
Carbohydrates
Nucleic acids
Proteins
Options
They are small organic molecules that are not antigenic by themselves.
Bonded to protein, haptens can become antigenic.
Bonded to protein, haptens are available for research or diagnostic purposes.
They release chemicals that are able to attract phagocytes (chemotaxis).
Options
Receptor proteins within the nucleus of the target cell
Receptor proteins within the cytoplasm of the target cell
Receptor proteins on the outer surface of the target cell membrane
None of these
Options
Immune system antibodies that block and destroy ACh receptors
Blocking the release of ACh from presynaptic vesicles
Enhancing the breakdown of ACh by AChE
Blocking the flow of Na+ through open ion channels
The receptors for catecholamine and polypeptide hormones are found here.
Options
Receptor proteins within the nucleus of the target cell
Receptor proteins within the cytoplasm of the target cell
Receptor proteins on the outer surface of the target cell membrane
None of these
Each villus of the small intestine contains a lymphatic vessel called a lacteal which is specialized
for the absorption of digested
Options
Milk
Carbohydrate molecules
Protein molecules
Lipid molecules
Which of the following actions is not used to inhibit the stimulatory effects of monoamines
released from presynaptic vesicles?
Options
Reuptake into the presynaptic neuron ending
Enzyme degradation(breakdown) by monoamine oxidase (MAO) enzymes
Blockade of the receptor and inhibition by specific receptor antibodies
Enzyme degradation by catecholamine-O-methyltransferase (COMT) enzymes
Options
It is the major hormone secreted by the thyroid gland; also known as triiodothyronine, or T3.
About 99.96% of thyroxine is attached to carrier proteins in the plasma and the rest is free.
Its carrier protein in the blood is named thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG) and has a high
affinity for thyroxine.
It is not the active thyroid hormone that acts within the target cells.
Drugs known as amphetamines stimulate neural pathways causing mental arousal and peripheral
nervous system effects that duplicate sympathetic nerve activation. The neurotransmitter that
amphetamines mimic in this way, is
Options
Acetylcholine (ACh)
Norepinephrine (NE)
Serotonin
Dopamine
The membrane enzyme that is activated by G-protein subunits to catalyze the synthesis of cAMP
as the second messenger of target cells is
Options
Protein kinase
Phosphodiesterase
Adenylate cyclase
None of these
The neurotransmitter that appears to be involved in diseases that affect the motor control of
muscles, such as Huntington's chorea, status epilepticus (seizures), and perhaps, severe alterations
in mood and emotions, is known as
Options
ACh
Norepinephrine
Serotonin
GABA
The normally inactive enzyme that becomes active, catalyzing the phosphorylation of proteins,
when newly formed cAMP binds to it, is known as
Options
Protein kinase
Phosphodiesterase
Adenylate cyclase
None of these
He neural mechanism that may represent a form of "learning" when transmission along
frequently used nerve pathways results in improved efficiency of synaptic transmission, is called
Options
Long-term potentiation
Synaptic inhibition
Presynaptic inhibition
Synaptic plasticity
The enzyme that inactivates the second messenger cAMP by hydrolyzing it into inactive
fragments.
Options
Protein kinase
Phosphodiesterase
Adenylate cyclase
None of these
Which of the following does not describe the cytoplasmic protein, calmodulin?
Options
It binds to the alpha subunit of membrane G-proteins to produce effects.
The ultimate function of this protein may be stimulated by the actions of phospholipase C.
It is activated by Ca2+ entering the cytoplasm from the endoplasmic reticulum or from outside
the cell.
It activates specific protein kinase enzymes that phosphorylate other proteins to affect target
cell activity.
Which statement about the total rate of body metabolism, or metabolic rate is false?
Options
It can be measured by the amount of heat generated by the body
It can be measured by the amount of oxygen consumed by the body per minute
It is increased both by eating and by physical exercise
It is increased when the body core temperature is lowered (hypothermia)
Which of the following is not part of the adenohypophysis or anterior pituitary gland?
Options
Pars distalis
Pars nervosa
Pars tuberalis
None of these
Which factor is not involved in the direct determination of the basal metabolic rate (BMR)?
Options
Male or female gender
Age and body frame size
Thyroid hormone secretions
Daily dietary caloric intake
Which of the primary germ layers of the embryo gives rise to the nervous system?
Options
Ectoderm
Blastoderm
Mesoderm
Endoderm
Options
A
D
C
E
Options
Cerebrum
Brain stem
Spinal cord
Peripheral ganglia
The hormone that stimulates the growth of ovarian follicles in females and the production of
sperm in the testes of males, is
Options
Growth hormone (GH, or somatotropin)
Thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH, or thyrotropin)
Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH, or corticotropin)
Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH, or folliculotropin)
Options
Pulmonary ventilation
Ventilation and gas exchange the air and blood
Ventilation, gas exchange, and gas transport by the blood
Everything except cellular respiration
The brain contains a series of central cavities called ___ which are filled with cerebrospinal fluid
(CSF).
Options
Chambers
Vesicles
Ventricles
Atria
The hormone secreted in both males and females, that plays a supporting role in the regulation of
the male reproductive system by the gonadotropin (FSH and LH) and acts on the kidneys to help
regulate water and electrolyte balance
Options
Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH, or corticotropin)
Luteinizing hormone (LH, or luteotropin)
Prolactin (PRL)
Interstitial cell-stimulating hormone (ICSH)
Of the following elements, which one is needed in relatively large amounts to function as a
cofactor for specific enzymes and, therefore, is not considered a trace element?
Options
Fluorine
Zinc
Magnesium
Iron
The conducting zone of the respiratory system includes all of the following passages, except
Options
The trachea
Alveolar ducts
Tertiary bronchi
Terminal bronchioles
The white matter of the central nervous system gets its white color from the ____.
Options
Scarcity of blood vessels
Scarcity of pigment
Nerve cell bodies
Presence of myelin sheaths
Options
Vitamins
Fatty acids
Ketone bodies
Amino acids
Options
Between the parietal and visceral pleurae
Between the parietal pleura and intercostal muscles
Between the visceral pleura and lung
Within the alveoli
Which statement about the adipostat regulatory centers regulatory system, is false?
Options
It is responsible for increasing the size of adipose tissue depots when we overeat.
It maintains body weight homeostasis by means of negative feedback mechanisms.
It acts to "defend" a particular body weight, or the amount of adipose tissue.
It influences hunger and metabolism through the action of hormones.
Adipocytes secrete many molecules (cytokines), including _____, whose increased production in
the overweight may contribute to the insulin resistance seen in obese people.
Options
Leptin
Tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNFα)
Cholecystokinin (CCK)
Neuropeptide Y
____ states that the pressure of a given quantity of gas is inversely proportional to its volume
Options
LaPlace's law
Dalton's law
Henry's law
Boyle's law
The tendency of the lungs to get smaller when the stretching force ceases, is called their
Options
Resilience
Compliance
Capacitance
Elasticity
In the diagnosis of obesity, the body mass index (BMI) is often calculated. This measurement
requires the individual's weight in kilograms and the individual's
Options
Height in meters
Body surface area in square centimeters
Head circumference in centimeters
Waist-to-hip ratio
According to ____, if it were not for pulmonary surfactants, we should expect the surface tension
in a small alveolus to produce greater pressure than in a larger one, and air would flow from the
smaller alveolus into the larger one.
Options
Henry's law
Dalton's law
LaPlace's law
Boyle's law
The hormone, _____ is secreted by the delta cells of the islet of Langerhans and is identical to that
produced by the hypothalamus and the intestine
Options
Insulin
Glucagon
Somatostatin
All of the above
Options
Type I alveolar cells
Type II alveolar cells
Filtration from the alveolar capillaries
Alveolar macrophages
When a skeletal muscle contracts, it usually moves the bone at one end much more than the bone
at its other end. The attachment of the muscle to the more movable bone is called its
Options
Ligament
Insertion
Flexor
Origin
Which statement about the regulation of insulin and glucagon secretion from the islets of
Langerhans is false?
Options
Alpha and beta cells respond to changes in both the glucose and the amino acid concentrations
in the plasma.
Hormone level homeostasis is regulated by negative feedback loops.
Alpha and beta cells act as both the sensors and the effectors in this control system.
After a meal, the rise in plasma glucose levels stimulates the release of glucagon.
Flexor and extensor muscles make up pairs, that together are called
Options
Antagonistic
Agonistic
Complementary
None of these
The amount of air left in the lungs after a forceful expiration is called the
Options
Residual volume
Vital capacity
Tidal volume
Expiratory reserve volume
The right and left cerebral hemispheres are connected to each other mainly by a bundle of nerve
fibers called the ____.
Options
Thalamus
Insula
Corpus cavernosum
Corpus callosum
Options
Cellular uptake of plasma glucose and amino acids.
Synthesis of glycogen (glycogenesis) in the liver and muscles.
Synthesis of triglycerides (fat) in adipose cells and cellular uptake of plasma fatty acids.
Hydrolysis of liver glycogen and activation of glucose 6-phosphatase, releasing free glucose
molecules into the blood.
During normal, relaxed respiration, about 500 cc of air enters and leaves the lungs with each
respiratory cycle. This is called the
Options
Inspiratory reserve volume
Vital capacity
Total lung capacity
Tidal volume
Suppose you are sitting in the middle of a sofa and you raise both your arms to rest them
stretched out along the back of the sofa. This action of the arms is known as
Options
Extension
Abduction
Adduction
Flexion
Options
Vital capacity
Forced expiratory volume
Residual volume
Functional residual capacity
Options
Is found only in liver cells
Is sensitive to and activated by the hormone, insulin
Promotes the hydrolysis of stored triglycerides, releasing free fatty acids and glycerol
Converts triglycerides into ketone bodies as an alternative energy source
The fibrous connective tissue sheath which encloses a whole muscle is called the
Options
Endomysium
Perimysium
Epimysium
Sarcolemma
Options
Asthma
Emphysema
Pulmonary fibrosis
Pneumothorax
Within a muscle the fibers are divided into larger bundles called ____, each surrounded by its own
connective tissue sheath.
Options
Sarcomeres
Sarcolemmas
Myofibers
Fascicles
Options
Destruction of the beta cells by an autoimmune attack or by viruses, for example.
The absence of the hormone insulin in the plasma.
Its occurrence in people over 40, representing 90% of the people with diabetes mellitus.
Its diagnosis in people under the age of thirty; consequently once called juvenile-onset
diabetes.
Obstruction of circulation through the lungs can put a strain on the right ventricle, which must
work to pump blood against this increased resistance, and can lead to failure of that chamber.
This syndrome is known as
Options
Anthracosis
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Asthma
Cor pulmonale
The pressure of dry atmospheric gas is primarily determined by all the following gases, except
____, which makes a comparatively negligible contribution.
Options
Nitrogen
Hydrogen
Oxygen
Carbon dioxide
Options
Myofiber
Sarcomere
Myofibril
Fascicle
Options
Nitrogen narcosis
Decompression sickness
Hyperbaric oxygen therapy
Carbon dioxide accumulation
Four lobes of the cerebrum can be seen from the surface, but a fifth lobe called the ____ lies deep
to these and cannot be seen without probing or dissecting the brain.
Options
Insula
Occipital lobe
Parietal lobe
Temporal lobe
The rhythmicity center, a sort of pacemaker that sets the rhythm of automatic breathing, is
located in the
Options
Pleurae
Lungs
Medulla oblongata
Diaphragm
Skeletal muscle cells are striated that is, they have alternating dark and light bands called ____,
respectively.
Options
A and I bands
H and M bands
Z and M lines
I and H bands
Impulses from the cochlea of the ear are transmitted to what part of the brain?
Options
The hippocampus
The occipital lobe
The temporal lobe
The postcentral gyrus
The I bands of skeletal muscle fibers each have a dark line in the middle called a
Options
D line
H line
Z line
X line
Bicarbonate ion (HCO3-) and hydrogen (H+) ions result from a reaction of ____ with water.
Options
Oxygen
Hydrogen
Carbon dioxide
Carbon monoxide
Options
It is also called tetraiodothyronine, or T4.
It is released from the thyroid follicles when stimulated by the hormone, ACTH.
It has target cells in almost all organs of the body.
It is a prehormone that must first be converted to T3 within the target cells to be active.
Options
Hypocapnia
Acidosis
Hypoxic drive
The Hering-Breuer reflex
Options
Alpha chains
Beta chains
Globin portion
Heme groups
At rest, about ____ of the oxyhemoglobin in the arterial blood dissociates (unloads its oxygen) in
one pass through the systemic capillaries
Options
10-12 %
20-25 %
50-60 %
85-97 %
Your attempt to answer this question will most likely cause increased ____ activity in your
cerebrum.
Options
Alpha wave
Beta wave
Theta wave
Delta wave
When there is less oxyhemoglobin in the blood, red blood cells produce 2,3-DPG. This metabolic
product
Options
Enhances oxygen unloading at the systemic capillaries
Makes deoxyhemoglobin less stable
Shifts the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve to the left
Stimulates the production of more red blood cells
Decussation (crossing over) of nerve fibers is responsible for the fact that ____
Options
Somatesthetic sensations from the right side of the body are received by the left cerebral
cortex
Left-handed people recover from damage to the language areas of the brain faster than right-
handed people
The right cerebral hemisphere is better than the left at geometric puzzles, recognizing faces,
and composing music
Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, and the author of your text (S. Fox), were left-handed
Options
Is due to an overactive thyroid (hyperthyroidism).
Results in severe mental retardation.
Results from a lack of growth hormone.
Results in excessive growth.
Myoglobin differs from adult hemoglobin (A) in which of the following ways?
Options
Glutamic acid is replaced by valine in the beta chain
The two beta chains are replaced by gamma chains
It has two heme groups instead of four
It consists of only a single globin chain and heme group
Options
The frontal lobes
The angular gyrus
The thalamus
The limbic system
Options
Its secretion increases after a high protein meal, during which amino acids are absorbed.
Its secretion falls during prolonged fasting or starving.
It secretion is increased when plasma glucose levels are low.
It stimulates the catabolism of fat and release of fatty acids from adipose tissue.
When HCO3- diffuses out of the red blood cells into the plasma in systemic capillaries, ____
diffuses into the RBCs to replace it.
Options
Hydrogen ion (H+)
Hydroxyl ion (OH-
Chloride ion (Cl-)
CO2
Options
Cerebellum
Thalamus
Epithalamus
Hypothalamus
Options
Bone serves as a large store of minerals, namely calcium and carbonate.
Calcium is stored in the form of hydroxyapatite crystals in bone.
Osteoblasts are bone-forming cells that secrete an organic matrix of collagen protein that
becomes hardened by deposits of hydroxyapatite.
Osteoclast cells routinely dissolve hydroxyapatite crystals in a process called resorption.
Which bone disorder is due to excessive secretion of parathyroid hormone (PTH) that result in the
stimulation of bone osteoclast activity?
Options
Rickets
Osteomalacia
Osteoporosis
Osteitis fibrosa cystica with hypercalcemia
"Centers" for hunger, thirst, fear, sexual arousal, and pleasure are found in the ____.
Options
Precentral gyrus
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Medulla oblongata
Options
Follows a diurnal cycle and is greatest during sleep.
Requires an hydroxylation reaction using an enzyme made in the skin epithelial cells.
Requires an hydroxylation reaction using an enzyme made in the kidneys.
Is inhibited by parathyroid hormone (PTH).
Options
Corpora quadrigemina
Cerebral peduncles
Basal nuclei
Red nucleus
Damage to the cerebellum, the second largest structure of the brain, causes
Options
Hyperphagia
Coma
Aphasia
Ataxia
Options
Calcitonin is secreted by the parafollicular cells, or C cells, of the thyroid gland.
Calcitonin acts to lower blood Ca2+ levels by inhibiting the activity of osteoclasts, thus
reducing bone resorption.
Calcitonin inhibits the reabsorption of calcium and phosphate in the kidneys, thus increasing
the urinary excretion of these minerals.
Calcitonin's action is clearly synergistic to that of parathyroid hormone and is therefore
required to maintain calcium homeostasis in the body.
The vagus nerve (cranial nerve X) carries parasympathetic nerve stimulation to most of the
thoracic and abdominal viscera, and originates in the ____.
Options
Red nucleus of the midbrain
Epithalamus
Pons
Medulla oblongata
The reticular formation extends through the ____, among other regions of the CNS.
Options
Medulla, pons, midbrain, thalamus, and hypothalamus
Anterior and lateral spinothalamic tracts
Cerebellum and limbic system
Basal nuclei
All of the following spinal tracts are ascending, transmitting information up to the brain, except
the ____, which is a descending tract.
Options
Lateral spinothalamic tract
Fasciculus cuneatus
Corticospinal tract
Corticothalamic tract
Most nerve fibers of the pyramidal tracts of the spinal cord originate in the ____
Options
Precentral gyrus
Thalamus
Midpyramids of the medulla oblongatabrain
Pyramids of the medulla oblongata
Options
The spinal reflex arcs are functioning normally
There is damage to the corticospinal tracts
There is damage to the extrapyramidal tracts
Midbrain functions are normal
Options
Sensory
Motor
Mixed
Autonomic
Options
Cholesterol and esters of other steroid compounds
Crystals and proteins that grow in the renal medulla
Heavy metals that precipitate in the urinary filtrate
Salts of weak acids that serve as buffers in the nephron
The name of the blood vessel delivering blood directly to the glomerulus is the
Options
Renal artery
Interlobar artery
Arcuate artery
Afferent arteriole
The name of the blood vessels that are found in the medulla as part of the vasa recta are the
Options
Peritubular capillaries
Afferent arterioles
Arcuate arteries
Efferent arterioles
The net filtration pressure at the glomerulus that results in the formation of ultrafiltrate is
Options
About equal to arterial blood pressure at 100 mmHg
Partially due to the very low colloid osmotic pressure of plasma
Opposed by the high osmotic pressure of ultrafiltrate
Estimated to be approximately 10 mmHg
The return of filtered molecules from the nephron tubules back into the blood is called
Options
Filtration
Reabsorption
Secretion
Excretion
Spinal reflexes are muscle responses that can occur without the participation of any of the
following except ____, which is/are indispensable.
Options
Consciousness
None
Sensory receptors
The brain
Options
Sixty-five percent of the original glomerular ultrafiltrate is reabsorbed here and returned to
the blood.
Reabsorption in this portion of the nephron is not regulated by hormones.
Although ATP is consumed, the overall energy expenditure here is minimal.
The tubular fluid entering the loop of Henle remains isosmotic with blood at about 300 mOsm.
Which event does not occur in the descending limb of the loop of Henle?
Options
Deeper regions of the medulla, closer to the pelvis, reach very high salt concentrations
Water easily diffuses by osmosis out of the tubular filtrate and into the medulla
NaCl is removed from the filtrate both by active transport and by passive diffusion
At the tip of the loop, the tubular filtrate concentration is increased and its volume is
decreased
Options
The walls of the collecting ducts become less permeable to dissolved solutes and water.
Water channels, or aquaporins, appear in the cell membranes of the collecting duct epithelial
cells promoting the reabsorption of water from the filtrate.
The ultrafiltrate flowing through the collecting duct becomes more hypotonic.
A greater volume of dilute urine is excreted.
Options
Is associated with the inadequate secretion or action of antidiuretic hormone (ADH).
Results from overeating and hypersecretion of hormones by the pancreas
Is characterized by an abnormal increase in glucose concentrations in the blood and urine.
Can be cured by injections of the hormone, insulin.
Which substance is filtered and then completely (100%) reabsorbed by the nephron?
Options
Protein
Inulin
Urea
Glucose
Which substance is filtered, reabsorbed, and secreted by different regions of the nephron tubules?
Options
Potassium ion (K+)
Inulin
Urea
Glucose
The concentrations of which plasma electrolyte is not regulated mainly by the kidneys?
Options
Phosphate
Potassium
Iron
Bicarbonate
Which of the following is not an effector (target organ) of impulses generated by motor neurons of
the autonomic nervous system (ANS)?
Options
Cardiac muscle
Exocrine glands
Skeletal muscle
Endocrine glands
Which statement about the juxtaglomerular apparatus (JGA) of the kidney is false?
Options
It is a location in each nephron where the afferent arteriole and the distal convoluted tubule
contact each other.
The role of the macula densa region of the distal tubule is to secrete the enzyme renin.
The granular cells within the afferent arteriole are sensitive to renal blood flow (perhaps
acting as baroreceptors).
High Na+ concentrations in the filtrate can inhibit the secretion of renin.
Somatic motor neurons have cell bodies located ____ the CNS that project axons only to ____; and
are usually under ____ control.
Options
Outside; skeletal muscle; involuntary
Inside; the viscera; voluntary
Inside; the viscera; involuntary
Inside; skeletal muscle; voluntary
Which statement about the role of the kidneys the regulation of normal blood pH is false?
Options
The kidneys excrete bicarbonate ion and reabsorb hydrogen ion.
Hydrogen ion (H+) enters the filtrate in two ways: by glomerular filtration and by secretion
into the nephron tubule.
Most of the hydrogen ion secretion occurs across the wall of the proximal tubule in exchange
for the reabsorption of sodium ion.
Buffers like bicarbonate ion can bind and release free H+ and thus can stabilize pH.
The two organs most responsible for acid-base balance are the
Options
Heart and kidneys
Liver and lungs
Kidneys and lungs
Lungs and heart
Options
Autonomic target tissues become more sensitive than normal to stimulating agents
Skeletal muscle effectors enter a state of flaccid paralysis and atrophy
Can result from severing (cutting) autonomic motor neurons
An example is restoring the secretion of acid from the stomach following vagotomy (severing
the vagus nerve)
Options
They are usually activated as a single unit (mass activation).
They emerge from the brain and sacral regions.
They form white rami communicantes fibers.
They may have ganglia located along the spinal cord.
The most powerful diuretics, inhibiting salt and water reabsorption by as much as 25%, are the
Options
Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors
Loop diuretics
Thiazides
Potassium-sparing diuretics
Options
Celiac
Superior mesenteric
Inferior mesenteric
Cervica
The major kidney function that cannot be performed by artificial dialysis membranes is t0
Options
Separate molecules on the basis of size
Prevent the diffusion of plasma proteins
Reabsorb Na+, K+, glucose, and other molecules
Allow the free movement of water (solvent)
Which system is not served by postganglionic fibers that arise from the collateral (prevertebral)
ganglia?
Options
Respiratory
Digestive
Urinary
Reproductive
Options
Medulla is in contact with the outer capsule
Medulla is divided into eight to fifteen conical renal pyramids
Cortex drains into the minor calyces
Urethra transports urine to the urinary bladder
Options
Like sympathetics, they travel within spinal nerves.
They synapse in terminal ganglia, either next to or within the organs innervated.
They originate in the brain or sacral spinal cord regions (the craniosacral division).
Postganglionic fibers are usually shorter than those of sympathetic neurons.
Options
It is controlled by a reflex center located in the sacral levels of the spinal cord.
Stretch receptors in the bladder initiate this reflex when stretched by filling with urine.
Firing of the reflex centers, results in simultaneous contraction of the detrusor muscle and
relaxation of the external urethral sphincter, pressuring urine into the urethra
The urge to urinate is a reflex involving the stimulation of specific autonomic nerves
Which of the following cranial nerves does not contain preganglionic parasympathetic fibers?
Options
Oculomotor (III)
Facial (VII)
Optic (II)
Glossopharyngeal (IX)
That portion of the nephron consisting of a single layer of cuboidal cells with microvilli to
increase the surface area for reabsorption is the
Options
Glomerular capsule
Proximal convoluted tubule
Loop of Henle
Distal convoluted tubule
Which substance is easily filtered by the glomerulus and thus is normally found in the
ultrafiltrate?
Options
Red and white blood cells
Platelets
Proteins
Electrolytes
The very long, "vagrant," or "wandering," cranial nerve that originates from nuclei in the medulla
oblongata and projects preganglionic fibers through the neck to the thoracic and abdominal
cavities, is the _____ nerve.
Options
Optic (II)
Oculomotor (III)
Facial (VII)
Vagus (X)
Options
The GFR averages approximately 180 L per day (about 45 gallons
The GFR will increase during fight-or-flight situations due to the vasodilation of afferent
arterioles.
A decrease in GFR results in a decrease in the total urine output.
Renal autoregulation maintains the GFR at a relatively constant rate despite fluctuations in the
mean arterial blood pressure.
Options
Preganglionic sympathetic fibers
Postganglionic sympathetic fibers
Preganglionic parasympathetic fibers
Postganglionic parasympathetic fibers
Catecholamines, which are derived from the amino acid, tyrosine, and are considered to serve as
both hormones and neurotransmitters, include all of the following except
Options
Acetylcholine (ACh)
Epinephrine
Norepinephrine
Norepinephrine
Options
Inhibition (relaxation) of the digestive tract muscular motility, such as peristalsis
Opening (dilation) of the airways or bronchioles in the lung
Increasing the force and rate of the heart beat
Dilating the smooth muscle of blood vessels in the skin and intestinal area
The drug muscarine, derived from some poisonous mushrooms stimulates all of the following
cholinergic receptors, except those receptors in the
Options
Heart.
Neuromuscular junction of skeletal muscle fibers.
Digestive system.
Most target organs of postganglionic parasympathetic nerve fibers.
The drug that should aid the suffering of asthmatics by serving as a selective β2 agonist, resulting
in dilation of the airways in the lung, is
Options
Terbutaline
Atenolol
Phenylephrine
Clonidine
Options
They are not found in the autonomic ganglia or at the neuromuscular junctions of skeletal
muscle fibers.
They are stimulated by extracts from certain poisonous mushrooms.
They are subtypes of adrenergic receptors.
They are not affected by the drug, curare, which specifically blocks nicotinic receptors.
Options
Adenosine triphosphate (ATP)
Acetylcholine (ACh)
Vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP)
Nitric oxide (NO)
When the contractile behavior of a muscle is studied in vitro, this means the studies were done
Options
With the muscle removed from the body
With the muscle in place in the body
Under the microscope to observe the fibers better
With artificial stimulation of the muscle
The separate effects of sympathetic and parasympathetic innervation of the pacemaker region of
the heart can best be described as
Options
Antagonistic
Complementary
Cooperative
All of the above
A muscle is stimulated and exhibits a contraction (twitch). Before this twitch is over, it is
stimulated again, and a second twitch occurs "piggyback" on the first one and causes a higher
contraction strength. This phenomenon is called
Options
Tetanus
Graded contraction
Summation
Isometric contraction
The effects of sympathetic and parasympathetic innervation on the urinary and reproductive
systems, causing the male erection and ejaculation for example, are called
Options
Antagonistic
Complementary
Cooperative
None of the above
When a muscle is stimulated at such high frequency there is no visible relaxation between
stimuli, the muscle is said to be in a state of
Options
Treppe
Complete tetanus
Isotonic contraction
Summation
The effects of sympathetic and parasympathetic stimulation of the salivary glands, producing a
thicker, more viscous saliva, are called
Options
Antagonistic
Complementary
Cooperative
None of the above
If enough muscle fibers contract to make the muscle as a whole shorten in length, the muscle is
said to exhibit
Options
Complete tetanus
Graded contraction
Isometric contraction
Isotonic contraction
Which of the following target tissues is innervated by neurons from both the sympathetic and
parasympathetic nervous system?
Options
Adrenal medulla
Arrector pili muscle
Flexor digitorum superficialis muscle
Pupil of the eye
Options
Necessity of numerous myofibers to contract if the muscle is to shorten
Connection between electrical excitation of a myofiber and its contraction
Sliding filament interaction between thick and thin filaments
Ability of tendons to stretch and absorb some of the force of contraction
A motor unit is
Options
The motor end plate where a nerve fiber synapses with a muscle fiber
One motor neuron and all muscle fibers to which it leads
A spinal reflex arc
A sarcomere
The brain area that most directly controls the activity of the autonomic nervous system, is the
Options
Medulla oblongata
Pituitary gland
Cerebellum
Hypothalamus
Options
Number of motor units activated
Innervation ratio
Amount of calcium released from the sarcoplasmic reticulum
Amplitude of the arriving action potentials
Which system is not controlled by an autonomic nerve center in the medulla oblongata?
Options
Cardiovascular
Respiratory
Immune
Digestive
Options
Protein molecules get shorter
Thick filaments get shorter
Thin filaments slide between the thick filaments
Tendons pull on it from opposite ends
Options
Narrow dark line known as the Z line
Dark color of the I bands
Light color of the I bands
Dark color of the A bands
Options
Tropomyosin
Actin
Troponin
Myosin
Options
One A band and the adjacent I band.
The distance from one Z line to the next.
Equivalent to a fascicle of muscle fibers.
Equivalent to one of the myofibrils within a muscle fiber.
Which of the following does not shorten when a muscle fiber contracts?
Options
Actin filaments
I bands
Sarcomeres
Myofibrils
Where are the "cross bridges" of a muscle fiber located?
Options
In close association with the T tubules
Midway between one A band and the next
In the neuromuscular cleft
On one end of the thick filaments
Which of the following is not a broad area of function within the circulatory system?
Options
Neurochemical release
Transportation
Regulation
Protection
Which substances involved in cellular metabolism are not normally transported by the
circulatory system?
Options
Respiratory gas molecules, such as oxygen and carbon dioxide
Absorbed products of digestion
Krebs cycle enzymes
Metabolic wastes, water and ions
How many liters of blood does the adult heart pump each minute at rest?
Options
Three
Five
Seven
Nine
The thinnest and most numerous of all blood vessels are the
Options
Arteries
Arterioles
Capillaries
Veins
The specific blood vessels that receive lymph after it has drained from throughout the body and is
about to rejoin blood are the _____
Options
Arteries
Arterioles
Capillaries
Veins
The "buffy coat" that forms when whole blood is centrifuged in a test tube, is composed of
Options
Red blood cells
White blood cells
Platelets
White blood cells and platelets
Options
45% of the formed elements are erythrocytes
There are 45 million formed elements per ml of whole blood
45% of the total blood volume is formed elements
45 ml of plasma are tested by centrifugation
The major solute, dissolved in the plasma portion of the blood as well as the extracellular fluid
(ECF), and is found in the highest concentration in both locations, is _____.
Options
Glucose
Na+
K+
Albumin
Options
Globulin
Insulin
Albumin
Fibrinogen
Options
They lack both a nucleus and mitochondria organelles.
They outnumber leukocytes by a large margin.
They require dietary iron and vitamin B12 for normal production.
Their circulating life span is about twelve months.
Pernicious anemia results in an abnormally low red blood cell count, due to
Options
Lack of iron content or iron absorption from the diet
Destruction of the bone marrow, perhaps by chemicals in the environment or chemotherapy
Insufficient protein in the diet in those individual suffering from malnutrition
Inadequate vitamin B12 absorption from the diet because the intrinsic factor is absent
Which of the following does not belong to the class of granular leukocytes?
Options
Neutrophil
Basophil
Lymphocyte
Eosinophil
Options
They have a life span of about 120 days.
They are the smallest of the formed elements, derived originally from megakaryocytes.
During blood clotting, they release a chemical, called serotonin, that constricts blood vessels in
the injured area.
Phospholipids in their membranes activate the clotting factors in the plasma.
In general, which of the following cells has the shortest life span?
Options
Erythrocytes
Platelets
Agranular leukocytes
Granular leukocytes
Options
Erythrocytes
Platelets
Agranular leukocytes
Granular leukocytes
Which of the following leukocytes is the rarest, with counts less than 1% of white cells present?
Options
Neutrophils
Eosinophils
Basophils
Lymphocytes
In the ABO system of red blood cell typing, which of the following genotypes is not possible?
Options
Iiii
IAi
IBi
IAIB
A person whose blood genotype is IBi has red blood cells with ____ antigens bound to the outer
membrane surface and anti-____ antibodies floating in the plasma.
Options
B; B
B; A
A; A
A; B
Which statement about erythroblastosis fetalis (hemolytic disease of the newborn) is false?
Options
The baby is Rh positive and the mother is Rh negative.
The mother's immune system has made antibodies against the Rh factor present on the red
blood cells of the previous baby.
The baby is born with an abnormally high number of red blood cells (anemia).
The Rh negative mother should have been given RhoGAM (antibodies) by injection.
Which of the following events does not occur during the process of hemostasis (to stop bleeding)
after a blood vessel becomes injured?
Options
The endothelial lining is damaged, exposing collagen proteins to the blood.
The injured blood vessel is dilated by newly released chemicals to let in defense cells.
Platelets become "sticky" and a platelet plug is formed near the injury site.
A web of fibrin protein strands tightly interweave the platelet plug.
The endothelial cells of the blood vessel produce two important chemicals involved in hemostasis
- prostacyclin and ____.
Options
Serotonin
Von Willebrand factor
ADP
Thromboxane A2
Options
Na+
Ca2+
K+
H+